Home

Product documentation

1. ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 93 4 2 4 3 6 Automatic switch off ada cestacrtsassesten cedar sedaulenticceiduncs leceeeectnatdantemerlemediieled 96 4 2 4 3 7 Switch on and switch off behaviour eee eentte cece ee eeeeesteeeeeeeeeeees 98 4 2 4 3 8 Staircase function youre carcadeeascuctio2ibeducsedvarededessuqaaviniccruararactpenduencaccevared 101 4 2 4 3 9 Operating NOUS COUN ET sc icissiapencncensestadrantnacannd tagudinasdnegentuameemednceasnntas 110 4 2ZAA SCONS TUNCHOM vi tossawisiaceisauivecicesaveveaceeltveiluls ee E E ae EEE e EEE 114 42 45 Effect function ssciiccvisisnaricarvimreascedencentanvenasyedevernsanindendensudeasasverevurmnvieependnennves 120 4 2 4 6 Emergency lighting issrsrisssinssoisoiieisusa saoo uaii 127 4 2 4 6 1 General configurations ccccisisssccareccentecssviscnonnncarsdvanssuecaunsnekeantavncseccentetes 127 4 2 4 6 2 Configurations for centrally supplied emergency lights 129 4 2 4 6 3 Configurations for single battery operated emergency lights 134 4 2 4 7 DALI coMmMissioning sis tees costes toentat sectutn ests nctardiaystdaasbsahdeins DS agedanaetnecnensdaeceate 140 4247 1 Starting DALI COMMISSIONING sx cci sciiscetsrcessiaceisesiatedeectsescecinssesteneyies 140 4 2 4 7 2 Performing DALI commissioning ccccssesessececeeeeeeeeseseceersneeeees 142 4247 3 Exiting DALI commissioning sccascceticstinisiscrvetexandceverccreacdinexgevaiccseeetveces 154 4 2 4 7 4 Offline COMMISS
2. Figure 60 Panes of the commissioning environment A Area of the programmed DALI devices groups and single devices B Area of the found DALI devices DALI system C Checkbox for multiple assignment of electronic ballasts to DALI groups D Checkbox for compatibility mode see page 152 153 E Control panel for identification of selected devices F Control panel for central switching of all devices and general reset functions In the pane for the found DALI devices B the plug in shows all the electronic ballasts it could identify during a search process All the electronic ballasts displayed in this area physically exist in the DALI system As a result a maximum of 64 operating devices are displayed here The window shows in different columns a consecutive number for sorting the contents of the window the short addresses of the devices 1 64 and the DALI device types read out of the devices The short address can only be displayed when a found device has been assigned to a programmed device e g a single device or a group The status of the electronic ballast assignment is only displayed in the pane of the found DALI devices when the button Hide previously selected DALI devices was deselected in the commissioning dialog of the ETS plug in C Otherwise normal case previously assigned electronic ballasts are not displayed in the right hand pane is displayed as the short address for all unassigned electronic bal
3. 4 2 4 6 2 Configurations for centrally supplied emergency lights Scope of emergency operation In centrally supplied emergency lighting systems a distinction is made as to which parts of the electrical building installation are supplied by the emergency power supply The parameter Scope of emergency operation in the parameter node Emergency lights gt Centrally supplied available if the emergency light system allows for centrally supplied electronic ballasts defines the scope of the emergency lighting systems Emergency lights setting In this application either all or just individual DALI operating devices are connected to the emergency power supply The KNX system and DALI Gateway are not supplied with emergency power which means that if the mains voltage fails these subsystems will no longer function If there is a fault there is no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway is no longer working Emergency lights amp KNX system setting In this application all or individual DALI operating devices as well as the power supply of the KNX system are connected to the emergency power supply The DALI Gateway is not supplied with emergency power which means that it will no longer function if the mains voltage fails If there is a fault there is no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway is no longer working Since the KNX system continues working without interruption if the mains power fails mains fa
4. The plug in of the DALI Gateway also offers the option of printing out the complete device configuration incl the group single device programming the scene and effect configuration and all the DALI commissioning parameters as a configuration report The Print function can be executed on the parameter page Import Export Print of the plug in When the Print button is pressed the plug in asks whether the complete device configuration should be printed out on paper or only a part of the DALI commissioning parameters incl the DALI device names and short addresses Figure 27 Group assignment overview Groups and single devices with assigned DALI device names and short addresses Complete device documentation Complete parameterisation of the DALI commissioning parameters of the individual DALI devices Cancel Figure 27 Print dialog to select the printing options Page 59 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec On Functional description 4 2 4 2 Description of group and device independent functions 4 2 4 2 1 DALI communication The DALI telegram rate limit can optionally be activated Firstly it is then possible to extend the period of time between DALI telegrams Secondly the initialisation behaviour of the Gateway can be influenced By using the DALI telegram rate limit it is possible to adapt the communication behaviour of the Gateway to problematic or non DALI conformant operating devices to a g
5. The status object is always 0 when the manual control mode is deactivated The status is only transmitted actively to the bus 0 after return of bus voltage when an activated manual control is ended by the bus return during the bus voltage failure The status telegram is in this case transmitted without delay i When active manual control is terminated by a disable the actuator will also transmit a Manual control inactive status telegram to the bus Ele Setting disabling of the bus control Individual DALI groups and single devices can be disabled locally so that the disabled DALI operating devices can no longer be controlled via the KNX Such disabling of the bus operation is initiated by local operation in permanent manual operation and is indicated by flashing of the group or single device number in the 7 segment display The disabled groups and single devices can then only be activated in permanent manual operation Page 77 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QDeelectron Functional description The manual control mode during bus operation must be enabled Set the parameter Bus control of individual groups or single devices can be disabled on parameter page Manual control to yes The function for disabling the bus control is enabled and can be activated locally Alternatively this parameter can be set to no to prevent disabling of the bus control from being activated in permanent manual operation
6. using the 1 byte object Emergency operation test start status If manual starting of this test function is to be possible this parameter must be configured as yes If no is set the function test cannot be activated using the object Emergency operation test start status The continuous operation test can be started manually separately for each single battery operated electronic ballast using the 1 byte object Emergency operation test start status If manual starting of this test function is to be possible this parameter must be configured as yes If no is set the continuous operation test cannot be activated using the object Emergency operation test start status The limited continuous operation test can be started manually and separately for each single battery operated electronic ballast using the 1 byte object Emergency operation test start status If manual starting of this test function is to be possible this parameter must be configured as yes The normal continuous operation test as this is only usually carried out infrequently e g annually If no is set the limited continuous operation test cannot be activated using the object Emergency operation test start status Page 201 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeieciron ICOOP01DAL Parameters Poll battery charging no The battery test can be started manually state directly separately for each single battery yes
7. 7 Set value Read out value Cancel Standard Help Figure 70 DALI test environment in the ETS3 plug in When the test environment is recalled the plug in first tries to communicate with the ETS via the bus connection and checks whether a DALI test is possible For this reason the DALI Gateway must be connected to the KNX bus cable and the bus and mains voltage supply must be switched on when the DALI test is recalled In addition the ETS must have a functioning communications interface to the bus e g USB or KNXnet IP If it is not possible to set up a connection to the DALI Gateway in this situation the plug in then terminates the test and does not display the test environment The following section lists the causes for a faulty connection and the appropriate remedies Cause No functioning ETS communication interface to the KNX Remedy Check and if necessary set up the connection in the ETS3 under Tools Options Communication Page 159 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Oeelectron Functional description Cause Physical address and application program not previously programmed by the ETS Remedy Close the plug in and first program the physical address and application program Cause KNX bus voltage on the DALI Gateway or the local data interface not connected or switched on Remedy Connect and switch on the bus voltage Cause Mains voltage supply on the DALI Gateway no
8. If no is set the tests concerned cannot be activated using the object Emergency operation test start status In the object each test has a start bit and a status bit Figure 56 A test can be started explicitly by setting the start bit to 1 At the end of the test the Gateway makes the test result available in the object Feedback emergency operation test The object Emergency operation test start status is bidirectional and also provides the status of the test functions as status information in the status bits The status 1 means that the electronic ballast is currently performing a test The status 0 means that no test is currently ele performed test completed cancelled or waiting for a test The status information is read only It is possible to terminate a test early To do this the value 0 can be written to the object Emergency operation test start status In this case the test result is invalid Therefore the Gateway does not make a new test result available Page 137 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description bits function test 1 start test status function test 1 test is running 0 test completed not started limited continuous operation test 1 start test status limited continuous operation test 1 test is running 0 test completed not started continuous operation test 1 start test status continuous o
9. or single devices Set the parameter to no Page 70 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eeleciron Functional description Collective feedback is deactivated No collective feedback objects are available Setting the update of collective feedback In the ETS plug in you can specify when the Gateway should update the feedback values for the collective feedback in the case of an actively transmitting communication object The object value updated by the Gateway is then signalled actively to the bus The parameter Updating of the object value for collective feedback is created in the parameter node General gt Status and Feedback Collective feedback must be enabled and the feedback type set to Active message object Set the parameter to After each update of the inputs The Gateway updates the feedback values in the collective feedback once a new telegram is received on the input objects Switching or Central switching for groups or single devices With actively transmitting feedback objects a new telegram is also then actively transmitted to the bus each time The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarily have to change in the process Hence corresponding collective feedbacks are also generated e g for cyclical telegrams to the Switching objects Set the parameter to Only if the feedback value changes The Gateway only updates the feedback values in the collective feedback objects when the
10. 11 Electronic ballast Ballast f E 12 Electronic ballast Ballast f 13 Electronic ballast Ballast f 14 Electronic ballast Ballast f 15 Electronic ballast Ballast f 16 Electronic ballast Ballast f Electronic ballast Ballast f Electronic ballast Ballast f 4 gt Ple absamia balla ob nt 7 Hide previously assigned DALI devices Compatibility mode for DALI commissioning Figure 65 Operating device assigned to a group Here Electronic ballast with the address 3 is assigned to multiple groups If necessary select a further group in the left hand section Once again assign one or more available DALI operation devices to a group If a previously assigned operation device is to be assigned to an additional group the plug in signals that the device has already been assigned to a different group and that feedback of switching states and brightness values may no longer be clear After confirmation of the message the plug in sets up the multi group assignment Operating devices assigned to multiple groups are indicated by Multiple assignment of an electronic ballast to different groups can only occur if a new device is created by the assignment No new multiple assignment can be set up through the assignment to an existing device It is possible to remove the connection of an electronic device which is assigned multiple times in a group In doing so the assignments to all the groups of the multiple assignment are l
11. 15 16 Stop step is displayed in square brackets This labels the step sequence of an effect run through directly Import and export of templates or backup files Complete device planning all parameter settings KNX group addresses and object configuration as well as all DALI commissioning parameters found DALI operating devices long and short addresses and group single device assignments can be exported to an external XML file and thus backed up In addition an import of previously backed up data is possible at Page 56 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eeleciron Functional description any time This makes simple data backup possible even outside the ETS database In addition existing device planning can be downloaded as a template even to other DALI Gateways of the same type thus simplifying the configuration of a new device considerably The import and export function can be executed on the parameter page Import Export Print of the plug in Pressing the Export button exports the complete current device configuration of the plug in to an XML file Before exporting it is possible to specify the memory location of the file The plug in displays the progress of the export operation The operation may take some time The length of time depends on the number of existing groups and single devices the created scenes and effects as well as on the DALI operating devices available i The data is exported in XML forma
12. Delete assignment Figure 66 Operating device assigned to a programmed single device Page 151 of 218 Software DALI Gateway COO0P01DAL QOeelectron Functional description Reassign one of the remaining DALI operating devices to another programmed single device In the right hand section the assigned operating device disappears from the list box The status of the selected single device in the left hand subarea switches to Assigned Carry out assignments for other single devices as described if necessary li Pressing the Delete assignment button at the bottom edge of the commissioning environment allows deletion of all the assignments between the DALI operating devices and the various programmed single devices The operation may take some time The progress is displayed during the Delete operation li Pressing the Standard button resets all the commissioning parameters Assignments of DALI operating devices are lost in the programming and in the DALI Gateway when the Standard button is pressed in the commissioning environment Optionally the assignment of DALI operating devices to programmed single devices can be supplemented by testing of the DALI device types If testing is enabled the plug in within the course of an assignment during online commissioning compares the device types determined by the operating devices with the specifications by the device type parameters of the offline configuration As
13. Maximum number of failed devices must always then be set to the required number of devices and thus adjusted to the number of DALI subscribers in the DALI system which are not supplied with emergency current External KNX failure message In the case of the external KNX failure message a different KNX bus device e g binary input can inform the DALI Gateway via the 1 bit object Failure external supply that the general mains voltage supply has failed With this the Gateway then activates emergency operation The telegram polarity of the object is fixed 1 Mains voltage has failed 0 Mains voltage available i Updates to the object Failure external supply from 1 to 1 or O to 0 do not produce any reaction If the internal and external failure messages are interlinked the Gateway will then use the set logical link to test whether emergency operation is to be activated or not In the setting Failure message DALI OR KNX internal OR external the Gateway must either have independently identified that the defined number of DALI devices has failed or must have been informed externally about the mains failure Only one positive failure message is decisive in activating emergency operation In the setting Failure message DALI AND KNX internal AND external both the internal and external evaluation must be positive in order for the emergency operation to be activated If only one failure message is active emergency o
14. Parameters Comment After starting the automatic device replacement the DALI Gateway is able to check the completeness of the DALI operating devices integrated into the system through a manual operation on the device The DALI Gateway detects individual replaced electronic ballasts and can program these devices with the appropriate programming data Only if this parameter is set to yes is it possible to initiate automatic device replacement through a manual operation locally on the device press the buttons amp and ALL OFF simultaneously for at least 10 seconds If set to no a manual operation for device replacement will produce no reaction Groups or single devices can also be configured as flashing at the beginning or at the end of a disabling function if used In this case the appropriate operating devices change their switching state cyclically The parameter Flashing rate generally defines the switch on time and switch off time of a flashing message for all groups and devices Example Flashing rate 1s 1 sec on gt 1 sec off gt 1 sec on gt 1 sec Off The yes setting enables the central function and thus the Central function object An assignment of DALI groups or single devices to the central function is only possible if the function is enabled This parameter defines the polarity of the central object This parameter is visible only if the central function is enabled Optionally
15. Parameters The DALI Gateway can transmit a message telegram to the bus when it detects a short circuit on the DALI cable The yes setting activates the message function and disconnects the appropriate object Alternatively the no setting deactivates the short circuit message When enabled telegram transmission is always actively transmitting As soon as a short circuit has been detected and eliminated the Gateway will transmit one feedback telegram without a delay Here the cycle time for cyclical transmission of the feedback functions is defined globally for all DALI groups and single devices This parameter provides a global definition for all DALI groups and single devices of the delay time for automatic transmission of the feedback functions after a device reset A setting of 0 deactivates the time delay altogether In this case all feedback telegrams if actively transmitted will be transmitted to the bus without any delay After central commands or after bus mains voltage return a KNX line is generally heavily loaded by data traffic as many bus devices are transmitting the state of their communication objects by means of feedback telegrams This effect occurs particularly when using visualisations Collective feedback of the Gateway can be used to keep the telegram load low during initialisation The collective feedback summarises the switching states of the DALI groups and single devices in bit orientated
16. The automatic switch off function can be activated here Page 189 of 218 Q eelectron Switch off if brightness value smaller Delay until switch off no yes Delay time until 00 01 00 30 59 59 switching off mm ss Feedback brightness value no yes feedback object is active signalling object yes feedback object is passive status object Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters This parameter defines the brightness or speed which if reached or undershot will cause the group or the single device to be switched off at the end of a dimming procedure or if necessary after a delay time has elapsed The selection of the settable value is limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness The standard setting adapts itself accordingly If the switch off brightness was undershot because of a disabling or forced position function or a pre warning of the staircase function the switch off function is not executed This parameter is only visible if the switch off function is activated The time delay of the switch off function can be activated here If the switch off brightness is reached or undershot at the end of a dimming procedure the DALI group or the single device is switched off after the delay time has elapsed This parameter is only visible if the switch off function is activated This parameter sets the delay time of the switch off function If the switch off brightness is reached or
17. The assignments to found electronic ballasts are also lost as a result The same applies if a single device is deleted in the configuration independently of the DALI commissioning dialog In both cases the plug in warns of losing assignments i DALI operating devices can either be integrated only in single device addressing or alternatively in group addressing It is not possible to control an operating device with both addressing types Operating devices integrated in group control can no longer be addressed as a single device The reverse case applies in the same manner For special cases it is possible to assign operating devices for group control to more than just one DALI group In the standard case assignment of a DALI operating device is only possible in one device This makes device assignment clear and the unique assignment means that there are no group overlaps and as a result no influencing of configuration and feedback values If necessary multiple group assignment can be enabled as an alternative To do this the checkbox Hide previously assigned DALI devices C must be deselected in the Commissioning dialog of the plug in Figure 60 This means that it is then possible to assign DALI operating devices to more than just one group during online commissioning Page 146 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL 0 Aea on Functional description i i DALI operating devices can always be assigned to any group Howev
18. Up to 15 effect steps can be created for each effect as necessary The last step of an effect is always the stop step in the configuration This is only executed when the effect is stopped automatically after the number of run throughs ETS parameter has been reached or the user performs the Stop command via communication objects A new effect step can be added by selecting an effect parameter node in the tree view and then executing the New command in the context menu This always adds the first step of an effect If steps already exist these are always shifted one place when new steps are added The existing steps are thus given a new higher step number 2 15 i When new effects are created all the necessary effect steps should always be created directly in order to avoid subsequent editing and shifting of the effect sequences due to the adding of new steps Created effects can also be copied using the Copy command of the context menu of an appropriate scene or effect parameter node and inserted into the higher level node Effects as a new effect using Insert Parameter settings are also applied It is also possible to insert a previously copied effect into an existing effect All the parameter settings are applied without creating a new element Effect steps can only be copied and inserted into existing steps This completely transfers the Page 120 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL FeV N e moval Functional descriptio
19. be set to a separate brightness value for emergency operation see page 129 130 li Since the brightness of the connected DALI operating devices might possibly change if there is a short circuit the DALI Gateway also transmits feedback to the bus for the switching status and brightness value if these feedback functions are enabled i The feedback of a DALI short circuit can only be transmitted when the bus voltage is connected and switched on at the time of the short circuit If no bus voltage is connected or switched on at the time of the short circuit no feedback for mains voltage return will be transmitted either Feedback is saved however which means that it is transmitted later when the bus voltage is switched on Page 67 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOO0PO1DAL eeleciron Functional description li The DALI Gateway initialises after switching on the mains power supply or after an ETS programming operation If a short circuit on the DALI cable is detected in this state the Gateway will immediately transmit an appropriate feedback telegram After bus voltage return mains voltage switched on permanently on the DALI Gateway during bus failure the feedback is not sent to the bus automatically Page 68 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eeleciron Functional description 4 2 4 2 3 Status and feedbacks Delay after bus mains voltage return To reduce telegram traffic on the bus line after the bus voltage bus reset o
20. enabled the disabling function is immediately active on return of bus mains voltage or after an ETS programming operation object value rO The parameter is only visible if the disabling function for manual operation is enabled The current state of manual control can be transmitted to the bus via a separate status object if bus voltage is available setting yes This parameter defines the information contained in the status object The object is always 0 when the manual control mode is deactivated The parameter is visible only if the manual control status transmission is enabled The object is 1 when the manual control mode is active temporary or permanent The object is only 1 when the permanent manual control is active The behaviour of the Gateway at the end of permanent manual control depends on this parameter Page 177 of 218 QOeelectron no change Output tracking Bus control of individual no groups or single devices can be disabled yes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters All telegrams received during an active permanent manual control mode for direct operation switching dimming brightness value central scenes will be rejected After the end of the permanent manual control mode the current brightness state of all the groups and single devices remains unchanged If however a forced position or disabling function was activated via the bus before or during manual o
21. object is enabled The switching status is transmitted once the status is updated An automatic telegram transmission of the feedback takes place after bus mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS exception No change Set the parameter to yes feedback object is passive status object The Switching status feedback object is enabled The switching status will be transmitted in response only if the feedback object is read out from by the bus No automatic telegram transmission of the feedback takes place after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS Presetting update of the switching status feedback In the ETS you can specify when the Gateway should update the feedback value for the switching status in case of an actively transmitting communication object The object value updated by the Gateway is then signalled actively to the bus The parameter Updating the object value for switching status feedback is created separately for each DALI group or each single device in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Switching or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Switching The switching status feedback must be configured to actively transmitting Set the parameter to After each update of the inputs The Gateway updates the feedback value in the object once a new telegram is received on the input objects Switching or Central switching
22. operating device Here it is irrelevant which error was identified by the Gateway lamp error electronic ballast error converter error The Gateway only resets the object value to 0 OFF when all the previously identified errors were eliminated To use this feedback function the parameter Feedback Error status in the DALI system in the General gt DALI error messages parameter node must be configured to the setting Yes The parameter Type of feedback determines whether the feedback is an active transmitter or is passive general error status must be polled li In general the general electronic ballast and lamp errors also include error states identified as part of the operating tests of emergency lights e g device errors converter errors emergency lamp errors Setting feedback of the error status in DALI system The feedback of the general error status can be used as an active message object or as a passive status object As an active message object the feedback information is transmitted to the bus whenever the status changes In the function as a passive status object there is no automatic telegram transmission In this case the object value must be read out The ETS automatically sets the object communication flags required for proper functioning The parameter Type of feedback in the parameter node General gt DALI error messages defines the function of the feedback object Error status in the DALI sy
23. the assignment of DALI operating devices to programmed groups or single devices can be supplemented by testing of the DALI device types If testing is enabled the plug in compares during assignment as Page 167 of 218 QOeelectron Integrate emergency no lights yes Use setting DALI yes device type for single battery emergency lights Od General gt DALI communication Activate DALI telegram no rate limit yes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters part of commissioning the device types determined by the operating devices with the specifications by the device type parameters Assignment can only take place if there is agreement This will prevent functional incompatibilities after commissioning The function for testing the DALI device types is enabled by this parameter when itis set to yes The DALI Gateway can be integrated into DALI emergency lighting systems It allows interference free operation of operating devices general lighting systems and emergency lighting operating devices of the same DALI system The Emergency lighting function is enabled if this parameter is set to yes In this case the parameter node Emergency lights which contains all the relevant parameters for configuring the emergency lighting function becomes visible If emergency lights operated with single batteries is used the ETS plug in of the Gateway checks the DALI device type indicated by the installe
24. the parameter Staircase time retriggerable the staircase time anew Even during activated continuous lighting the parameter Reaction to OFF telegram is evaluated so that continuous lighting can be switched off li Using the automatic switch off function The reduced brightness of the continuous lighting does not start the switch off function after reaching or undershooting the switch off brightness Setting supplementary function of the staircase function time extension With the time extension function the staircase time can be retriggered several times i e extended via the Staircase function start stop object The duration of the extension is predefined by several operations at the control section several ON telegrams in succession The configured staircase time can be extended in this way by the configured factor a maximum of 5 fold The time is then always extended automatically at the end of a single staircase time Ten A 3 fold post triggering example Telegram ON ON O ON Stairway func A start stop f Output i Switch on i i brightness i i 2 i 3 gt Time t Time TON TON TON TON T Advance warning Feedback ON not inverted OFF Time Figure 47 Time extension of the staircase function With this function the lighting time in a staircase can be extended e g by a person after shopping by a defined length without having to retrigger the lighting every time the lig
25. y 1 15 specify the necessary brightness value for each assigned DALI group each assigned single device and each assigned scene Figure 55 During a recall of the effect step the appropriate configured brightness value is set on the operating devices The selection of the brightness value for DALI groups and single devices is restricted by the limits configured minimum and maximum brightness in the ETS plug in During DALI commissioning it is possible to assign multiple identical DALI operating devices to different groups multiple assignment e g Electronic ballast 1 is located in Group A and Group B If groups e g A amp B have now been assigned to an effect step and these groups contains the same operating devices e g electronic ballast 1 then there will be a conflict on account of the differing effect step brightness values In this case the effect controller calls up all the brightness values in order starting with Group 1 If there is a multiple assignment of electronic ballasts it may occur that brief brightness changes occur e g brightness jumps flickering etc when an effect step is recalled The same applies to scenes in an effect step if various scene assignments are configured with identical groups H H Setting the dimming behaviour when recalling effect steps In the configuration of an effect step it is possible to specify whether the brightness values for the assigned groups single devices or scen
26. 114 115 of these subscribers is preferable Page 41 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeieciron ICOOP01DAL Functional description Single unit 1 Single unit 2 x Figure 13 Example of group and single device control As part of device assignment during DALI commissioning single battery operated DALI emergency lights must always be assigned to planned single devices single addressing provided that these operating devices are to execute an emergency light function This means that these lights can be controlled and diagnosed individually Figure 14 As a result the addressing type Group and device control must be used in mixed lighting systems with normal lighting and single battery operated emergency lighting Page 42 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeleciron ICOOP01DAL Functional description DQ Single unit 1 DR Single unit 2 DR Single unit 3 DY Single unit 4 Fa Figure 14 Example of group and single device control with single battery operated emergency lights Group control 1 32 and group control 1 64 This addressing type behaves in exactly the same way as the Group control 1 16 and device control 1 64 addressing with the difference that groups 17 32 are also available Here too groups 17 32 can only be assigned to up to two DALI operating devices In this case too as there ar
27. 16 effects are available here each with up to 16 effect steps Group and device orientated Each group and single device offers the full scope of functions without any restrictions All channel oriented functions can be parameterized separately for each group or single device This feature permits independent and multi functional control of the DALI operating devices Feedback of switching and brightness value Active transmitting after changes or cyclically to the bus or passive object readout feedback functions Setting of the brightness limit values minimum brightness maximum brightness possible Configurable dimming behaviour Soft switch on or soft switch off function Disabling function or alternatively forced position function is configurable During a disabling function the flashing of lights and single devices is not possible Timing functions switch on delay switch off delay staircase lighting timer also with pre warning function Operating hours counter DALI Power ON level using parameter Behaviour after bus voltage return and DALI system failure level using parameter Behaviour in case of bus voltage failure can be set In emergency lighting operation the DALI system failure level can also be configured separately Behaviour in case of bus voltage failure and bus voltage return as well as after ETS programming presettable Operation of emergency lights Integration of the device into the DALI emergenc
28. DALI Gateway Master in the KNX system needs to be integrated actively into mains failure detection All other Gateways if available will then evaluate the external feedback of this Master Alternatively a Gateway can be controlled using the external message from any KNX device If the Gateway deactivates emergency operation due to internal or external failure monitoring of the mains voltage or an external message telegram all the DALI groups or single devices integrated in the centrally supplied emergency operation are switched to defined brightness states This parameter defines the behaviour at the end of emergency operation This Page 212 of 218 Oeelectron Delay time at the end of 00 00 01 00 59 59 emergency operation mm ss Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters means that the switching off or the activation of a defined brightness value can be configured Alternatively the brightness value active before emergency operation or the brightness value tracked internally during emergency operation can be set As a final alternative it is possible to retain the current state of all operating devices Deactivation of emergency operation and thus the execution of the behaviour at the end of emergency operation can take place after a delay A time delay is advisable in order to give DALI operating devices without an emergency supply sufficient time after the return of mains voltage to switch on at the
29. DALI commissioning or offline configuration the max 64 DALI operating devices are assigned to different groups of the Gateway For this any number of DALI operating devices can be assigned to groups 1 16 On the DALI side addressing takes place using group addresses meaning that the reaction time of the DALI subscribers in groups 1 16 is short In contrast only up to two DALI operating devices can be assigned to groups 17 32 Since there are no DALI group addresses for these groups DALI addressing takes place using the Page 179 of 218 ee ec On ICOOPO1DAL Parameters device short addresses which means that the operating devices are addressed and thus contacted individually In particular in large systems with multiple subscribers addressed by short address the reaction time is slower than with group addressing as addressing takes place individually and in sequence Group control 1 16 and In this addressing type the operating group control 1 64 devices in groups 1 16 are controlled using DALI group addresses as described above for group control In addition other DALI operating devices can be addressed individually as single devices The addressing of these devices takes place individually using the device short addresses Group control 1 32 and This addressing type behaves in exactly group control 1 64 the same way as the Group control 1 16 and device control 1 64 addressing with the dif
30. DALI Gateway Up to 16 effects are available here each with up to 16 effect steps Each effect step represents an individual light scene Time controlled toggling of the effect steps makes the overall effect dynamic Brightness sequences can be implemented using one or more DALI groups or also using individual DALI devices or scenes Effects are created in the ETS plug in and are configured separately An effect can be added to the configuration by selecting the parameter node Effects in the tree view and then executing the command New using the context menu right mouse click Selecting a created effect in the tree view causes the effect configuration Figure 51 to appear in the right pane of the plug in a ioxi 1 Effect me General bg Manual operation i Addressing b Scones Name Effect E Effects Priority effect For disabling forced position low ae fi 1 step KNX number of the effect 1 64 Bo T 2 step T 3 step Number of steps 1 16 moo 1 4 step Number of passes 1 500 0 infinite ehhh fi 5 step fi 6 Step fi 7 step fi 8 Step fi 9 step T 10 step T 11 step ff 12 Step fi 13 step T 14 step fi 15 step xi Stop step a 2 Effect 4 Export Import Print DALI commissionin ee Cancel Standard Help Figure 51 Configuration page of an effect as an example with 15 created effect steps and stop step Editing effects
31. DALI operating devices which then set themselves to the appropriate brightness On the other hand the internally tracked switching or brightness states of the groups and single devices can be fed back to the KNX The transfer of the status information of the DALI operating devices lamp error electronic ballast error diagnosis of emergency lights or the Gateway mains voltage failure DALI short circuit emergency operation to the bus is possible Groups or single devices can be optionally integrated into 16 independent scenes Within a scene brightness values can be configured separately in the ETS for each DALI group or for individual brightness values or adjusted at any time later during operation using scene memory telegrams In particular for the implementation of dynamic light scenes it is possible to include lights or light groups in the effect control of the DALI Gateway Up to 16 effects are available here each with up to 16 effect steps Each effect step represents an individual light scene Time controlled toggling of the effect steps makes the overall effect dynamic Brightness sequences can be implemented using one or more DALI groups or also using individual DALI devices or scenes Page 37 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeieciron ICOOP01DAL Functional description Addressing types A DALI system can address a maximum of 64 operating devices although the Gateway itself does not count as an operating device Up to 6 differe
32. EE E maximum brightness 70 4 J 60 47 KNX 50 47 brightness range 40 30 7 20 47 minimum brightness SS a a A _ dimmable range gt 0 lt DALI brightness range gt 100 lt time for relative or absolute dimming gt Figure 36 Dimming characteristic for relative or absolute dimming as an example with minimum brightness and maximum brightness The dimming characteristic is logarithmic as is usual in a DALI system In this way the brightness behaviour of the DALI lamp is adapted to the brightness sensitivity of the human eye during dimming When values are specified the DALI Gateway automatically converts the standard KNX linear dimming curve 0 0 255 100 to a logarithmic one Value feedback to the KNX is also adjusted through conversion On account of the internal calculation process there may be slight deviations between the specified and fed back brightness value e g specification 50 gt Feedback 49 Setting dimming time for relative dimming In the plug in of the DALI Gateway the dimming time for relative dimming can be set separately for each group and each single device Set the parameter Time for relative dimming 0 100 in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Dimming or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Dimming to the required dimming time Page 94 of 218 Software
33. ETS programming operation or mains voltage return The display length depends on the number of connected DALI operating devices only briefly after mains voltage return be Display during manual operation in an unprogrammed status broadcast operation Er Display of incorrect connection to the DALI connection terminals da da Mains voltage connected DALI Gateway without function The Gateway is only ready for operation again when the error has been eliminated and initialisation has been performed again mains voltage return LE Signals automatic device replacement E Signals an error during automatic device replacement Page 7 of 218 QOeelectron Installation electrical connection and operation 2 3 Fitting and electrical connection A DANGER Electrical shock when live parts are touched Electrical shocks can be fatal Before working on the device disconnect the power supply and cover up live parts in the working environment Fitting the device G G Fit the device by snapping it onto a mounting rail in acc with EN 60715 The screw terminals should be at the top A KNX data rail is not required Observe the temperature range see Technical Data and ensure sufficient cooling if necessary Connecting the power supply for the device electronics and DALI interface DALI EVG DALI EVG max 64 ONA OFF W D 1 2 KNX Figure 2 Electrical connection of mains voltage
34. In the latter case in emergency operation the DALI gateway can transmit the appropriate fault messages to a central system and other DALI gateways in the system li Observe the number of DALI devices in the emergency luminaires used li The chapter Software Description of this product documentation describes the exact function of the individual connection variants of the DALI Gateway in detail along with the necessary configuration Installation electrical connection and operation AC 230 V AC DC 230 V Figure 4 Electrical connection diagram in an emergency lighting system Only DALI emergency lights integrated into the emergency power supply AC 230 V AC DC 230 V Figure 5 Electrical connection diagram in an emergency lighting system KNX power supply and DALI emergency lights integrated into the emergency power supply Page 10 of 218 0 Fe einer Installation electrical connection and operation AC 230 V AC DC 230 V Figure 6 Electrical connection diagram in an emergency lighting system KNX power supply DALI emergency lights and DALI Gateway integrated into the emergency power supply recommended installation Installing removing the protective cap To protect the bus lines against hazardous voltages in the area of the connecting terminals a protective cap can be installed The cap is installed with the bus terminal in place and the connected bus line led out at the rear Figure 7 T
35. Level and is defined separately for each emergency light using this parameter Depending on the configured minimum and maximum brightness the brightness for emergency operation can be set between the limits 0 1 100 The planned brightness value is programmed into the DALI operating devices during the initialisation operation after an ETS programming operation The brightness for emergency operation must be within the limits Emergency Min Level and Emergency Max Level of the emergency light operating devices Otherwise the brightness value is undefined The limit values are usually specified by the manufacturer of the operating devices Please refer to the documentation of the emergency light operating devices in order to correctly determine the brightness value for emergency operation Page 199 of 218 eelectron Delay time after return 0 seconds of the general voltage supply 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 20 minutes 30 minutes 1 hour 1 5 hours 2 hours Automatic function test deactivated time interval 1 day 30 days Automatic continuous deactivated operation test time interval 1 week 52 weeks Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters After the return of general supply voltage single battery operated DALI emergency lights automatically deactivate emergency operation and return to normal operation Electronic ballasts of this type normally then switch off the
36. Page 13 of 218 QJeelectron Installation electrical connection and operation 12 Status LED OFF W LED ON in manual operation indicates a switched off group single device brightness 0 13 Button ALL OFF All DALI subscribers OFF only in permanent manual operation 14 7 segment display to show the number of a DALI group 14a or a single device 14b selected by manual operation Disabled in bus operation In addition to display additional information Signals DALI commissioning phase after an ETS programming operation or mains voltage return The display length depends on the number of connected DALI operating devices only briefly after mains voltage return bc Display during manual operation in an unprogrammed status broadcast operation Er Display of incorrect connection to the DALI connection terminals da da Mains voltage connected DALI Gateway without function The Gateway is only ready for operation again when the error has been eliminated and initialisation has been performed again mains voltage return LE Signals automatic device replacement E Signals an error during automatic device replacement Priorities The DALI Gateway distinguishes between different functions that can have an effect on a DALI Group In order to prevent conflicting output states each available function has a certain priority The function with the higher priority overrides the one with the lower priority 1st pr
37. Page 170 of 218 o Fev N e moval Feedback Error status per DALI operating device Data format of the feedback Time delay for feedback telegram after initialisation Feedback DALI Gateway supply voltage failure return no yes feedback object is active signalling object yes feedback object is passive status object only 2 byte KNX object only 1 byte object 1 Byte object and 2 byte KNX object no yes no yes only on voltage failure yes on voltage failure a return Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters each new error In the no setting the general error status is transmitted repeatedly for new errors Telegrams are only transmitted again via the object Error status in the DALI system when no more errors are present This parameter is only visible if Error status in DALI system feedback is enabled The DALI Gateway allows the feedback of the individual error status of DALI operating devices in up to two different data formats To use this feedback function this parameter must be configured to the Yes setting konfiguriert werden Here it is possible to define whether the feedback is an active transmitter or is passive error status must be polled This parameter determines whether only a 1 byte object according to KNX DPT 238 600 a 2 byte object according to KNX DPT 237 600 or a combination of both objects is used This parameter is only visible if
38. The Gateway only updates the feedback changes Od General gt Standby switch off of DALI devices Standby switch off no DALI Use Global switching status yes feedback Type of feedback active signalling object passive status object Time delay for feedback no telegram after bus voltage yes return values in the collective feedback objects when the telegram values of the inputs also change If telegram values of the feedback do not change e g in the case of cyclical telegrams to the Switching objects with the same telegram value the feedback then remains unchanged Consequently in the case of actively transmitting feedback objects no telegram with the same content will be transmitted repeatedly either The DALI Gateway offers a function for global feedback of the switching status of all planned DALI groups and devices This feedback can also be used for standby switch off of the DALI system and thus to save energy In the yes setting this parameter enables feedback of the global switching status When the standby switch off is used active time delays the feedback of the global switching status will always take place as an active message telegram whenever the feedback value changes If no time delay has been configured global switching status for general visualisation purposes the feedback object according to this parameter can either be used as an active signalling object or alterna
39. With an actively transmitting feedback object a new telegram is also then actively transmitted to the bus each time The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarily have to change in the process Hence a corresponding switching status feedback is also generated on the Switching object such as in the case of cyclical telegrams for example In addition feedback is transmitted at the beginning or end of a disabling or forced position function and also during an effect run through even if the feedback state does not change Set the parameter to Only if the feedback value changes Page 89 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eelectron Functional description The Gateway only updates the feedback value in the object if the telegram value e g OFF to ON also changes If the telegram value of the feedback does not change e g in the case of cyclical telegrams to the Switching object with the same telegram value the feedback then remains unchanged Consequently with an actively transmitting feedback object no telegram with the same content will be transmitted repeatedly either This setting is recommendable for instance if the Switching and Switching feedback objects are linked to an identical group address This is often the case when activating by means of light scene push button sensors recall and storage function Setting the switching status feedback on bus or mains voltage return or after programm
40. a switched on operating state Figure 35 In this way the brightness of the controlled lamps of the DALI operating devices can be adapted individually even to the brightness sensitivity of the human eye The configured minimum brightness can be undershot only by switching off Furthermore the brightness value which is set whenever switching on via the Switching or the Central function switching object on the DALI operating devices can be predefined The parameter Switch on brightness defines this brightness separately for each group and each single device The settable value is anywhere between the minimum and maximum brightness value 100 non settable brightness range Maximum brightness e g 90 Switch on Switch on brightness e g 70 7 rrp on settable brightness range relative or absolute dimming Minimum brightness e g 10 non settable brightness range Switch off OFF 0 Figure 33 Example of a brightness range with switch on brightness Setting the minimum brightness The minimum brightness can be set separately for each DALI group and each single device Set the Minimum brightness parameter in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast to the required brightness value The set brightness is not undershot in any switched on operating state The upper limit of the settable
41. activating or deactivating the forced position The polarity is fixed by the telegram 1 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus or by the device will be read 2 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus will be read Page 26 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeleciron ICOOP01DAL Object table Function Emergency lighting Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Pe 432 Feedbk emerg operation test Single device 3 byte 1 C T R2 1 64 Description 3 byte object for bit orientated provision of the test result of the function and continuous operation test of a single battery operated DALI emergency lamp The object value is transmitted automatically at the end of the test configurable Alternatively it can be read out Refer to the Function description chapter for information on the exact structure of this object Should a test have been cancelled early using the Emergency operation test start status then no feedback is transmitted This object is only visible when emergency operation is enabled and the emergency light system allows for single battery operated emergency lights In addition the appropriate single device must be configured as a single battery operated emergency light Function Emergency lighting Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od 433 Emerg operat Test Start Single device 1 byte 1 C W T R2 Status
42. an active message telegram whenever the feedback value changes If no time delay has been configured global switching status for general visualisation purposes the feedback object according the parameter Type of feedback can either be used as an active signalling object or alternatively as a passive status object As an active message object the feedback information is also directly transmitted to the bus whenever there is an update As a passive status object there is no telegram transmission after an update In this case the object value must be read out The ETS automatically sets the object communication flags required for proper functioning If used as an active message object the feedback status is transmitted to the bus after bus mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS if switch on or switch off takes place after a device reset If feedback is not used for standby switch off the telegram can be transmitted after a delay after bus mains voltage return whereby the delay time is set jointly and globally for all the feedback of the device see page 69 If a time delay is required the parameter Time delay for feedback after bus voltage return must be set to yes Otherwise no setting transmission of the active message telegram takes place immediately after a device reset and thus generally when the standby switch off is used Feedback in its function as an active signalling object can also be transmitted cyc
43. are applied to the Gateway An import operation overwrites all the DALI commissioning parameters found DALI operating devices long and short addresses and group single device assignments with the data of the XML file It should be noted that only the data saved in the ETS database will be compared Any previously performed DALI commissioning with programming of the DALI operating device will remain unchanged in the operating devices For this reason after the import of an XML template new DALI commissioning must always take place too if DALI commissioning parameters are specified by the XML template other than those most recently programmed into the DALI system online New DALI commissioning is not necessary if the XML import does not change the commissioning parameters e g during the import of an XML backup file of a previously fully commissioned system when a DALI Gateway is replaced Important note for the import of XML files with the ETS3 or the ETS4 of up to Version 4 1 6 After the import the affected device must be unloaded using the ETS Only then should an ETS programming operation be performed Unloading forces the ETS to perform a complete download Only in this way is it guaranteed that all the relevant configuration and commissioning data from the import are programmed completely into the device On ETS4 from Version 4 1 7 the programming of all the relevant data is automatic and time optimised There is no need for the unloa
44. are configured as actively transmitting If only individual switching states change in Gateway operation only the affected collective feedback objects are updated The following example object value formats result Groups 1 to 4 available 00 OF 00 Ox x switching states gt Group 1 and 2 ON 00 OF 00 03 Group 1 and 3 ON 00 OF 00 05 Groups 1 to 6 available 00 3F 00 xx x switching states gt Group 1 and 2 ON 00 3F 00 03 Group 1 and 5 ON 00 3F 00 11 Groups 1 to 4 and 10 to 12 available OE OF Ox Ox x switching states gt Group 1 and 4 ON OE OF 00 09 Group 1 and 10 ON OE OF 02 01 Use of the collective feedback would be possible in appropriate visualisation applications for example in public buildings such as schools or hospitals where the switching states of the actuators are displayed centrally and no separate switching status is displayed at the control sections In such applications the collective feedback can replace the 1 bit individual feedbacks and thereby significantly reduce the bus load Activate collective feedback Collective feedback is a global device function and can be enabled in the parameter node General gt Status and feedback Set the parameter Collective feedback switching status to yes Collective feedback is enabled The collective feedback objects become visible in the ETS Depending on the configured addressing type up to 6 objects are displayed for groups and
45. be set in the device orientated DALI test Similarly the currently set brightness value of the DALI operating device can be polled by pressing the Read out value button The value read out is displayed in the selection box above By pressing the button Read out device status it is possible to display the internal device states In this way the general device status operating device error e g internal electronic ballast error lamp state e g defective lamp cable break to lamp holder current switching state reset status and status of the mains voltage supply of the operating device can be read out and displayed li The status information of a reset or mains voltage failure is dependent on the DALI operating device used Not all devices track these states i An error on the DALI cable e g short circuit or interrupted cable is only recognised by the Gateway during the device orientated DALI test when information is to be read out of the operating devices read out value or device status The plug in then signals an error Page 160 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eelectron Functional description i During the device orientated DALI test the commands are transmitted to the operating devices directly via the DALI cable No group assignments or assignments to single addressed devices are taken into account which means that group device objects cannot be tracked during the test and thus differences may occur b
46. collective feedback The objects of the collective feedback can also transmit their value cyclically in addition to transmission when updating Collective feedback must be enabled and the feedback type set to Active message object Set the parameter Cyclical transmission of feedback telegram to yes Cyclical transmission is activated Set the parameter Cyclic transmission of the collective feedback to no Cyclical transmission is deactivated which means that collective feedback is only transmitted to the bus if one of the switching states changes The cycle time for all cyclic feedback telegrams is defined centrally on the same parameter page During an active delay after bus voltage return no collective feedback telegram will be transmitted even if a switching state changes Ee E Page 72 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec On Functional description 4 2 4 2 4 Global switching status Standby switch off The DALI Gateway offers a function for global feedback of the switching status of all planned DALI groups and devices This feedback can also be used for standby switch off of the DALI system and thus to save energy The global switching status feedback is a general device function and can be enabled as necessary in the ETS plug in in the parameter node General gt Standby switch off of DALI devices If the function is enabled the 1 bit object Standby switch off DALI Global switching status becomes vi
47. control of the outputs and the status display are described in detail in chapter Operation see page 13 14 Configuration status feedback disabling via a bus telegram and interaction with other functions of the DALI Gateway when manual operation is activated and deactivated will be described in greater detail in the following sections Manual operation is possible only when the mains voltage supply to the Gateway is switched on In the delivery state of the DALI Gateway manual operation is fully enabled In this unprogrammed state all connected DALI operating devices can be controlled using the broadcast function so that fast function checking of the connected electronic ballasts e g on the construction site is possible After initial commissioning of the Gateway via the ETS manual operation can be enabled or disabled separately for various states of operation Manual control can for instance be disabled during bus operation bus voltage applied Another option consists in the complete disabling of the manual control only in case of bus voltage failure Therefore manual control can be disabled completely if the bus disable and bus failure disable are active Enabling the manual control mode Manual control for the different states of operation is enabled by means of the parameters Manual control in case of bus voltage failure and Manual control during bus operation Set the parameter Manual control in case of bus voltage failur
48. created DALI groups 1 32 separately or change them in the brightness value absolute brightness value specification or relative dimming In addition it is possible to check the function of the groups integrated into the configured scenes 116 The DALI test can only be performed if the device group effect and scene configuration in the DALI Gateway remains current after DALI commissioning or parameters are changed For this reason it is necessary to program the DALI Gateway with the ETS before a DALI test if changes were previously made to the device configuration see page 12 If the necessary requirements have been fulfilled the DALI test can be executed on the parameter page of the same name in the plug in After selecting the test page and successful communication with the DALI Gateway the commissioning environment becomes visible in the right hand pane of the plug in i In the course of a DALI test only broadcast commands switch all devices can be issued provided that addressing allows for central control see page 38 1 1 1 DALI Gateway COOD12 E 10 x DALI test H Z General bg Manual operation ic Addressing H Scenes Switch all devices On Test DALI groups H E Effects a Export Import Print off Test DALI scenes Y DALI commissioning ORN EE Emergency lights M Singe device Device 1 Electronic ballast pa Switching On Read out devices status Off Brightness value fo
49. each scene Thus it is possible for an effect to override a disabling or forced position function An effect can have a lower priority meaning that disabling functions or forced positions cannot be overridden by a effect recall Inthe parameter node Effects gt x Effect name configure the parameter Priority effect to be disabled forced position to Low The effect has a lower priority to the supplementary functions of the assigned groups or the assigned single devices It is not possible to start an effect if a supplementary functions is only activated for one group or one single device if assigned Inthe parameter node Effects gt x Effect name configure the parameter Priority effect to be disabled forced position to High The effect has a higher priority to the supplementary functions of the assigned groups or the assigned single devices The effect can be started if a disabling or forced position function is active li Note that the effect priority set in the ETS plug in is only observed when an effect is to be restarted Priority is ignored irrespective of the setting if a previously started effect is running and a disabling or forced position is activated For this reason an effect with a higher priority if it is running can be overridden with a disabling or forced position function In the same way a disabling or forced position function with a higher priority can be overridden by an effect if the acti
50. emergency light can be integrated into the emergency lighting function for single battery emergency lights Testing of the DALI device type is essential and can in consequence not be switched off in a single battery operated emergency lighting system in the ETS plug in This avoids incorrect assignments The device type of the single device is set here In the Emergency light single battery operated setting the Emergency light single battery operated parameter node is visible Some DALI operating devices have the device type Multitype Such devices can be integrated into the emergency light function for single battery emergency lights provided that these are enabled for this application The ETS plug in identifies this by reading out specific properties during DALI commissioning Multitype can normally be used for general lighting tasks and emergency lighting applications There are however some multitypes which are unsuitable for single battery operated emergency lighting Page 181 of 218 QOeelectron Minimum brightness Maximum brightness Switch on brightness 0 1 0 2 0 5 1 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 Brightness value Memory val brightn bef switch off last time Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters applications This parame
51. function or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Staircase function and relates exclusively to the Staircase function start stop object The staircase function must be enabled Set parameter Reaction to OFF telegram to switch off Once an OFF telegram is received via the object Staircase function start stop during the ON phase of the staircase time the operating devices switch off immediately If the staircase time is stopped prematurely by such a telegram there is no pre warning i e the pre warning time is not started It is also not dimmed to a reduced continuous lighting It is also possible to switch off prematurely during a dimming procedure of a soft function or during a pre warning or reduced continuous lighting Set parameter Reaction to OFF telegram to ignore OFF telegrams received via the object Staircase function start stop during the ON phase of the staircase function are rejected The staircase time will be executed completely to the end with the configured behaviour at the end of the staircase time Page 103 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL QDeeleciron Functional description Setting the pre warning function of the staircase function At the end of the switch on time of the staircase function the DALI group or the single device shows the Reaction at the end of the staircase time configured in the ETS The DALI group or the single device can be set
52. higher level nodes Scenes as a new scene using Insert Parameter settings are also applied It is also possible to insert a previously copied scene into an existing scene All the parameter settings are applied without creating a new element Created scenes can be deleted at any time by selecting the appropriate parameter node in the tree structure and executing the Delete command of the context menu In addition a parameter can be used to assign a name to each scene It is possible to change a name at a later date using the parameter configuration or alternatively by using the Rename command in the context menu We recommend labelling each scene clearly by giving it a name e g Scene TV Scene dining etc The name may be a maximum of 28 characters and may contain alphanumeric and special characters Each scene receives a unique number 1 16 which is shown in square brackets before the name This number is only a label within the ETS plug in in order to distinguish clearly between the individual scenes even if they have the same name In addition scenes have KNX numbers 1 64 These KNX numbers can be used to recall a scene or a scene memory function using the scene extension object Scene numbers do not have to be identical to KNX extension numbers The KNX numbers are configured individually KNX numbers must be unique It is not possible to assign the same KNX numbers to multiple scenes A scene recall overrides a brightness v
53. in an effect step has the highest priority and thus prevails over brightness values of single devices and scenes The brightness values of single devices have medium priority and prevail over scene brightness values Scene brightness values have the lowest priority i Itis possible to run through multiple effects simultaneously If the same groups single devices or scenes are integrated into effects running simultaneously then the effects influence each other In order to achieve a tidy fault free effect run through always try to avoid running through effects with the same assignments simultaneously li DALI groups or single devices integrated in centrally supplied emergency lighting operation or single devices corresponding to the DALI device type Emergency light single battery operated cannot be used in effects Assignments to effect steps are lost if the integration of groups or devices takes place later in emergency operation In these cases the ETS plug in warns of losing assignments Setting brightness values for effect steps For each DALI group integrated in an effect step for each integrated single device and for each scene it is necessary to specify which brightness value is to be set when the effect step is recalled A group a single device or a scene must be assigned to an effect step in order to be able to edit the brightness value Inthe parameter node Effects gt x Effect name gt y Step x 1 16
54. included in the scene through groups or as a single device react simultaneously because addressing takes place on the DALI side using scene commands Multicast which the Gateway programs into the operating device during initialisation according to the scene configuration in the ETS plug in The configured dimming time for the dim fading of the scene function may deviate from the standard dimming behaviour of a group or a single device The DALI Gateway always works with a standard fading time of 0 7 seconds This value is automatically programmed into DALI operating devices during initialisation Directly after scene recall the Gateway reprograms all the assigned DALI operating devices to the dimming time of the scene After the configured brightness value has been specified the Gateway immediately reprograms the fading time back to the original value This reprogramming takes place separately for each group and single device integrated into the scene in sequence via the DALI cable Scenes can also be included in effect steps In this case the dimming behaviour set for the scene is not effective when an effect is recalled The configured dimming behaviour of an effect is of more importance Page 119 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL 0 Aea on Functional description 4 2 4 5 Effect function In particular for the implementation of dynamic light scenes it is possible to include lights or light groups in the effect control of the
55. indicates whether switch off or switch on is forced If the dimming channel is switched on by force an ETS parameter defines which brightness value it should be switched on to The second bit bit 1 of the object activates or deactivates the forced position Figure 34 The behaviour at the end of the forced position function can be configured In addition the forced object can be initialised on bus or mains voltage return Forced position not active gt normal control Forced position not active gt normal control Forced position active switch off Forced position active switch on to predefined brightness value Figure 34 Bit coding of forced position In the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast set the parameter Type of supplementary functions to Forced position function The forced position function is enabled The communication object forced position and the parameter of the forced position function become visible Configure the parameter Brightness for forced position active ON to the required behaviour that should be executed if a forced control is activated via the communication object In the Brightness value setting the DALI operating devices set the brightness set in the selection box during a forced position The selectable value is restricted to the limits of the configured minimum and maximum brightness In the
56. installation particularly when refitting existing systems Remove all the appropriate operating units or ensure that there are no other control sections Figure 3 00 ON A OFF W o Figure 3 Removing other operating units in the DALI system i Other control sections could be for example DALI central units DALI potentiometers or comparable control components These control sections must also be removed from the DALI system in order to avoid system conflicts i The DALI Gateway supplies the DALI system voltage For this reason it is not permitted to integrate an additional DALI power supply into the installation in parallel to the Gateway Only one DALI Gateway may be operated in a closed DALI system If the DALI Gateway detects mains voltage on the DALI connection da and da terminals then it will cease operation and signal Er in the LED display Page 9 of 218 eelectron Operation in emergency lighting systems The device can be used in decentrally powered or in centrally powered emergency lighting systems In decentrally powered emergency light systems emergency luminaires with individual batteries and special DALI devices are used Depending on the scope of functions of the system only the emergency lights are supplied by the central safety power supply Figure 4 or also the KNX system Figure 5 or as a recommended alternative additionally by the DALI Gateway Figure 6
57. is not retriggered i An ON telegram received during the pre warning time or during the reduced continuous lighting triggers the staircase time independently of the parameter Staircase time retriggerable always afterwards Specifying switch off behaviour of the staircase function In the case of a staircase function the reaction to an OFF telegram can also be configured on the object Staircase function start stop Without receiving an OFF telegram at the end of the staircase time the DALI group or the single device always shows the Reaction at the end of the staircase time configured in the ETS At the same time the DALI group or the single device can switch off optionally activate the pre warning time Tprewarn Of the pre warning function or dim to the reduced continuous lighting application e g long dark hallways If on the other hand the DALI Group or the single device receives an OFF telegram via the object Staircase function start stop the actuator evaluates the parameter Reaction to an OFF telegram In this case the channel can react immediately to the OFF telegram and end the staircase time prematurely Alternatively the OFF telegram can be ignored Taking into account any possible pre warning function this gives rise to the example switch off behaviour of the staircase function Figure 41 Page 102 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Oeelectron Functional description Reaction to i Reaction to O
58. lead to malfunctions in the DALI system For this reason it is necessary to remove other control components from the system particularly when refitting existing DALI systems The DALI system is then fully controlled by components of the KNX Figure 9 Page 36 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ce ec CoN ICOOPO1DAL Functional description group 1 group 2 group 3 T T T T T T TJT TLT T T ballast ballast ballast ballast ballast ballast ballast feedback amp status control DALI gateway visualization operating presence heating air conditioning ventilation Figure 9 Principle overview of a KNX DALI system integration example Communication between the KNX system and the DALI interface takes place bidirectionally via the DALI Gateway On the one hand the Gateway receives telegrams from the KNX which either influence the brightness status of a DALI group or of individual operating devices directly e g through switching dimming brightness value specification or scene recall or adjust it indirectly e g through time disabling or forced position functions or by recalling effects Internally the DALI Gateway always determines the current brightness states of the groups and single devices and forwards brightness commands to the
59. light Deactivation of emergency operation can take place after a delay individually for each single battery operated electronic ballast A time delay is advisable in order to give DALI operating devices without an emergency supply sufficient time after the return of mains voltage to switch on at the operating brightness The delay time means that DALI emergency lights are only switched off or switched to normal operation when the standard lighting is ready for operation The parameter Delay time after the return of the general supply voltage defines the period of time from the identification of the return of mains voltage until the actual deactivation of emergency operation Prolongation Time In the 0 seconds setting emergency operation is deactivated without a delay Function and continuous tests can either be activated automatically cyclically within configurable repeat times and additionally or alternatively with a user command via KNX telegram Automatic execution of the test function is optional and defined by the scope of functions of the single battery operated operating devices Here it is possible to specify in which time intervals the automatic function test is to be executed by the electronic ballast This parameter individually specifies the repeat time for the function test The parameter setting is programmed into the operating device during the initialisation of the Gateway after an ETS programming operati
60. no converter error 1 converter error Figure 30 Telegram structure 2 byte KNX error status Bit 8 is set when the appropriate electronic ballast or the group signals a lamp error e g defective light cable break to lamp socket In an error free lamp state this bit is deleted 0 Bit 9 is set when the electronic ballast or the group signals a general error e g internal electronic ballast error In an error free device state this bit is deleted 0 Bits 8 and 9 are set when the appropriate device or an electronic ballast of a group could not be contacted by the DALI Gateway e g device disconnected from the DALI cable mains voltage on the electronic ballast switched off If set Bit 10 indicates a converter error Usually this error state is only created by DALI emergency lights If the converter contained in the devices is in an error free state this bit is deleted 0 li In general the general electronic ballast and lamp errors also include error states identified as part of the operating tests of emergency lights e g device errors converter errors emergency lamp errors Page 64 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec ron Functional description Setting feedback for error status per DALI operating device Firstly it must be specified whether the 1 byte or 2 byte error status is used or a combination of both objects Set the parameter Data format of feedback on the parameter page Gene
61. of manual control The behaviour at the end of manual control is different for temporary and permanent manual control Temporary manual operation mode is shut off automatically when the last group or if single devices are configured the last single device has been addressed and when the select key amp is pressed once again During deactivation of the temporary manual operation mode the Gateway returns to normal bus operation and does not change the brightness states selected by manual control However if a forced position or disabling function was activated via the bus before or during manual operation of emergency operation the Gateway executes these functions of a higher priority again for the groups and single devices concerned The permanent manual control mode is shut off when the select key amp is pressed for more than 5 seconds Depending on the configuration of the Gateway in the ETS the groups will be set to the state last adjusted in manual operation or to the state internally tracked direct operation forced position disabling when the permanent manual operation is switched off The parameter Behaviour at the end of permanent manual control during bus operation defines the corresponding reaction Set the parameter Behaviour at the end of permanent manual control during bus operation to no change All telegrams received during an active permanent manual control mode for direct operation switching dimming brightn
62. operating brightness The delay time means that DALI emergency lights are only switched off or switched to normal operation when the standard lighting is ready for operation The parameter Delay time at the end of emergency operation defines the period of time from the identification of the return of mains voltage until the actual deactivation of emergency operation In the 00 00 setting emergency operation is deactivated without a delay Od Emergency lights gt Centrally supplied gt Emergency lights amp KNX system amp DALI Gateway gt Feedback emergency operation Feedback Emergency no operation status yes Type of feedback active signalling object passive status object The DALI Gateway is able to make the state of emergency operation available on the KNX in the form of 1 bit feedback via the object Feedback emergency operation status This allows other KNX bus devices to be informed about emergency operation in order to control displays for users e g in a visualisation or to carry out further actions e g remote forwarding via the telephone or IP data network through suitable KNX components If emergency operation is activated the Gateway sets the object value to 1 Otherwise emergency operation deactivated the object value is set to 0 In the yes setting this parameter enables the feedback Emergency operation status The Emergency operation status feedback can be used as an ac
63. over multiple pages which can be shown separately Pressing the buttons Groups or Single devices at the top edge of the window changes between the page views Only the groups and single devices can be edited and thus tested which are assigned to the scene Any non assigned groups or single devices are greyed out Page 163 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL eelectron Functional description When starting the scene orientated DALI test the brightness values predefined in the scene configuration parameter page Scenes are visible in the appropriate selection boxes Pressing the button Recall scene causes a scene recall with the brightness values predefined in the scene configuration The set brightness values in the group device selection boxes of the test environment are not important The brightness values specified in the test environment are only applied and saved to the scene configuration of the plug in and the DALI Gateway when the button Save scene is pressed The original brightness values predefined in the scene configuration are overwritten Before new brightness values are saved for a scene it is possible to read out the values currently set in the groups and single devices The read out brightness values are displayed in the selection boxes and can be edited and finally saved in the scene i An error on the DALI cable e g short circuit or interrupted cable is not recognised during the scene orient
64. permanent manual control will be indicated as status information or not Function Status signal Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od 1531 Feedback Standby switch off 1 bit 1 001 C T DALI Global R S switching status Description 1 bit object for global feedback of the switching status of all planned DALI groups and devices The object value is 1 if at least one DALI group or one DALI single device is switched on brightness value gt 0 The object value is 0 if all the DALI groups or DALI single devices are switched off brightness value 0 Optionally the object value can be evaluated and transmitted after a delay If the delay time is used this object can be used for standby switch off of the DALI system For this this object can be connected for example to a KNX switching actuator which switches the mains power supply of all the DALI operating devices not of the DALI Gateway If the global switching status is 0 the actuator will disconnect all the operating devices from the network saving electrical energy The mains voltage is switched on automatically as soon as the Gateway is to switch on at least one operating device by DALI command The time between the transmission of this feedback switching on the mains voltage and the transmission of the DALI command can be configured in the ETS time to restart the DALI devices 1 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus
65. possible for example to detect a defective battery due to possible self discharge easily before emergency light operation begins The battery test can be activated separately for each electronic ballast using the parameter Poll battery charging state directly in the parameter node Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Emergency lights single battery operated The test can be performed as often as required li Some single battery operated electronic ballasts internally reset the battery charging state to 0 when the mains voltage is switched on again after a failure or a function or continuous operation test was performed Function and continuous tests can either be activated automatically cyclically within configurable repeat times and additionally or alternatively with a user command via KNX telegram Automatic execution of the test function is optional and defined by the scope of functions of the single battery operated operating devices In the ETS plug in the programming of an electronic ballast only specifies the time intervals in which the operating devices are to perform the automatic function and continuous operation tests The parameter Automatic function test interval and Automatic continuous operation test interval in the parameter node Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Emergency lights single battery operated individually specify the repeat times for th
66. predefined brightness value in the selection box next to the parameter is set to The selection of the settable value is limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness On switch on the active and internally saved brightness value prior to switching Page 182 of 218 QDeeleciron Behaviour after ETS programming switch off Brightness value no change Behaviour in case of bus voltage failure switch off Brightness value no change Behaviour after bus voltage return switch off Brightness value Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters off last time is set via the Switching or Central function switching object This memory value is only saved in the volatile memory meaning that after a bus mains voltage return or an ETS programming operation the value is predefined to maximum brightness The Gateway permits setting of the defined brightness value after ETS programming The group or the single device is switched off The group or the single device is set to the predefined brightness value in the selection box next to the parameter The selection of the settable value is limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness After an ETS programming operation the DALI operating devices of the group or the single device show no response and remain in the currently set brightness state The Gateway permits setting the brightness value separately for each dimming channel i
67. programmed by the ETS Broadcast manual operation permanent or temporary is activated m Operate the operating devices by pressing the ON A button or the OFF button Brief Joint switch on switch off Long Joint dim brighter darker Long and release Joint dimming stop All the connected DALI operating devices execute the corresponding commands immediately Switching off all the operating devices in broadcast manual operation Permanent broadcast manual operation is active Press the ALL OFF button All the connected DALI operating devices are shut off immediately Brightness 0 The operating devices are not locked Joint activation is possible again after shutoff Page 15 of 218 QJeelectron Installation electrical connection and operation i The ALL OFF function is not available in temporary broadcast manual operation Switching on the temporary manual control After the DALI Gateway has been programmed at least one by the ETS at least one DALI group or at least one DALI single device is created and configured in the device In this case the created groups and single devices can be controlled individually through manual operation Broadcast operation is then deactivated The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS Manual control is enabled in the ETS Press the amp button briefly lt 1 second In the 7 segment display the group number 01 or the single device short address 01 is displaye
68. single devices of the Gateway Only this assignment creates the option of controlling the DALI operating devices individually or jointly via the KNX The addressing type defined in the ETS plug in specifies whether group and or single device control is possible see page 38 Any number of DALI operating devices can be assigned to groups 1 16 On the DALI side addressing takes place using group addresses which the Gateway configures invisibly for the user and manages on its own During DALI commissioning the operating devices concerned are automatically programmed accordingly In contrast only up to two DALI operating devices can be assigned to groups 17 32 Since there are no DALI group addresses for these groups DALI addressing takes place using the device short addresses which means that the operating devices are addressed and thus contacted individually Alternatively DALI operating devices can be addressed as single devices The addressing of these devices takes place individually using the device short addresses i DALI operating devices can either be integrated only in single device addressing or alternatively in group addressing It is not possible to control an operating device with both addressing types Operating devices integrated in group control can no longer be addressed as a single device The reverse case applies in the same manner The commissioning environment of the plug in is divided up into two panes The right
69. site operation gt hours already counted by manual operation i If the counter direction of an operating hours counter is reversed by reconfiguration in the ETS a restart of the counter should always be performed after programming the Gateway so that the counter is reinitialised Restarting the operating hours counter The counter status of the operating hours can be reset at any time by the communication object OHC restart The polarity of the restart telegram is predefined 1 restart 0 no reaction Describe the communication object OHC restart as 1 In the up counter the counter is initialised with the value 0 after a restart and in the down counter initialised with the start value If no start value was configured or predefined by the object the start value is preset to 65 535 During every counter restart the initialised counter status is transmitted actively to the bus After a restart the signal of a counter operation is also reset At the same time a 0 telegram is transmitted to the bus via the object OHC elapsed In addition the limiting or start value is initialised i If anew limiting or start value was predefined via the communication object a counter restart should always be performed afterwards too Otherwise the values received will be lost in the case of a bus voltage failure or by an ETS download i If the communication object OHC start limiting value was described with 0 either
70. supplied with emergency current set the System Failure Level saved in the device at the beginning of emergency operation as the brightness value This brightness value was written by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operating devices after ETS commissioning By default the System Failure Level is defined by the Behaviour in case of bus voltage failure parameter of a group or single device Optionally this value irrespective of the behaviour in case of Page 197 of 218 Fev N e moval Brightness value in emergency light operation Integrate into emergency light operation Define behaviour at the start of emergency operation 0 1 10 100 no yes no yes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters bus voltage failure can be set to a separate brightness value for emergency operation To do this set this parameter to yes The parameter Brightness value in emergency operation then available defines the value for the System Failure Level regardless of the behaviour in case of bus voltage failure This parameter is only visible if the scope of emergency operation does not allows for the integration of the DALI Gateway This parameter defines the brightness value that the operating devices set when the DALI voltage fails System Failure Level The selection of the settable value is limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness This parameter is only visible on if a
71. switched on but also after an ETS programming operation and thus the execution of the configured behaviour after bus voltage return No DALI telegrams are transmitted by the Gateway in this state is displayed on the 7 segment display on the front panel of the device in order to signal that the device is not yet ready for operation KNX communication is also possible during the delay time This allows control of groups and single devices as well as of scenes and effects and the specification of commands However these are only executed once the delay time on the DALI page has Page 169 of 218 QDeeleciron O4 General gt DALI error messages Feedback Error status in DALI system Type of feedback Telegram repetition on new error in DALI system no yes active signalling object passive status object no yes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters elapsed Only the last command relative to a group a single device a scene or an effect is ever executed This parameter is only visible if the DALI telegram rate limit is enabled The DALI Gateway allows the feedback of the error status of DALI operating devices If individual evaluation and display of the error status of individual electronic ballasts or DALI groups is not required or is to be supplemented with a feedback function independent of the electronic ballast it is possible to use the general feedback of the Error status in th
72. switching With an actively transmitting feedback object a new telegram is also then actively transmitted to the bus each time The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarily have to change in the process Hence a corresponding switching status feedback is also generated on the Switching object such as in the case of cyclical telegrams for example In addition feedback is transmitted at the beginning or end of a disabling or forced position function and also during an effect run through even if the feedback state does not change The Gateway only updates the feedback value in the object if the telegram value e g OFF to ON also changes If the telegram value of the feedback does not change e g in the case of cyclical telegrams to the Switching object with the same telegram value the feedback Page 188 of 218 QOeelectron Assignment to central function O4 Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Dimming no yes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters then remains unchanged Consequently with an actively transmitting feedback object no telegram with the same content will be transmitted repeatedly either This setting is recommendable for instance if the Switching and Switching feedback objects are linked to an identical group address This is often the case when activating by means of light scene push button sensors recall and storage function This parameter det
73. telegram values of the inputs also change If telegram values of the feedback do not change e g in the case of cyclical telegrams to the Switching objects with the same telegram value the feedback then remains unchanged Consequently in the case of actively transmitting feedback objects no telegram with the same content will be transmitted repeatedly either Collective feedback type Collective feedback can take place in the form of active message objects or passive status objects In the case of active message objects the feedback is transmitted to the bus whenever the status contained therein changes In the function as a passive status object there is no automatic telegram transmission In this case the object values must be read out The ETS automatically sets the communication flags of the objects required for proper functioning Collective feedback must be enabled Set the parameter Type of collective feedback in the parameter node General gt Status and Feedback to Active signalling object The Gateway transmits the collective feedback automatically when the object value is updated After a device reset ETS programming operation bus or mains voltage return all the collective feedback is transmitted according to the configured addressing type If only individual switching states change in Gateway operation only the object values of the affected collective feedback objects are transmitted to the bus as well Set
74. test with the same test results with the difference that the Gateway specifies the test length In this application the Gateway activates and terminates the continuous operation test according to the user command via KNX specification This means that the test can be reduced to a few minutes provided that the technical conditions are fulfilled sufficient battery charging This parameter globally defines the length of the limited continuous operation test for all single battery operated electronic ballasts Page 215 of 218 QOeelectron 5 Appendix 5 1 Index A Activating switch off delay 0 98 Addressing TY DS cic seceecedinasatecseteeeraciaiee 38 Automatic switch off cece 96 B brightness TANQS viciccccmcdeesevacnomercerersies 80 broadcast manual operation 14 bus voltage failure 82 bus voltage return 83 C Central FUNGON sriiiiis iraniane 79 Centrally supplied DALI emergency 47 lighting systems Collective feedback 2 c0e 69 commissioning adjustment 154 Compatibility mode a se 152 continuous NgNtN Geenin 105 Controls and indicatorsi cccsicsccticcncsserss 13 D DALI device replacement 5 78 DALI device type ccciciccsesetsasicrccsccenneciars 46 DALI emergency lighting systems 47 DALI OrOUpS diakenen nira ei aE et 54 DALI short circuit cccstecnncsvesvsncestcemnsncnsese 67 DALI SyStEM siirriisisiiriir
75. that the device name the short address and optionally the DALI device type can be configured As a result there is also a programmable single device for each group assignment of an electronic ballast There are two options for assigning found electronic ballasts to a group 1 Group assignment by creating a new single device in the group Pressing the lt button automatically creates a new single device in the group Here no existing and as yet unassigned single device of the group may be highlighted Alternatively assignment using Drag and Drop with the mouse is possible by dragging a found electronic ballast in the right hand pane and dropping it into the left window in the area lt Add new device gt first list entry The plug in automatically assigns the first free short address to the new device The device type is set according to the specification of the found electronic ballast 2 Group assignment to an existing single device from the offline commissioning In this case first highlight a single device in the left hand panel that was created during offline commissioning and has not yet been assigned status Not assigned After this a found electronic ballast can be assigned to this single device using lt Alternatively assignment with the drag and drop function using the mouse is possible Single devices of a group can be deleted using the Del key on the PC keyboard and thus removed from the Gateway programming
76. the beginning of the disabling function the configured behaviour will be executed and the bus control of the group or single device locked In the No change setting the operating devices of the disabled group or the single device do not show any reaction The devices remain in the most recently set brightness state In the Flashing setting the affected devices are switched on and off cyclically during disabling The Flashing time is generally configured in the parameter node General During flashing the logical switching state is fed back as Switched on 1 and the brightness value as Switch on brightness A soft ON OFF function is not executed during flashing In the Memory value setting the active and internally saved brightness value prior to switching off last time is set via the Switching or Central function switching object This memory value is saved in the volatile memory which means that after a bus mains voltage return or an ETS programming operation the value is predefined to maximum brightness In the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group name or Addressing gt Single devices x Device name set the parameter Behaviour at the end of the disabling function to the required behaviour At the end of the disabling function the configured behaviour will be executed and the bus control of the group or the single device enabled again In the No change setting the operating devices of t
77. the start of the disabling function the active and internally saved brightness Page 184 of 218 QOeelectron Behaviour at the end of the disabling function flashing switch off Brightness value no change Memory val brightn bef switch off last time flashing Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters value prior to switching off last time is set via the Switching object This memory value is saved in the volatile memory which means that after a bus mains voltage return or an ETS programming operation the value is predefined to maximum brightness Bus operation is then locked The DALI operating devices of the group or the single device flash on and off during disabling Bus operation is locked during this time The flashing time is generally configured in the parameter node General During the flashing the logical switching state is on 1 and the switch on brightness is signalled back as brightness A soft ON OFF function is ignored during flashing The behaviour of the DALI group or single device at the end of disabling can be configured This parameter is visible only if the disabling function is enabled At the end of the disabling function the group or the single device is switched off and enabled again At the end of disabling the group or the single device is set to the predefined brightness value in the selection box next to the parameter The selection of the settable value i
78. the unique assignment means that there are no group overlaps and as a result no influencing of configuration and feedback values If necessary multiple group assignment can be enabled as an alternative For this the checkbox Hide previously assigned DALI devices must be deselected in the Commissioning dialog of the plug in by default this checkbox is set This means that it is then possible to assign DALI operating devices to more than just one group during online commissioning i Multiple assignment of operating devices as part of offline commissioning creation of new single devices in the tree structure of a group is not possible When editing the short address in the parameter node of a group related electronic ballast no addresses can be entered that have already been entered for electronic ballasts of other groups i Multiple assignment of DALI operating devices to different programmed single devices device control is not possible DALI operating devices can always be assigned to any group However we do not recommend assigning the operating devices to multiple groups on the DALI side It is better to split the devices up into separate non overlapping groups and to create a KNX side link using the group addressing in the ETS Page 44 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec ron Functional description Z Figure 16 Example of multiple assignment of operating devices Here G
79. to the System Failure Level Instead the Gateway controls selected operating devices at a special brightness value for emergency operation This brightness can be configured in the ETS plug in Page 210 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeieciron ICOOP01DAL Parameters within the limits of minimum and maximum brightness if necessary Alternatively it is possible to define no special behaviour at the beginning of emergency operation In this case the operating devices assigned to emergency operation remain at the last set brightness value Od Emergency lights gt Centrally supplied gt Emergency lights amp KNX system amp DALI Gateway of the general power supply Monitoring for the failure Failure message DALI If the scope of emergency operation internal also allows for the integration of the DALI Gateway the Gateway will activate Failure message KNX emergency operation It instigates all the external appropriate actions on the KNX and the Minimum number of failed devices DALI page Identification of a mains Failure message DALI OR failure as the cause of emergency KNX internal OR external operation can take place in different ways Either the Gateway automatically Failure message DALI AND identifies whether mains voltage is KNX intern AND extern present internal failure messages or not using the diagnosis of the DALI operating devices This is possible through contacting and reading out all commissioned D
80. to the DALI system after the delay time has elapsed li When using the delay until the restart of the DALI devices ensure that the parameter Behaviour after bus voltage return corresponds to the DALI power on level of a group or a single device is configured as Switch off This means that the affected devices do not switch on directly when the mains voltage returns but only after they have received an appropriate DALI command from the Gateway via the DALI cable During a standby switch off the DALI Gateway does not evaluate any DALI error status of the programmed operating devices i Observe the current carrying capacity of the KNX switching actuator integrated into the standby switch off If necessary use additional installation contactors We do not recommend using multiple actuator channels as it is usually not possible to implement simultaneous switching of all the channels H Page 73 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eeleciron Functional description a di di L Aa AP AS A OFF OFF gum OFF pg FF 4 aE oA a ALLOFF a he os Sy Pe 00 o KNX KNX e_ e_ ins KNX Figure 32 Example of a connection diagram for standby switch off by a KNX switching actuator When the standby switch off is used active time delays the feedback of the global switching status will always take place as
81. undershot at the end of a dimming procedure the DALI group or the single device is switched off after the time set here has elapsed This parameter is visible only if the switch off function is activated and visible when the delay time is enabled The current brightness value of the DALI group or the single device can be reported separately back to the bus No feedback object available for the group or the single device Feedback deactivated Feedback and the object are activated The object transmits actively telegram transmission after change update or possibly cyclically Feedback and the object are activated The object is passive telegram transmission only as a response to Read request Page 190 of 218 QOeelectron Time delay for feedback no telegram after bus voltage yes return Cyclical transmission of no the feedback yes Updating the object value for brightness value feedback after each update of the inputs only if the feedback value changes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters The feedback telegram can be transmitted to the bus with a delay after bus voltage return or after programming with the ETS Setting yes activates the delay time of the feedback in case of bus voltage return The delay time is generally configured in the parameter node General gt Status and feedback This parameter is only visible in case of an actively transmitting feedback object T
82. value selection is limited by the configured maximum brightness minimum brightness lt maximum brightness li During editing of the minimum brightness the ETS plug in checks all the configured brightness values of the group or the single device e g switch on brightness scene values to determine whether the values undershoot the minimum brightness If this is the case the plug in will signal a value conflict and offer the following selection the brightness values can be adjusted to the minimum brightness or the minimum brightness setting is reset to its original value i If values are received by the brightness value object and are less than the configured minimum brightness then the Gateway will set the minimum brightness as the new brightness value for the group or single device concerned H Page 80 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL eelectron Functional description Setting the maximum brightness The maximum brightness can be set separately for each DALI group and each single device H Set the Maximum brightness parameter in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast to the required brightness value The set brightness is not undershot in any switched on operating state The lower limit of the selection of the value settable is limited by the configured minimum brightness minimum brightness lt maximu
83. voltage failure or by ETS programming Any summed up operating minutes full hour not yet reached will be rejected in this case however After bus voltage return or after an ETS download the Gateway passively updates the OHC value communication object in each DALI group or single device The object value can be read out if the read flag is set The object value depending on the configuration for the automatic transmission is actively transmitted if necessary to the bus once the parameterized transmit delay has elapsed after bus voltage return see page 112 113 The operating hours counter detects any operation of the DALI groups or single devices by the manual operation which means that switching on a channel also activates the counting of operating hours In the same way manual switch off interrupts a counting operation Activating the operating hours counter Enable the Operating hours counter function in the parameter of the same name in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Operating hours counter or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Operating hours counter yes setting The operating hours counter is activated The necessary parameters and communication objects are visible Page 110 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Oeelectron Functional description Deactivating the operating hours counter Disable the Operating hours counter function
84. will be read 2 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus or by the device will be read 3 The communication flags are set automatically depending on the configuration T flag for active object R flat for passive object Page 32 of 218 Q eelectron Function Object Function Od 1532 Feedback switching status Collective feedback Name Collective feedback groups 1 16 Software DALI Gateway ICOOPO1DAL Object table Type DPT Flag 4 byte 27 001 C T R 4 byte object for collective feedback of individual switching states The collective feedback summarises the switching status of the DALI groups 1 16 in just one telegram The object contains bit orientated feedback information of This object is only visible if the addressing type set in the ETS allows for group Description these individual groups control Function Collective feedback Object Function Od 1533 Feedback switching status Name Collective feedback groups 17 32 Type DPT Flag 4byte 27 001 C T R 4 byte object for collective feedback of individual switching states The collective feedback summarises the switching states of the DALI groups 17 32 in just one telegram The object contains bit orientated feedback information of these individual groups This object is only visible if the addressing type set in the ETS allows for group Description control 1 32 Functio
85. will not be executed Instead the Gateway executes the configured behaviour on bus mains voltage return or after ETS programming Page 76 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description Presetting a manual control disable The manual control mode can be separately disabled via the bus even if it is already active If the disabling function is enabled then as soon as a disabling telegram is received via the disabling object the Gateway immediately terminates an activated manual operation and locks the function keys on the front panel of the device The telegram polarity of the disabling object is parameterisable The manual control mode during bus operation must be enabled Set the parameter Disabling function manual control on parameter page Manual control to yes The disabling function of the manual control mode is enabled and the disabling object is visible Select the desired telegram polarity in the Polarity of the manual operation disabling object parameter i In the polarity 1 enabled 0 disabled the disabling function is immediately active on return of bus mains voltage or after an ETS programming operation object value 0 To activate the manual control in this case an enable telegram 1 must first be sent to the disabling object i Incase of bus voltage failure disabling via the disabling object is always inactive depending on parameterization the manual co
86. 00 00 05 05 59 59 hh mm ss 0 28 characters Effect Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters programming operation setting yes In the scene configuration it is possible to define whether the scene brightness values for the assigned groups or single devices jump instantly or dim A scene recall can therefore be executed independently of the set dimming behaviour On dimming the fading time can also be specified DALI specific This time guarantees that when a scene is recalled all the DALI groups and devices reach the specified brightness values at the same time Example In the setting Dim to 2 0 s a dimming operation to set a scene brightness takes exactly 2 seconds irrespective of the brightness before the dimming operation takes place A scene is recalled via the scene extension object If needed the scene recall on the Gateway can be made with a delay after reception of a recall telegram setting yes Alternatively recall takes place immediately on reception of the telegram setting no A recall delay has no influence on the storage of scene values The time delay during a scene recall is defined here This parameter is only visible if the parameter Delay scene recall is configured to yes Here the effect can be assigned a unique name e g Effect window Effect entrance The name planned here is displayed in the node of the effect in the left hand plug in window
87. 1 64 Description Bi directional 1 byte object for starting functional tests for single battery operated emergency lighting and for transmitting the test status The tests can be started in bit orientated fashion using 1 Function test Bit 0 shortened continuous operation test Bit 2 continuous operation test Bit 4 battery test Bit 6 Early termination of a test is possible on all bits with the object value For as long as a test is running the corresponding odd bits contain the test status 1 Test running 0 Test terminated or not started Only one test can be run at any given time Commands to start a test are rejected for as long as another test is active The object value is transmitted automatically on status changes configurable Alternatively it can be read out This object is only visible when emergency operation is enabled and the emergency light system allows for single battery operated emergency lights In addition the appropriate single device must be configured as a single battery operated emergency light 1 Non standardised DP type 2 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus or by the device will be read Page 27 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeleciron ICOOP01DAL Object table 4 2 3 2 Objects for scenes and effects Function Object Od 1505 Description Function Object 1507 Oe 1522 Description Function Object De 1523 De
88. 4 Description 4 bit object for relative dimming Function Output absolute dimming Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od Sra Brightness value Group 1 32 1 byte 5 001 C W R 4490 Single device i 1 64 Description 1 byte object for predefining an absolute dimming value brightness value 0 255 from the bus Function Absolute dimming feedback Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od 439 Feedback Group 1 32 1 byte 5 001 C T 4491 Brightness value Single device R 1 64 Description 1 byte object for feedback signalling of a set dimming value brightness value Q 255 to the bus 1 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus will be read 2 The communication flags are set automatically depending on the configuration T flag for active object R flat for passive object Page 24 of 218 QOeelectron Software DALI Gateway ICOOPO1DAL Object table Function Switching feedback Object Function Name Type DPT Flag a 85 Feedback Group 1 32 1 bit 1 001 C T 1492 Switching Single device R 1 64 Description 1 bit object for giving feedback on the switching state 1 Switched on 0 Switched off to the bus Function Staircase function Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od is Staircase function Group 1 32 1 bit 1 010 C W R 4493 Start stop Single device 2 1 64 Description 1 bit object to activate or deactivate the switch o
89. ALI devices If a number of these devices specified by the programmer do not respond the Gateway will assume that the mains voltage has failed In addition or alternatively a KNX telegram can inform the Gateway that emergency operation is to be activated external failure message This is useful for example when a KNX binary input is monitoring the mains voltage and transmits a message telegram if there is a mains failure This parameter defines whether the detection of a mains voltage failure will take place using an internal DALI failure message or alternatively using an external KNX failure message Both options can be combined and linked logically AND OR which means that a higher guarantee of detection or redundancy can be implemented during failure detection 1 64 With the internal DALI failure message all the planned and commissioned DALI operating devices are polled cyclically same interval in seconds as for determining the error status Should one of the devices no longer respond to the Gateway the operating device concerned will be saved internally as failed As a result the DALI Gateway will assume that the mains voltage supply of the DALI operating device has failed Page 211 of 218 o Fev N e moval Message Failure no general supply yes Reaction to external no message enable Emergency operation yes Behaviour at the end of OFF emergency operation Brightness value no change Br
90. DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description Setting dimming behaviour for absolute dimming In the plug in of the DALI Gateway the dimming behaviour for absolute dimming can be set separately for each group and each single device using the Brightness value object Set the parameter Dimming behaviour on receipt of a brightness value in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Dimming or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Dimming to Dim to Once a new brightness value is received it is set by means of the calculated dimming increment time for absolute dimming Set the parameter Dimming behaviour after receipt of a brightness value to Jump to As soon as a new brightness value is received it will be instantly jumped to Brightness values can also be set by a disabling or forced position function Absolute dimming can also be activated even in case of bus voltage failure after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS by specifying brightness values In the case of these absolute dimming functions the brightness values are always instantly jumped to During a scene or effect recall the dimming behaviour can be configured separately Setting dimming time for absolute dimming In the plug in of the DALI Gateway the dimming time for absolute dimming can be set separately for each group and each single device using the Brightness value ob
91. DALI operating devices are polled cyclically same interval in seconds as for determining the error status Should one of the devices no longer respond to the Gateway the operating device concerned will be saved internally as failed As a result the DALI Gateway will assume that the mains voltage supply of the DALI operating device has failed In the ETS plug in the parameter Maximum number of failed devices 1 64 can be used to define how many devices must be identified as failed for the Gateway to activate emergency operation If the number of failed devices reaches or exceeds the configured limit value then failure of the general mains power supply is assumed If the limit value was not reached the Gateway will remain in normal operation li The standard setting of the parameter Maximum number of failed devices is 64 which means that all the DALI operating devices must fail before emergency operation is activated This number is not usually reached in practical applications since emergency lighting systems always have some electronic ballasts integrated into the central emergency power supply or are operated with single batteries Consequently these operating devices do not fail in the event of a mains voltage failure and can therefore not be identified by the Gateway as failed which means that the maximum limit value of 64 operating devices can never be reached If the internal DALI failure message is being used the parameter
92. Delay until the next step Then the next step is recalled An effect run through corresponds to calling up all the steps created in the effect The number of run throughs can be specified individually between 1 500 using a parameter An effect stops automatically when the configured number of run throughs has been reached Otherwise the effect starts again with the first step after processing of the last effect step Figure 52 Alternatively an effect can also be started manually using communication objects and stopped at any time A stop command terminates the effect immediately after the processing of the current step and subsequent execution of the stop step without recalling other effect steps or waiting for delay times Figure 53 There are separate 1 bit objects 1 Start effect 0 Stop effect as well as a shared 1 byte extension object available manual starting and stopping of effects When an effect is stopped the stop step is always executed This makes it possible to set a defined lighting state The stop step is not executed explicitly between multiple effect run throughs Page 121 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description start run through 1 run through 2 step 1 step 2 step 3 step 1 step 2 step 3 stop gt t Figure 52 Example of an effect sequence with automatic stop here 3 effect steps 2 run throughs start stop ru
93. FF telegram switch off OFF telegram ignore Telegram i A Stairway func ON ON OFF ON OFF Start Stop H Output Switch on brightness y gt Time Advance warning brightness i i gt Time TON T Advance warning lt T ON A TON T Advance warning Feedback ON Switching status H H OFF i gt Time Figure 41 Switch off behaviour of the staircase function without soft functions In addition switching off can be influenced by the soft functions of the DALI Gateway Taking into account any soft ON and soft OFF function this gives rise to the switch off behaviour of the staircase function shown below Figure 42 Reaction to Reaction to OFF telegram switch off i OFF telegram ignore Telegram i Stairway func ON i ON OFF i ON OFF Start Stop ft i Output i i i gt Time Switch on i i H i brightness Advance warning brightness ki i i TON T Advance warning lt T ON TON T Advance warning Feedback ON i H Switching status f i OFF gt Time Figure 42 Switch off behaviour of the staircase function with soft functions as an example with minimum brightness 0 The parameter reaction to OFF telegram defines whether the staircase time Ten of the staircase function can be aborted prematurely This parameter is located in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Staircase
94. Gateway gt Feedback emergency operation using the parameter Feedback Emergency operation status The emergency operation feedback can be used as an active message object or as a passive status object As an active message object the feedback information is also directly transmitted to the bus whenever there is an update As a passive status object there is no telegram transmission after an update In this case the object value must be read out The ETS automatically sets the object communication flags required for proper functioning If used as an active message object the feedback state is transmitted to the bus after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS provided that emergency operation is activated In these cases the feedback telegram can be time delayed with the delay being preset globally for all device feedback together see page 69 If a time delay is required the parameter Time delay for feedback after bus voltage return must be set to yes Otherwise no setting transmission of the active message telegram takes place immediately after a device reset and if there is active emergency operation Optionally the emergency operation feedback in its function as an active signalling object can also be transmitted cyclically in addition to transmission on an update The parameter Cyclical transmission of feedback telegram specifies whether cyclical transmission is enabled or not If enabled th
95. I groups and single devices are created in the plug in and configured separately At least one group or single device has always been created Additional groups or devices can be added to the configuration by selecting the appropriate parameter node in the tree view and then executing the command New using the context menu right mouse click Figure 23 a ioixi BZ General Groups 1 32 al DALI communication Z DALI error messages Status and feedbacks fF Standby switch off of DALI devices bg Manual operation a Addressing EE Groups 1 32 ies Vg 1 Group Single devices Ej K 1 Electronic ballast E Scenes E Effects a Export Import Print Y DALI commissioning amp DALI test Note Create new group via the popup menu by pressing the right mouse button on the Groups tree node Cancel Standard Help Figure 23 Additional DALI groups single devices can be added in the same manner Created groups or single devices can also be copied using the Copy command of the context menu of a group or device node and inserted into the higher level node as a new group or new single device using Insert Parameter settings are also applied It is also possible to insert a previously copied group into an existing group In so doing all the parameter settings of the existing group although not assigned single devices are transferred from the copied group This allows the creation of groups with an identical configuratio
96. ION fecaciaistantuececcdcuvettiniuencidacssdancstSiebedeecniedslsussdeanenences 157 Page 2 of 218 KNX EIB QJeelectron Product documentation 4 2 4 8 DALI test siictcscesnasdonsucrandecandoxssdsihnandchanandtanciceatdahaeneatldantitiiund aendineneidmeadiauansie 159 4 249 Delivery State cinoma can cc aaae laa Rice ela sninctncen EA 166 42 5 Parameters sooni ne E EE EES EEEE EEA RTEA EREE NEEE 167 4 2 5 1 General parameters ccccccccccecceccceecceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeteeeeseetss 167 4 2 5 2 Parameters for manual operation ccccceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeteeeeeeeees 177 4 2 5 3 Parameters for groups and single devices 2 2 c cceeessesenneeeeeeeesenees 179 4 2 5 4 Parameters for scenes and effects cccccccecccceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 203 4 2 5 5 Parameters for emergency lights cccssseesseecceeeeeneeeeesenereeeeeeeneetees 208 5 APDOnGIx seciicissdincisstsceccdececescctesdecdececccedddecatssesdccdstdcesedeceeeceescaccwetacascccascecsccdccedescccntadseticaecs 216 R ol Conroe een ee te rer eerer errr serra re E T rer rreree A errr A E 216 Page 3 of 218 Qeelectron PEET 1 Product definition 1 1 Product catalogue Product name DALI gateway Use Gateway Design RMD rail mounted device Art No 64543020 1 2 Function The DALI Gateway forms the interface between a KNX installation and a digital DALI Digital Addressable Lighti
97. It allows interference free operation of operating devices general lighting systems and emergency lighting operating devices of the same DALI system The device is able to integrate standard DALI operating devices for lighting control according to IEC 62386 101 DALI System and IEC 62386 102 Control Gear into centrally supplied emergency lighting systems as an emergency light Alternatively or in addition the DALI Gateway permits the control and function monitoring of individual battery operated emergency lighting operating devices according to IEC 62386 202 Centrally supplied DALI emergency lighting systems No emergency lights with special DALI operating devices are used in an emergency lighting system supplied by group or central battery systems Instead standard devices are used according to the basic DALI standards These devices which are primarily intended to control general DALI lighting systems usually only possess one mains voltage connection and do not possess a battery for self supply should the mains voltage fail In centrally supplied emergency lighting systems a distinction is made as to which parts of the electrical building installation are supplied by the emergency power supply When KNX and DALI systems are combined the following three applications result In each of the cases if the general power supply fails a suitable switching unit must ensure that the system switches to the central emergency power supply after det
98. N Nj eo 5S ea e e a ea ka CA CO jo jno TI OIN I aoj Qj aja CUNE Q al a al Q Q al a e el8 lelejel allelei sisle oje slolalelola lolnlololelola xizlelelz el lt el lt eleleivieieiele 9 92 2 48 2 242 2 2 22 2 HEHAHEHHHHEHHHEHHHHAE o j j 8 j jej e eyejele ejels EVEVESE EEE E ELELEV EES EVETE 9 9 D OF Oi DY OY 9 gt 31 30 29 28 27 26 2524 12322 2120 1918 17 16 151413121110 9 8 16543210 M M S S Figure 31 Structure of the objects of the collective feedback using the example of the object for Groups 1 16 It is possible to show up to 16 groups or single devices and thus up to 16 different switching states logically in a 4 byte object Each group or each single device has one bit representing the switching state S bit and another one defining the masking M bit The S bits correspond to the logical non inverted switching states of the groups or devices and are either 1 on or 0 off The M bits are 1 when the corresponding group or the appropriate single device has been created in the programming of the Gateway Similarly M bits are 0 when groups or devices are not available In this case the corresponding S bits are continuously 0 as there is no switching status After a device reset ETS programming operation bus or mains voltage return the Gateway always transmits all the collective feedback according to the configured addressing type provided that the objects
99. No change setting bus operation is locked but the operating devices show no response and remain in the most recently set brightness state In the Memory value setting the active and internally saved brightness value prior to switching off last time is set via the Switching or Central function switching object This memory value is saved in the volatile memory which means that after a bus mains voltage return or an ETS programming operation the value is predefined to maximum brightness Set the parameter Behaviour at the end of the forced position to the required behaviour At the end of the forced position the configured behaviour will be executed Bus operation is enabled again In the No change setting the operating devices show no response and remain in the brightness state last selected by the forced position In tracked brightness value the state received during the forced position function or the brightness value adjusted before the function can be tracked at the end of the forced position Any time functions still in progress will also be taken into account if necessary Page 86 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description iJ iJ Updates of the forced position object from forced position active to forced position active while maintaining the switching status or from forced position inactive to forced position inactive show no reaction A group or single device that has b
100. Only a restart initiates a new counting operation Down counter After enabling the operating hours counter in the ETS the counter status is on 0 and the Gateway signals a counter operation for the DALI group or the single device concerned after the programming operation or after bus voltage return via the OHC elapsed object Only after a restart is the down counter set to the maximum value 65 535 the counting operation started A starting value can be set optionally in the ETS or can be predefined via the communication object OHC start limiting value If a start value is set the down counter is initialised with this value instead of the maximum value after a restart The counter then counts the start value downwards by the hour When the down counter reaches the value 0 the counter operation is signalled to the bus via the OHC elapsed and the counting is stopped Only a restart initiates a new counting operation Enable the Operating hours counter function in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Operating hours counter or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Operating hours in order for the required communication objects and parameters to be visible Set the parameter Counter type to Up counter Set the parameter Start limiting value specification to yes as received via object or yes as parameter if it is necessary to monitor the limiting value O
101. Product documentation DALI gateway Code ICOOP01DAL dar da Lik Q eelectron ICOOP01DAL KNX DALI GATEWAY NX ALLOFF ON A OFF e e ac Pr Eelectron S p A Via Claudio monteverdi 6 20025 Legnano MI Italia Telefono 39 0331500802 Fax 39 0331564826 www eelectron com info eelectron com a CE AC 110 240 V DC 110 240 V KRX coat Address n men Programmazione EIB possibile solo con alimentazione con alimentazione collegata EIB programming only possible with mains supply connected EIB Programmierung nur bei angeschlossener Netzspg m glich QOeelectron KNX EIB QJeelectron Product documentation Contents T ProductdefinitlON icisvassieensustsexannainsesnnessaninesseansnineiasthdhinnasnionnizadinsanbansaswer tint ininnsanbwacakaadaiie 4 Ve Productcatalogus sirens aa a E A E 4 12 FUNCION areren aa aa O E EE EE NEEE AS 4 2 Installation electrical connection and operation ccccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 2 1 Safety INSUUCHONS sisiicsinscernzcspaianscdncomecntadanersmncannsersumniasinsnstcg candvaonatvsndarausaxsuuaitontixenvaciaaee 6 2 2 DEVICE COMPONEINS ceicesccccncteventtceiuaarworniiedeeenda Ca0ls E aea E a Eeee Ei 7 2 3 Fitting and electrical CONMECHON secicveriaxescadencontevcetadneenseatanunisnincsaverndiuenaxeeinactendenmnunnines 8 24 SOMME SIOMING zrnasesiretactiatannnassiinctiasalhruansuenadvisoancaittgukuedebetoansneudbs
102. Testing of the DALI device type is essential and can in consequence not be switched off in a single battery operated emergency lighting system in the ETS plug in This avoids incorrect assignments Some DALI operating devices have the device type Multitype Such devices can be integrated into the emergency light function for single battery emergency lights provided that these are enabled for this application The ETS plug in identifies this by reading out specific properties during DALI commissioning Multitype can normally be used for general lighting tasks and emergency lighting applications There are however some multitypes which are unsuitable for single battery operated emergency lighting applications Single battery operated DALI emergency lights are usually able to perform function and continuous operation tests In many countries safety requirements stipulate that such tests be performed for emergency lighting equipment e g IEC 62034 Automatic test systems for battery powered emergency escape lighting The DALI Gateway makes it possible to carry out function and continuous operation tests using external or automatic starts and to make the test results available separately for each DALI operating device via KNX telegram During a function test the function of the emergency light is tested and logged During a continuous operation test the function of the battery is tested and logged Combination of centrally supplied and single batt
103. The name is used for better orientation in the plug in It is not programmed into Page 204 of 218 Q eelectron Priority Effect to disabling forced position low high KNX number of the 1 64 effect 1 64 Number of steps 1 16 1 16 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters the device As the effect function is activated for different groups and devices and can have a simultaneous impact on multiple groups or single devices priority must be given to the disabling or forced position functions The effect has a lower priority to the supplementary functions of the assigned groups or the assigned single devices It is not possible to recall or save an effect if a supplementary function is only activated for one group or one single device The effect has a higher priority to the supplementary functions of the assigned groups or the assigned single devices The effect can be started if a disabling or forced position function is active Just like scenes effects possess KNX numbers 1 64 These KNX numbers can be used to start and also stop individual effects using the extension object of the effect function The KNX numbers are configured individually for each effect KNX numbers must be unique It is not possible to assign the same KNX numbers to multiple effects The standard setting is dependent on the selected effect In particular for the implementation of dynamic light scenes it is possib
104. a KNX telegram The KNX DLI Gateway can have the following test functions controlled and executed individually for each commissioned single battery operated emergency light Function test During a function test the general function of the emergency light is tested and logged If the test was initiated the single battery operated electronic ballast to be tested automatically tests the function of the internal converter and the switching unit and evaluates the current capacity of the battery The function test makes it possible to determine that all the device functions are working properly and the battery is intact The function test makes the following test results available Converter error defective device Battery error and Error emergency lamp In addition the charging state of the battery is logged Furthermore the Gateway signals whether the maximum time of the function test has elapsed the electronic ballast could not perform the test in the time prescribed by the electronic ballast manufacturer If any errors are detected on an electronic ballast during the function test the Gateway will also set the error bits Electronic ballast error Converter error and or Lamp error of the DALI error status see page 62 Consequently errors in single battery operated electronic ballasts can also be identified independently for the diagnosis of DALI emergency lights A function test can either be activated automatically cycli
105. ack functions a disabling function or alternatively a forced position function separately adjustable dimming behaviour time delays soft dimming functions a staircase function with supplementary functions and an operating hours counter Moreover the brightness values of the groups of single devices in case of bus voltage failure or bus voltage return and after ETS programming can be preset separately Central switching or collective feedback of all switching states is also possible The operating elements 4 pushbuttons on the front panel of the device allow the DALI light groups or single devices to be switched on and off or dimmed by manual operation in parallel with the KNX even without bus voltage or in a non programmed state broadcast of all the connected DALI subscribers This feature permits fast checking of connected loads for proper functioning In addition the DALI Gateway is able to check the completeness of the operating devices integrated into the DALI system This means that it is possible to detect the replacement of a Page 4 of 218 defective electronic ballast with a new one The automatic device replacement fulfils this function as necessary The Gateway then transmits the configuration data to the new electronic ballast fully automatically without the need to carry out special commissioning This simplifies the repair of a DALI system considerably The DALI Gateway is configured and commissioned using a plug in embedd
106. ack telegram It stops operation just a few seconds later Set the parameter to Yes on voltage failure and return Page 66 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec ron Functional description If a mains voltage failure is detected on the DALI Gateway the Gateway will immediately transmit a feedback telegram It stops operation just a few seconds later The DALI Gateway initialises when the mains power supply is switched on Then it transmits one feedback telegram and signals that the mains voltage is switched on Set the parameter to no The feedback of the state of the mains voltage supply is deactivated The communication object is hidden i The feedback of a mains voltage failure can only be transmitted when the bus voltage is connected and switched on at the time of the failure If at the time of mains return no bus voltage is connected or switched on no feedback for mains voltage return will be transmitted either The feedback is saved however which means that it is transmitted later when the bus voltage is switched on li The feedback telegram can be transmitted to the bus automatically after bus voltage return or after programming with the ETS if there is mains voltage on the DALI Gateway Feedback for DALI short circuit The DALI Gateway detects short circuits on the DALI cable as may occur in the case of an installation error As soon as a short circuit is identified on the DALI cable when the mains p
107. action time is slower than with group addressing as addressing takes place individually and in sequence In the planning example Figure 12 each of the lights shown has a DALI operating device In the right hand and middle areas of the room are two groups each with four lights Here use of groups 1 16 is advisable In another area of the room a total of four lights is integrated into two further groups Each of these groups contains two lights Here use of groups 17 32 is advisable in particular if the lower groups are to comprise multiple operating devices e g in other rooms When integrating up to two lights into a group it is wise to use groups 17 32 provided that no fast reaction times are expected If this addressing type is used the integration of two operating devices each in up to 32 groups allows addressing of 64 subscribers via group control i The device short addresses are always assigned in the parameter configuration of the single devices and can thus be influenced Short addresses must be unique This means that addresses may not appear multiple times in a DALI system The ETS plug in of the DALI Gateway checks the editing of short addresses and checks that they are unique Page 40 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeleciron ICOOP01DAL Functional description Figure 12 Example of group control with four groups Lights in groups 17 and 18 with individual addresse
108. actively to the bus via the OHC value communication object The counter status is transmitted cyclically to the bus and when there is a change The cycle time is parameterised under Times generally for all dimming channels The counter status is transmitted to the bus only when there is a change The interval of the counter value is set here for automatic transmission The current counter status is transmitted to the bus after the time value configured here This parameter is only visible if the parameter Automatic transmission of the number value is set to Change on interval value Od Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Emergency lights centrally supplied Od Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Emergency lights centrally supplied Define separate no brightness value for emergency operation yes It is necessary to define the brightness value or the behaviour for emergency operation Irrespective of whether the scope of emergency operation also includes the Gateway see parameter Scope of emergency operation the behaviour of all the electronic ballasts of a DALI group or all the single devices in emergency operation can be influenced differently If the scope of emergency operation only allows for the integration of the emergency lights optionally also including the KNX system Gateway not integrated due to the switched off DALI voltage the operating devices
109. ain in order for a new commissioning adjustment to take place During the programming of the commissioning parameters into the Gateway fault free communication between the ETS plug in and the Gateway must be ensured via the KNX If the plug in cannot reach the device the incomplete commissioning operation is then terminated In this case too the error must be eliminated and the commissioning environment of the plug in opened and exited again in order for a new commissioning adjustment to take place i All the commissioning parameters transferred from the Gateway are required for correct fault free operation of the DALI system and must correspond to the DALI specification During online commissioning it may occur that all or some electronic ballasts do not apply the commissioning parameters transferred from the Gateway In order to detect this the Gateway checks each programmed change by reading it out and compares the return value of the operating devices with the specifications in the programming If differences are detected here the Gateway logs the error internally and then continues the commissioning operation with the next electronic ballast and also completes this one At the end of the online commissioning adjustment the plug in displays a message listing all the electronic ballasts to which all or individual parameters could not be programmed during commissioning After commissioning is complete the listed DALI operating devices can wo
110. ake some time The progress is displayed during the Delete operation If the bus communication is faulty the plug in terminates the operation without deleting the assignments in the programming or in the device Previously identified DALI operating devices remain intact but without group assignments li Pressing the Standard button resets all the commissioning parameters Assignments of DALI operating devices to groups are lost in the programming and in the DALI Gateway when the Standard button is pressed in the commissioning environment Optionally the assignment of DALI operating devices to programmed devices can be supplemented by testing the DALI device types If testing is enabled the plug in within the course of an assignment during online commissioning compares the device types determined by the operating devices with the specifications by the device type parameters of the offline configuration Assignment can only take place if there is agreement This will prevent functional incompatibilities after commissioning The testing of the device types is influenced by the Use DALI device type setting parameter in the parameter node General Assigning single devices As an alternative to the assignment of electronic ballasts to groups it is possible to assign them to the devices of single addressing The following sections document the individual actions to be taken to create a single device assignment in the DALI commissioning en
111. al description Test DALI groups al xi Groups 1 16 Groups 17 32 Group Switching Dimming Group switching Dimming iare confor PE E e reat sot cro AA ea ce ie tase onjo Pa e wad aut rene fen e oe le lene confor E ee eat sat oeo ajA A e eon onjo PE e vst sat caw AAA e aa Been fe fet a e ea le 2a or A fet Aen fe fe ce fice fen ee AmA ee ez mies wA A e e ear fe fe a eee ce pear aA A e e oae AmA e lca Help Figure 73 Group orientated DALI test environment as an example with three created groups For reasons of clarity the possible groups 1 32 are spread over two pages which can be shown separately Pressing the buttons Groups 1 16 and Groups 17 32 at the top edge of the window changes between the page views Only those group which have been created in the device configuration can be edited and thus tested Any non created groups are greyed out In the group orientated DALI test each group can independently be switched on or off or dimmed absolutely or relatively Pressing the buttons On or Off causes immediate switching of the operating devices assigned to the appropriate group Alternatively an absolute brightness value can be given which can be transmitted to the operating devices of the group by pressing the button Set The settable brightness value is dependent on the group configuration for minimum or maximum b
112. all the DALI operating devices integrated into the emergency operation in accordance with the transferred error status see page 62 and to make them available collectively to other KNX devices in the form of 1 bit feedback via the object Feedback emergency lights complete The status of all the electronic Page 127 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QDeelectron Functional description ballasts integrated into centrally supplied and single battery operated emergency operation is evaluated provided that these systems are intended in the configuration If the Gateway only detects a malfunction of only one operating device or of multiple operating devices it will set the object value to 1 Otherwise error free system the object value is set to 0 This allows the central display of the complete status of a DALI emergency lighting system e g on a KNX visualisation meaning that further analyses e g evaluation of the error statuses or the test results can be carried out The test result of the function continuous operation and battery tests is used to identify an error for single battery operated emergency lights The identification is supplemented by the evaluation of the DALI error status always for centrally supplied DALI operating devices An error is also present when the Gateway can no longer set up communication to an operating device integrated in emergency operation The complete status feedback can be used as an acti
113. alue prior to switching off last time is set via the Switching or Central function switching object This memory value is saved in the volatile memory which means that the value is predefined to maximum brightness after a bus or mains voltage return or an ETS programming operation In the Brightness value setting The selection of the settable value is limited to the configured minimum brightness at the lower limit and by the configured maximum brightness at the upper limit A memory value is also then saved internally by a switch off telegram if the bus controlled switch off is overridden for example by a disable or forced position function or by a manual operation In this case the internally tracked brightness value is saved as memory value If no soft ON function is activated the brightness value is more or less jumped to when switching on using minimum DALI fading of 0 7 seconds Once a soft ON function is activated the switch on brightness is dimmed according to the dimming speed for the soft ON function Page 81 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eelectron Functional description 4 2 4 3 2 Response after a device reset The switching states or brightness values of the DALI groups or single devices after a bus voltage failure bus or mains voltage return or after ETS programming can be preset separately Presetting the behaviour after ETS programming The parameter Behaviour after ETS programming operatio
114. alue specification via the Brightness value object and also a switching or dimming operation via the objects Switching Central function switching Page 114 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOO0P01DAL QOeelectron Functional description and Dimming A staircase function is also overridden by a scene recall The priority of the scene function over the disabling or forced position functions of a group or a single device can be configured for each scene Thus it is possible for a scene recall to override a disabling or forced position function Alternatively a scene can have a lower priority which means that disabling functions or forced positions cannot be overridden by a scene recall A function overridden by a scene recall is executed again when the function is updated via the KNX A scene recall can optionally take place after a delay Setting a KNX scene number Scenes possess KNX numbers 1 64 These KNX numbers can be used to recall a scene ora scene memory function using the scene extension object The KNX numbers are configured individually for each scene KNX numbers must be unique It is not possible to assign the same KNX numbers to multiple scenes Inthe parameter node Scenes gt x Scene name in the parameter KNX number of the scene 1 64 set the required extension number It is possible to recall and save a scene via the scene extension object using the specified KNX number li Ifa KNX number already us
115. ams for groups or single devices are received during Gateway initialisation the device will perform the most recently specified command and not the configured behaviour after bus voltage return When using standby switch off and the delay until start up of the DALI devices ensure that the parameter Behaviour after bus voltage return is configured as Switch off This means that the affected devices do not switch on directly when the mains voltage returns but only after they have received an appropriate DALI command from the Gateway via the DALI cable In the case of forced position as supplementary function The communication object of the forced position can be initialised separately after bus voltage return This has an effect on the reaction of the group or the single device when the forced position is activated The configured Behaviour on bus voltage return is only executed when no forced position after a bus voltage return is activated With disabling function as supplementary function Active disabling functions are always inactive after bus or mains voltage return A switching state and brightness value set after bus mains voltage return is tracked in the feedback objects Manual control is possible only while the actuator is supplied with power from the mains Manual operation ends in case of bus voltage failure bus voltage return or mains voltage failure Manual operation in broadcast mode unprogrammed DALI Gateway cannot be term
116. an effect is recalled The configured time sequence of the effect is of more importance Setting the dimming behaviour when recalling a scene In the scene configuration it is possible to define whether the scene brightness values for the assigned groups or single devices jump instantly or dim A scene recall can therefore be executed independently of the set dimming behaviour The behaviour during a scene recall can be configured separately for each scene In the parameter node Scenes gt x Scene name set the parameter Behaviour on scene recall to Jump The brightness values of the appropriate scene are instantly jumped to during a recall In the parameter node Scenes gt x Scene name set the parameter Behaviour on scene recall to Dim to At the same time define the time required to dim to the scene brightness value The brightness values of the scene concerned are dimmed to during a recall The dim fading is activated The time in the parameter selection defines the duration of the dimming procedure required to reach the scene brightness values The brightness value of a group or a single device at which the dimming starts has no significance Thus the dimming procedure in case of a scene recall always requires the exact predefined time for all groups and single devices of the scene Page 118 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description i i Any DALI operating devices
117. and the DALI interface Connect the mains voltage and the DALI system as shown in the connection example Figure 2 The DALI system voltage is a functional extra low voltage FELV For this reason the DALI interface should be treated as a cable able to carry voltage in accordance with the installation instructions The DALI Gateway supplies the system voltage typ DC 16 V Carry out the installation work so that when a DALI area is disconnected all the mains voltages of the connected DALI operating device and the mains voltage supply of the DALI Gateway are switched off DALI devices max 64 can be connected to various phase conductors L1 L2 L3 Page 8 of 218 Qeeleciron re eee nstallation electrical connection and operation i For reasons of clarity during installation we recommend observing the polarity of the DALI cable Observance of the DALI polarity is always dependent on the DALI operating devices being used a f multiple miniature circuit breakers supply dangerous voltages to the device or load couple the miniature circuit breakers or label them with a warning to ensure disconnection is guaranteed Connect bus line with connecting terminal Removing other operating units DALI subscribers of some manufacturers have extended functions operation with mains voltage on the DALI connection When using the DALI Gateway as a control unit in the DALI system any other control sections must be removed from the
118. arameter Overwrite scene values during ETS download to yes During each ETS programming operation of the application program or of the parameters the scene values configured in the ETS will be programmed into the Gateway Scene values stored in the device by means of a storage function will be overwritten if any m Inthe parameter node Scenes gt x Scene name set the parameter Overwrite scene values during ETS download to no Scene values stored in the device with a storage function will be maintained If no scene values have been stored the scene brightness values last programmed in the ETS remain valid Page 117 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description i During first commissioning of the Gateway this parameter should be set to yes so that the scenes are initialised with valid scene values Presetting the recall delay for the scene function Each scene recall can optionally also be evaluated after a delay With this feature dynamical scene sequences can for example be configured if several actuators or Gateways are combined with cyclical scene telegrams The scene recall delay can be configured separately for each created scene In the parameter node Scenes gt x Scene name set the parameter Delay scene recall to yes Configure the delay time The delay time is activated The delay only influences the scene recall of the appropriate scene The delay t
119. arily intended to control general DALI lighting systems usually only possess one mains voltage connection and do not possess a battery for self supply should the mains voltage fail Setting Single battery operated Single battery operated DALI emergency lights are independently functioning lights with integrated supply battery and DALI ballast If there is fault free mains operation the light is supply by mains voltage and the battery charged permanently If the mains fails the ballast switches to the battery supply As a result the battery then assumes the supply of the light for a specific time Setting Single battery operated amp centrally supplied In general centrally supplied emergency lighting systems can be combined with single battery operated emergency lights in a DALI installation This is a coexistence of both systems which do not influence each other are functionally independent and are also controlled and diagnosed separately by the DALI Gateway if possible When both systems are combined we recommend integrating the KNX system and DALI Gateway into the central emergency power supply so that diagnosis and control tasks via KNX remain intact even if there is a failure Depending on the setting of the parameter Emergency light system other parameters will become visible in order to configure the individual systems Emergency lights overall status The DALI Gateway is able to evaluate the operating status of
120. ate run through is pressed the run through is accelerated by the specified factor i e the Delay until next step programmed into the Gateway for each step The specification applies to the whole effect i e for all the set delay times of all the effect steps i It should be noted that the acceleration factor only influences the configured delay times which are executed after successfully addressing all the groups single devices or scenes integrated into the effect step The time needed by the individual effect controller to execute the addressing operation itself is not influenced by the acceleration The more single devices that are integrated into an effect step the longer the addressing operation and the time not influenced by the acceleration will be i Only small acceleration factors should be used for short delay times up to the next effect steps lt 10 s or longer dimming times if at all Otherwise the effect run through will be greatly distorted i An error on the DALI cable e g short circuit or interrupted cable is not recognised during the effect test Page 165 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Oeelectron Functional description 4 2 4 9 Delivery state In the Delivery state of the DALI Gateway the device is passive i e no telegrams are transmitted to the bus Joint operation of the connected DALI operating devices by broadcast manual operation on the device if the mains voltage is on In the manual co
121. ated directly in order to avoid subsequent editing and shifting of the effect sequences due to the adding of new steps Page 55 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec On Functional description 1 1 1 DALI Gateway COOD12 a 5 xj F General Scenes be Manual operation re Bal Addressing Scene eG 1 Effect xi 1 Step ff 2 step off 2 step xi Stop step S 2 Effect T 1 step T 2 step x Stop step a Export Import Print Y DALI commissioning amp DALI test Note Create new scene via the popup menu by pressing the right mouse button on the Scenes tree node Cancel Standard Help Figure 24 Adding scenes effects and effect steps can be added in the same way Created scenes and effects can also be copied using the Copy command of the context menu of an appropriate scene or effect parameter node and inserted into the higher level nodes Scenes or Effects as a new scene or new effect using Insert Parameter settings are also applied It is also possible to insert a previously copied scene or effect into an existing scene or effect All the parameter settings are applied without creating a new element Effect steps can only be copied and inserted into existing steps This completely transfers the configuration of the copied step into another step This function can be used for example to transport existing step configurations into other steps after new steps have been added t
122. ated DALI test li In the scene orientated DALI test all the actions are implemented internally using the appropriate KNX objects of the groups and individual devices Thus the internal object values can be read out when the brightness values are read out for example On scene recall feedback to the KNX is also transmitted If no operating device was assigned to the programmed groups and single devices during DALI commissioning then there will be no visible reaction in the DALI system i Ifa DALI operating device is assigned to multiple groups and these groups were assigned to a scene then the brightness values of the group with the highest group number are recalled or saved for the multiple assigned devices In this case feedback of the switching status or the brightness value of a group may not always be clear Testing effects The DALI test for effects can be carried out as soon as effects have been created and configured in the device configuration and DALI commissioning has been carried out with the group device assignment of the operating devices To do this press the button Test DALI effects in the DALI test environment The effect test environment then opens Figure 75 a x Effect Start effect Stop effect Single step Step current overall 0 4 Pass current overall pa Accelerate pass eko H Figure 75 DALI test environment for effects Even when testing effects the effect to be tested must first be chosen To d
123. ateway permits the control and function monitoring of individual battery operated emergency lighting operating devices according to IEC 62386 202 The application principles of a DALI emergency lighting system emergency light system scope of emergency operation types of emergency lights are described in more detail in the chapter Application principles DALI emergency lighting systems see page 47 The function Emergency lighting is enabled if the parameter Integration of emergency lights in the ETS plug in of the DALI Gateway in the parameter node General is set to yes per limiting value In this case the parameter node Emergency lights which contains all the relevant parameters for configuring the emergency lighting function becomes visible The following chapters describe the configuration of individual functions of emergency light integration in the ETS plug in 4 2 4 6 1 General configurations Emergency lights system The parameter Emergency light system in the Emergency light parameter node specifies which system is used to implement emergency light operation From this it is possible to derive which DALI operating devices are used Setting Centrally supplied No emergency lights with special DALI operating devices are used in an emergency lighting system supplied by group or central battery systems Instead standard devices are used according to the basic DALI standards These devices which are prim
124. atus 1 In the status 0 the information is inactive e g No error or irrelevant After a function test before and after a limited continuous operation test and after a battery test the top 8 bits of the object Bits 16 23 contain the current battery charging state 0 255 gt 0 100 After a continuous operation test these bits contain the length of the successful or unsuccessful test operation The decimal value of these bits multiple by 2 minutes gives the length of the test 2 510 minutes Page 138 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description battery charging state 0 255 gt 0 100 o time period continuous operation test 0 255 x 2 minutes 15 14 13 12 lil 10 9 8 end 4 3 2 1 0 1 end of function test 1 end of limited continuous operation test 1 end of continuous operation test 1 error occurred during test 1 end of battery test not used always 0 converter status 1 failure converter battery status operation length 1 operation length too short battery status 1 failure battery emergency lamp status 1 failure emergency lamp time period function test 1 maximum time period exceeded time period continuous operation test 1 maximum time period exceeded result function test 1 error result continuous operation test 1 error Figu
125. aviour of the staircase function shown below after the pre warning has elapsed Figure 44 Output Switch on brightness reduced brightness during the advance warning Advance warning brightness Time Feedback ON Switching status OFF Time Figure 44 The pre warning function of the staircase function with soft OFF function as an example with minimum brightness 0 li The pre warning brightness does not necessarily have to be less than the switch on brightness The pre warning brightness can always be configured to values between maximum brightness and minimum brightness The staircase function must be enabled Page 104 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL QDeelectron Functional description Inthe parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Staircase function or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Staircase function set the parameter Reaction at the end of the staircase time to Activate pre warning time The pre warning function is enabled The desired pre warning time Tvorwarn can be preset Configure the pre warning time Set the parameter Reduced brightness to the desired brightness value During the pre warning time the dimming channel is set to the configured brightness value li An ON telegram to the object Staircase function start stop while a pre warning function is still in progress stops the pre warning time and always starts i
126. be integrated in up to 16 scenes meaning that preprogrammed static light scenes can be recalled In particular for the implementation of dynamic light scenes it is also possible to include lights or light groups in the effect control of the DALI Gateway Up to 16 effects are available here each with up to 16 effect steps Each effect step represents an individual light scene Scenes and effects are created in the ETS plug in and are configured separately A scene or an effect can be added to the configuration by selecting the appropriate parameter node in the tree view and then by executing the command New using the context menu right mouse click Figure 24 Up to 15 effect steps can be created for each effect as necessary The sixteenth last step of an effect is always the stop step in the configuration This is only executed when the effect is stopped automatically after the number of run throughs has been reached or the user performs the Stop command This makes it possible to set a defined lighting state A new effect step can be added by selecting an effect parameter node in the tree view and then executing the New command in the context menu This always adds the first step of an effect If steps already exist these are always shifted one place when new steps are added The existing steps are thus given a new higher step number 2 15 16 Stop step i When new effects are created all the necessary effect steps should always be cre
127. bed in detail in the Commissioning chapter of this documentation see page 12 The section below documents the ETS configuration of this function Setting enabling for DALI device replacement In the ETS configuration it is possible to specify whether or not an automatic device replacement can be executed through local control on the DALI Gateway Set the parameter Enable DALI device replacement through manual operation on the parameter page General to yes Automatic DALI device replacement can be initiated and executed through local control on the DALI Gateway Set the parameter Enable DALI device replacement through manual operation to no Automatic DALI device replacement is not possible The operating function is disabled locally li During automatic device replacement all the other functions of the DALI Gateway are stopped During device replacement the Gateway tracks all the received bus states and evaluates the most recently tracked values switching dimming brightness value scenes effects central function emergency operation forced position disabling function normally at the end of automatic device replacement Active emergency operation or an active forced position or disabling function is interrupted by device replacement and reactivated at the end of the replacement operation if the functions have not been deactivated in the meantime The behaviour as at the beginning of the forced position or disab
128. bev 115 Setting disabling function 85 Setting forced position function 86 Setting scene brightness values 116 Setting the effect priority 123 Setting the pre warning function 104 Setting the scene priority 0 117 single device assignment 8 150 Single dEV CES s siisi nirien 54 Soft ON OFF eea 98 Staircase function sssssssssrrnisrrssnrsssess 101 Supplementary function 00 85 switch off brightness 2 ccccccceeeceees 97 switch on brightness ccccecerecees 81 switch on delay eseese 98 System Failure Level 0 47 83 Page 216 of 218 eelectron Appendix T telegram rate limit 66ccceseee 60 Time delay errari enseri 60 TMS LSA Sci irisi 98 Page 217 of 218 QOeelectron Appendix Eelectron S p A Via Claudio monteverdi 6 20025 Legnano MI Italia Telefono 39 0331500802 Fax 39 0331564826 www eelectron com info eelectron com Page 218 of 218
129. bled The delay time for the transmission of the DALI command after transmission of the feedback telegram 1 ON is defined here This parameter is only visible when the delay until the restart of the DALI devices is enabled Page 176 of 218 QOeelectron 4 2 5 2 Parameters for manual operation Description O4 Manual operation Manual control in case of bus voltage failure Manual control during bus operation Disabling function manual operation Polarity of disabling object manual operation Send status manual control Status object function and polarity Behaviour at the end of permanent manual control during bus operation Values disabled enabled disabled enabled no yes 0 enabled 1 disabled 1 enabled 0 disabled no yes 0 inactive 1 manual control active 0 inactive 1 permanent manual control active Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters Comment This parameter can be used for programming whether manual control is to be possible or deactivated in case of bus voltage failure This parameter can be used for programming whether manual control is to be possible or deactivated during bus operation bus voltage on Manual control can be disabled via the bus even if it is already active For this purpose the disabling object can be enabled here This parameter sets the polarity of the disabling object In the setting 1 disabled 0
130. by manual operation In this setting feedback objects set as actively transmitting do not transmit a telegram Presetting the cyclical transmission function for the switching status feedback telegram The switching status feedback telegram can also be transmitted cyclically via the active message object in addition to the transmission after updating Set the parameter Cyclical transmission of feedback telegram in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Switching or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Switching to yes Cyclical transmission is activated Set the parameter Cyclical transmission of feedback telegram to no Cyclical transmission is deactivated so that the feedback telegram is only transmitted when a switching status is updated The cycle time is defined centrally for all DALI groups and single devices in the parameter node General gt Status and feedback i During an active delay no feedback telegram will be transmitted even if a switching state changes H Activate brightness value feedback The brightness value feedback can be used as an active message object or as a passive status object As an active message object the brightness value feedback information is also directly transmitted to the bus whenever there is an update As a passive status object there is no Page 90 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Deeleciron Functional d
131. cally within configurable repeat times or additionally by a user command via KNX telegram Function tests are frequently performed on a weekly basis depending on national directives li The length of a function test and thus the time until the test result is made available by the Gateway after the start of a test is dependent on the charging level of the battery The electronic ballast to be tested normally assumes a low charging capacity so that the function test to be carried out without interruptions The electronic ballast will delay the execution of the function test for as long as the required charging capacity of the battery is not reached With sufficient battery charging the actual function test often only takes a few seconds The length of a function test generally depends on the specifications of the electronic ballast manufacturer with regard to the actual battery charging and is therefore absolutely individual Page 135 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL eelectron Functional description Continuous operation test During a continuous operation test the function of the battery is tested and logged If the test has been initiated the single battery operated electronic ballast to be tested automatically tests the battery capacity by continuously switching on the emergency lamp and evaluates whether uninterrupted emergency operation is guaranteed for the specified rated operating period The function test provides
132. ch on behaviour of the staircase function shown below Figure 40 Page 101 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Oeelectron Functional description Stairway time can be retriggered l Stairway time can be retriggered i No A Yes H Telegram Stairway func ON ON l ON ON i ON Start Stop l t f Output i h i H gt Time Switch on H H brightness Advance warning brightness gt Time T advance warning TON T Advance warning TON lt T Advance w TON Feedback ON Switching status H H OFF gt Time Figure 40 Switch on behaviour of the staircase function with soft functions as an example with minimum brightness 0 Set the parameter Staircase function in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Staircase function or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Staircase function to yes The staircase function is enabled Additional parameters become visible Inthe Staircase time parameter configure the necessary switch on time of the staircase function Set the parameter Staircase time retriggerable to yes Every ON telegram received during the ON phase of the staircase time retriggers the staircase time completely The parameter Staircase time retriggerable is alternatively to no ON telegrams received during the ON phase of the staircase time are rejected The staircase time
133. command is received and or manual operation specifies another status At the end of the disabling the state received during the disabling function or adjusted before the disabling function can be tracked with the appropriate brightness value Any elapsed time functions will also be taken into account if necessary The forced position communication object can be initialised after bus voltage return The brightness status of the DALI group or the single device can be influenced when the forced position function is activated This parameter is only visible when the forced position function is enabled No forced position is activated after bus voltage return The forced position is activated The DALI operating devices of the group or the single device are switched on to the brightness value predefined by the parameter Switch on brightness for forced position ON The forced position is activated The DALI operating devices of the group or the single device are forced to switch off The state of the forced position is set in such a way as it was stored non volatile at the time of the bus failure After programming the application or parameters with the ETS the value is set internally to not active If the function is activated the DALI operating devices of the group or the single device are switched on to the brightness value predefined by the parameter switch on brightness for forced position ON If the forced pos
134. cription displayed in square brackets The DALI short addresses are always assigned in the parameter configuration of the single devices and can thus be influenced Consecutive group numbers are generated by the plug in itself when new groups are created next free address With the addition of group and device names unique naming of DALI operating devices is possible by referencing the numbers and short addresses Through the transmission of the unique names to the KNX building visualisation e g control panels the user is able particularly during error diagnosis to identify the lighting components easily The group and device numbers are also displayed in the 7 segment display on the front of the device during active operation see page 13 14 i Each group and each single device can be configured independently in the plug in After configuration during DALI commissioning the individual DALI operating devices are programmed with the configured short addresses The configuration of the groups and single devices is transmitted to the DALI operating devices when the Gateway is started after an ETS programming operation In so doing all the operating devices assigned to a DALI group are configured identically If DALI operating devices are assigned to multiple groups these devices will then receive the planning of the group with the highest group number Creating scenes effects and effect steps Lights or light groups can optionally
135. cting the Scenes node in the tree view and then executing the command New using the context menu right mouse click Selecting a created scene in the tree view causes the scene configuration to appear in the right pane of the plug in Figure 49 iA par Gateway coooa T 1 Scene m f General bg Manual operation E 5a Addressing Name Scene KNX number of the scene 1 64 l 1 B g Scenes KL Scene Priority scene for i 7 i aiming to 2 05 z 2 Scene disabling forced position low Behaviour when recalling a scene dimmingto 2 05s H Q Effects Overwrite scene values on ETS download yes v Delay scene recall n 5 a Export Import Print Y DALI commissioning amp DALI test Groups 1 16 Groups 17 32 Single devices 1 16 Single devices 17 32 Single devices 33 48 Single devices 49 64 I 1 Group 100 y gt I Save F 2 Group l v I Save M 2 Group 100 A gt I Save F 16 Group v save BIE Group l z F Save Fi roup l Ars F 4 Grou z HE F 12 Group a j F 5 Gro z Elk Tt up Ars fz WI l z Fs F 14 Group l alls a foup z jas I 15 Gr oup l vil s fai foup z Fs m roup vis Cancel Standard Help Figure 49 Configuration page of a scene as an example with two created effect scenes and two DALI groups Created scenes can also be copied using the Copy command of the context menu of an appropriate scene parameter node and inserted into the
136. ctivated a dimming procedure to the switch on brightness is started after receiving a switch on telegram via the Switching or Central function switching object This parameter sets the dimming increment time for the Soft ON function The time entered here defines the maximum length for Soft ON dimming over the entire brightness range of 0 to 100 brightness The Soft ON time cannot be retriggered This parameter is visible only if the Soft ON function is enabled The soft OFF function permits slower switch off If this function setting yes is activated a dimming procedure is started at minimum brightness and then switched off after receiving a switch off telegram via the Switching or Central function switching object This parameter sets the dimming increment time for the Soft OFF function The time entered here defines the maximum length for Soft OFF dimming over the entire brightness range of 100 to 0 brightness The Soft OFF time cannot be retriggered This parameter is visible only if the Soft OFF function is enabled Ol Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Staircase function Od Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Staircase function Staircase function Staircase time Staircase time retriggerable no yes 00 00 01 00 02 00 23 59 59 hh mm ss The staircase function and as a result the appropriate communication objects and paramete
137. ctively transmitting feedback object The objects of the collective feedback can also transmit their value cyclically in addition to transmission when updating On yes cyclical transmission is performed The cycle time is configured in the same parameter node In the no setting cyclical transmission is deactivated which means that collective feedback is only transmitted to the bus if one of the switching states changes This parameter is only visible in case of an actively transmitting feedback object Here you can specify when the Gateway should update the feedback values for the collective feedback in case of an actively transmitting communication object The object value updated by the Gateway is then signalled actively to the bus This parameter is only visible in case of an actively transmitting feedback object The Gateway updates the feedback values in the collective feedback once a new telegram is received on the input objects Switching or Central switching for groups or single devices With actively transmitting feedback objects a new telegram is also then actively transmitted to the bus each time The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarily have to change in the process Hence corresponding collective feedbacks are also generated e g for cyclical telegrams to the Switching objects Page 173 of 218 eelectron Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters only if the feedback value
138. ctronic ballast error 0 No error 1 Error When operating as a passive status object this object can always receive telegrams ValueWrite as a transmission request A received telegram is answered immediately by this object ValueWrite by transmitting the queried error status as an answer In the query telegram Bits 0 5 must contain the number of the electronic ballast number of electronic ballast error status short address 1 Bits 6 and 7 must be set to 1 Otherwise the query telegram will be ignored 1 The communication flags are set automatically depending on the configuration T flag for active object R flat for passive object 2 The communication flags are set automatically depending on the configuration T flag for active object S and T flag for passive object 3 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus or by the device will be read Page 34 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeieciron ICOOP01DAL Object table Function DALI function monitoring Object Function Name Type DPT Flag m 1544 Feedback KNX error status 2 byte 237 600 C W T per DALI operating R 12 device Description 2 byte object to transmit and read out the error status of individual DALI operating devices connected to the system according to the KNX standard The error states of all the devices of a DALI group can also be transferred or read out collectively The following bit assi
139. d i After 5 seconds without a button press the Gateway returns automatically to bus operation i Broadcast operation is preset in the delivery state It can also be reactivated at any time after a programming operation by the ETS by unloading the application program using the ETS Switching off temporary manual operation Temporary manual control was activated No button press for 5 seconds or Select all the groups and single devices one after another by a brief press of the amp button Thereafter press the amp button again as or Switch the mains power supply off or reset the bus bas voltage return Temporary manual control is terminated The 7 segment display goes out li The state set via manual control is not changed when temporary manual control is switched off If however a forced position or disabling function has been activated via the bus before or during manual operation the DALI Gateway executes the disabling or forced reactions for the groups and single devices concerned Switching on permanent manual control The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS Manual control is enabled in the ETS Bus operation or temporary manual control is active Press amp button for at least 5 seconds The status LED amp is illuminated In the 7 segment display the group number 01 or the single device short address 01 is displayed Permanent manual control is active Switching off perma
140. d by several hours The status bits in the object only then display that a test is running after the electronic ballast has actually started a test li In an actively transmitting object the value of the Emergency operation test start status object is not always transmitted after an ETS programming operation or after mains voltage return on the DALI Gateway The transmission of the object value and thus of the status information only takes place if an active test was detected e g automatic function or continuous operation test i Itis not possible to execute multiple tests simultaneously Commands to start a test are rejected for as long as another test is active In the case of multiple set start bits in a telegram to the object Emergency operation test start status the value is declared invalid and not evaluated by the Gateway The test results are logged separately for each single battery operated electronic ballast in a 3 byte status object This object contains various information on the individual test functions which are made available in a bit orientated manner Figure 57 Thus Bits 0 2 and 4 indicate which test function was most recently completed successfully Bits 3 14 and 15 signal whether errors occurred in the tests and Bits 8 10 and 11 describe the error in greater detail Bit 9 signals that the battery charging time was too short in order to complete the test properly These bits are active if they have the st
141. d operating device electronic ballast found as part of the device assignment during DALI commissioning Only operating devices of the type Single battery operated emergency light can be integrated into the emergency lighting function for single battery emergency lights Testing of the DALI device type is essential and can in consequence not be switched off in a single battery operated emergency lighting system in the ETS plug in For this reason this parameter cannot be edited The parameter is only then visible if integration of emergency lights and the parameter Use DALI device type setting is configured to no The DALI telegram rate limit can optionally be activated yes setting Firstly it is then possible to extend the period of time between DALI telegrams Secondly the initialisation behaviour of the Gateway can be influenced By using the DALI telegram rate limit it is possible to adapt the communication behaviour of the Gateway to problematic or non DALI conformant operating devices to a great extent Page 168 of 218 QOeelectron Minimum time delay between two DALI telegrams 1 5 x 9 15 ms Delay time after mains voltage return to DALI 0 30 s SPOON Ne ononon 00 10 30 ss Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters In accordance with the valid DALI standard pauses of at least 9 15 ms must be maintained between the transmissions of individual DALI telegrams to the o
142. d position function disabling function normally at the end of automatic device replacement An active forced position or disabling function is interrupted by device replacement and reactivated at the end of the replacement operation if the functions have not been deactivated via the bus in the interim The behaviour as at the beginning of the forced position or disabling function is not executed again Ensure that only one DALI operating device is replaced in the manner described If multiple electronic ballasts fail possibly no mains voltage is switched on and have been replaced then the electronic ballasts cannot be identified clearly by the Gateway and not configured automatically In this case new DALI commissioning by the ETS plug in is required If an error has occurred during device replacement the 7 segment display signals E Error for 3 seconds Perform the operation again taking the above conditions and information into account This signalling also takes place if automatic device replacement was activated without having replaced a DALI operating device previously Page 18 of 218 QOeelectron 3 Technical data General Mark of approval Ambient temperature Storage transport temperature Fitting width Supply Rated voltage Mains frequency Rated voltage Power consumption Power loss DALI DALI rated voltage Current Number of DALI subscribers DALI transmission rate DALI protocol Cable type Resistivity Resist
143. devices not the DALI Gateway from the network saving electrical energy The mains voltage is switched on automatically with the feedback telegram 1 ON as soon as the Gateway is to switch on at least one operating device by DALI command The time between the transmission of this feedback switching on the mains voltage and the transmission of the DALI command can be delayed optionally using the parameter Delay until restart of the DALI devices This gives the DALI operating devices sufficient time after the return of the mains voltage to initialise themselves in order to be able to react properly to the commands of the Gateway li When centrally supplied or single battery operated DALI emergency lights are controlled the global switching status may not be used for standby switch off Therefore it is not possible to set the parameters Delay until activation of the standby switch off transmit the feedback and Delay until restart of the DALI devices to yes if the integration of emergency lights is intended When emergency operation is used the global switching status feedback can only be transmitted without delay for general purposes of visualisation The transmission of DALI commands after a mains voltage return can also only take place without a delay i If during the course of a delay additional telegrams are received via KNX until the restart of the DALI devices then only the most recently received telegram is forwarded
144. ding operation here The XML file of older versions of DALI Gateways Insta order number 6454002x can be imported in order to transfer old configurations to new devices Taking the function properties of older devices into account the following characteristics and restrictions apply Only groups are imported the addressing type Group control 1 32 is set DALI commissioning parameters long addresses short addresses group assignments are imported A new DALI commissioning operation must be performed if any changes have been made to the DALI configuration in the system since the export of the XML file Otherwise e g only when replacing a DALI Gateway whilst maintaining all the DALI commissioning parameters there is no need for online commissioning Page 58 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eeleciron Functional description Functions not contained in older devices e g operating hours counter DALI telegram rate limit collective feedback effects are deactivated after the import These functions can then be enabled and configured as necessary Communication flags and data point types of objects and transmission flags of group addresses are not transferred Manual adjustments may have to be performed here after the XML import if necessary i Itis not possible to import XML files exported using the plug in of the devices described in this documentation into the configurations of older devices Print function
145. dressed Bits 0 5 must then contain the number of the electronic ballast or the group number Figure 30 The states of error bits 8 10 are irrelevant in the request telegram Bits 11 15 must always be 0 Otherwise the request telegram is ignored The DALI Gateway responds to a received valid request telegram immediately ValueWrite by transmitting the current status once as a response Set the parameter Feedback Error status per DALI operating device on the parameter page General gt DALI error messages to no The feedback of the error status per DALI operating device is deactivated No communication object is available for this function i Request telegrams to electronic ballast or group numbers which are not configured in the DALI system and are thus not available are always answered with deleted error bits Request telegrams to group numbers greater than 15 DALI group number greater than 16 are never answered i A read telegram ValueRead to the communication object Error status per DALI operating device or KNX error status per DALI operating device is answered if the Read flag is set by the DALI Gateway transmitting the most recently updated object value ValueResponse This means that DALI operating devices cannot be polled clearly Feedback for mains voltage supply on the DALI Gateway The DALI Gateway can monitor its supply voltage at the mains voltage connection If there is a failure the Gat
146. e so that the continuous operation test can be carried out without interruptions The electronic ballast will delay the execution of the continuous operation test for as long as the required charging capacity of the battery is not reached In the case of some electronic ballasts the mains voltage must be available without interruption for several hours before a continuous operation is actually performed by the electronic ballast With sufficient battery charging the actual continuous operation test often takes a few hours During this time the electronic ballast activates emergency light operation The length of a continuous operation test is generally dependent on the specifications of the electronic ballast manufacturer with regard to the actual battery charging and the load time of the battery and is therefore absolutely individual Limited continuous operation test The limited continuous operation test primarily works like the continuous operation test with the difference that the Gateway specifies the test length In this application the Gateway activates and terminates the continuous operation test according to the user command via KNX specification This means that the test can be reduced to a few minutes provided that the technical conditions are fulfilled sufficient battery charging Before and after this test the charging state and the operational readiness of the battery can be polled by evaluating the test result Through appropriat
147. e the brightness value is undefined The limit values are usually specified by the manufacturer of the operating devices Please refer to the documentation of the emergency light operating devices in order to correctly determine the brightness value for emergency operation AC 230 V KNX system DALI gateway emergency lights X amp X vV Figure 20 Example of an application with single battery operated DALI emergency lights Page 50 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec ron Functional description li As part of device assignment during DALI commissioning single battery operated DALI emergency lights must always be assigned to planned single devices single addressing provided that these operating devices are to execute an emergency light function Assignment to group related single devices group addressing is possible but only on condition that these operating devices can only be used for standard lighting control if supported by the operating device and not for emergency lighting applications li If emergency lights operated with single batteries is used the ETS plug in of the Gateway checks the DALI device type indicated by the installed operating device electronic ballast found as part of the device assignment during DALI commissioning Only operating devices of the type Single battery operated emergency light can be integrated into the emergency lighting function for single battery emergency lights
148. e to enabled Manual control is then basically enabled when the bus voltage is off This setting corresponds to the setting of the actuator as delivered Set the parameter Manual control in case of bus voltage failure to disabled Manual control is completely disabled when the bus voltage is off Since bus operation is also not possible in this state the DALI groups of the Gateway can no longer be controlled Set the parameter Manual control during bus operation to enabled Manual control is then basically enabled when the bus voltage is on The DALI groups and single devices of the Gateway can be controlled via the bus or by manual operation This setting corresponds to the setting of the actuator as delivered Set the parameter Manual control during bus operation to disabled Manual control is completely disabled when the bus voltage is on In this configuration the DALI groups and the single devices of the Gateway can only be operated via the bus i Manual control is possible only while the actuator is supplied with power from the mains Manual operation ends in case of bus voltage failure bus voltage return or mains voltage failure li Further parameters and communication objects of the manual control are visible only in the configuration Manual control during bus operation enabled For this reason the disabling function the status message and bus control disabling can only be configured in the above para
149. e DALI system This feedback has a separate 1 bit communication object which allows the signalling of a general error in the DALI installation The DALI Gateway sets the object value to 1 ON as soon as it detects an error ina previously commissioned DALI operating device Here it is irrelevant which error was identified by the Gateway lamp error electronic ballast error converter error The Gateway only resets the object value to 0 OFF when all the previously identified errors were eliminated The feedback of the general error status can be used as an active message object or as a passive status object As an active message object the feedback information is transmitted to the bus whenever the status changes In the function as a passive status object there is no automatic telegram transmission In this case the object value must be read out The ETS automatically sets the object communication flags required for proper functioning This parameter is only visible if Error status in DALI system feedback is enabled Optionally the general error status can be transmitted repeatedly if after a previously identified DALI error further errors are detected on the same or other operating devices The parameter Telegram repetition on new error in DALI system specifies the behaviour of the general error status feedback for new errors In the yes setting the general error status is transmitted as 1 ON for
150. e addressing cannot however be assigned to any other single devices of the single or group addressing DALI commissioning Configured DALI devices Single devices Groups Existing DALI devices Search Adr Name Type Electronic ballast Ballast For fluore assigned Electronic ballast Ballast for fluore not assi Electronic ballast Ballast for fluore mot assi Electronic ballast B Te for Ton Electronic ballast Ballast for fluo Electronic ballast Ballast for fluo Electronic ballast Ballast for fluo HA 2 3 4 5 Electronic ballast Ballast For Fluo 6 7 8 w Ne Electronic ballast Ballast For fluo Electronic ballast Ballast For fluo Electronic ballast Ballast For fluo 9 Electronic ballast Ballast for Fluo 10 Electronic ballast Ballast for fluo iil Electronic ballast Ballast for fluo 12 Electronic ballast Ballast For Fluo 13 Electronic ballast Ballast for fluo l4 Electronic ballast Ballast for fluo 15 Electronic ballast Ballast for fluo 16 Electronic ballast Ballast for fluo 17 Electronic ballast Ballast for fluo Electronic ballast Ballast for fluo Fle ebie mim b l Melle ek Cama Ch b gt I IV Hide previously assigned DALI devices J Compatibility mode for DALI commissioning M Selected devices All devices On Off Test devices Rename On Off Reset Devices ETS Ps Emergency a ofr z flashing Par Fon lights on OFF
151. e as the cause of emergency operation can take place in different ways Either the Gateway automatically identifies whether mains voltage is present internal failure messages or not using the diagnosis of the DALI operating devices This is possible through contacting and reading out all commissioned DALI devices If a number of these devices specified by the programmer do not respond the Gateway will assume that the mains voltage has failed In addition or alternatively a KNX telegram can inform the Gateway that emergency operation is to be activated external failure message This is useful for example when a KNX binary input is monitoring the mains voltage and transmits a message telegram if there is a mains failure The parameter Monitoring for the failure of the general power supply in the parameter node Emergency lights gt Centrally supplied gt Emergency lights amp KNX system amp DALI Gateway defines whether the detection of a mains voltage failure will take place using an internal DALI failure message or alternatively using an external KNX failure message Both options can be combined and linked logically AND OR which means that a higher guarantee of detection or redundancy can be implemented during failure detection Page 130 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL eelectron Functional description Internal DALI failure message With the internal DALI failure message all the planned and commissioned
152. e bus the configured staircase time can be multiplied by an 8 bit factor received via the bus thus it can be adapted dynamically With this setting the factor is derived from the object staircase time factor The possible factor value for setting the staircase time is between 1 255 The entire staircase time arises as a product from factor object value and the configured staircase time as a basis as follows Staircase time staircase time object value x staircase time parameter Example Object value staircase time factor 5 parameter staircase value 10s gt set staircase time 5 x 10s 50s Alternatively the staircase function parameter can define whether the receipt of a new factor also starts the staircase time of the staircase function at the same time In this case the object Staircase function start stop is not necessary and the received factor value determines the starting and stopping Set supplementary function for staircase function to time preset via the bus and set the parameter staircase function activatable via staircase time object to No The staircase time can be adapted dynamically by the object staircase time factor A value 0 is interpreted as value 1 The staircase function is started and stopped exclusively via the staircase function start stop object Set supplementary function for staircase function to time preset via the bus and set the parameter staircase
153. e difference formation of the two charging states KNX devices can be used e g visualisation to evaluate the capacity of the battery without waiting for the entire operating length of the test to elapse The limited continuous operation test can be activated separately for each electronic ballast using the parameter Activate limited continuous operation test in the parameter node Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Emergency lights single battery operated and can thus complement the normal continuous operation test since this is normally only carried out seldom e g annually The parameter Test length of a limited continuous operation test in the parameter node Emergency lights gt Single battery operated globally defines the length of the limited continuous operation test for all single battery operated electronic ballasts Page 136 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QDeeleciron Functional description Battery test The battery test permits regular reading out of the current battery charging state of a single battery operated electronic ballast without having to perform a function or continuous operation test During the battery test it is not necessary to activate emergency operation which means that the emergency lamp is not controlled either The charging state is read out as the result of a battery test and is made available as the test result By evaluating the test result it is
154. e failure and return on the Gateway ETS programming operation emergency operation is always deactivated No telegram transmission takes place via the object Feedback supply failure not even if emergency operation was active before the reset i Feedback supply failure is transmitted immediately as soon as the Gateway detects the failure or return of the mains voltage It should be noted that the deactivation of emergency operation after the return of mains voltage can take place after a delay see page 132 133 Feedback is not generated if emergency operation was activated or deactivated using the object Emergency operation external message Reaction to external message The DALI Gateway does not need to monitor its own DALI system or external failure messages itself in order to identify the failure of the general mains voltage supply and thus to activate emergency operation Optionally it can be switched to emergency operation by an external message When using the external message only one DALI Gateway Master in the KNX system needs to be integrated actively into mains failure detection All other Gateways if available will then evaluate the external feedback of this Master Alternatively a Gateway can be controlled using the external message from any KNX device If necessary the object Emergency operation external message is enabled by the parameter Allow reaction to external message in the parameter node Emergenc
155. e feedback telegram To make it possible to distinguish whether the feedback is addressing an electronic ballast or a group the error status telegram contains Bit 6 This bit indicates whether a single device 0 or a group 1 is addressed When a group is addressed Bits 0 5 must contain the group number A group number 0 15 corresponds to a DALI group number 1 16 minus 1 example DALI group number 1 gt Group number in the error status telegram 0 Bit 7 in the telegram indicates whether this is a request telegram 1 with passive transmission or alternatively an actively transmitting telegram or an answer to a request telegram 0 i When the error status of an electronic ballast is displayed it is irrelevant whether the operating device was assigned to a single device or a group in the programming In the case of active telegram transmission if an error has been identified only the error status for an individual electronic ballast is generally transmitted and not for a group provided that the appropriate electronic ballast is also assigned to a group bits 15 14 13 l2 n 10 9 8 7 6 5 la l 2 l4 lo not used 0 number electronic ballast 0 63 group 0 15 0 device addressed 1 group addressed 0 response active telegram 1 request telegram 0 no lamp error 1 lamp error 0 no electronic ballast error 1 electronic ballast error 0
156. e list box and appear in the left hand section for the selected group Figure 64 The right hand pane contains only the remaining operating devices which are not yet assigned to a group Page 147 of 218 eelectron Configured DALI devices 1 Group Single devices Groups Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Functional description Existing DALI devices Electronic ballast p Status Electronic ballast Ballast For Fluo lt add new de Electronic ballast Ballast for fluo 2 Electronic ballast Ballast f assigned Electronic ballast Ballast for Fluo Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Electronic ballast Fle abe mein L alle at Search devices Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for fluo Ballast for Fluo Melle t C Cl b IV Hide previously assigned DALI devices I Compatibility mode for DALI commissioning Figure 64 Operating device assigned to a group Once again assign one or more of the remaining DALI operation devices to a group In the right hand sec
157. e no DALI group addresses DALI addressing takes place using the device short addresses meaning that the operating devices are addressed and thus contacted individually Device control 1 64 This addressing type only allows control of up to 64 single devices DALI group addressing is not possible As with the other addressing types with device control the addressing of the devices takes place individually using the device short addresses The use of this addressing type is advisable if for example all the operating devices are to be controlled individually or there is a whole DALI system made up of single battery emergency lights and as a result group control is not possible or sensible Page 43 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec On Functional description AERE ENA Single unit1 Single unit2 Single unit3 Single unit 4 Single unit 5 Single unit6 Single unit7 Single unit 8 Single unit9 Single unit 10 Single unit 11 Single unit 12 Z Figure 15 Example of single device control All the DALI operating devices can be controlled individually Special case Multiple assignment of DALI operating devices to different groups For special cases it is possible to assign operating devices for group control to more than just one DALI group In the standard case assignment of a DALI operating device is only possible in one device This makes device assignment clear and
158. e parameter Time for cyclical transmission on the same parameter page will define the cycle time li After a device reset mains voltage failure and return on the Gateway ETS programming operation emergency operation is always deactivated No telegram transmission takes place via the active object Feedback emergency operation status not even if emergency operation was active before the reset Page 133 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description 4 2 4 6 3 Configurations for single battery operated emergency lights Integration of operating devices DALI operating devices are automatically integrated into single battery operated emergency operation provided that they are configured to the device type Emergency light single battery operated The configuration of the device type is possible for each individually addressed device provided that the integration of emergency lights is enabled in the general device configuration For each single device the parameter Device type is located in the parameter node Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast i Optionally the assignment of DALI operating devices to programmed devices can be supplemented by a general test of the DALI device types in the course of DALI commissioning For it to be possible to carry out the test the parameter Use DALI device type setting in the General parameter node must be configured to ye
159. e two test functions independently The parameter settings are programmed into the operating devices during the initialisation of the Gateway after an ETS programming operation In the Deactivated setting no automatic function and continuous operation tests are carried out Here only manual starting of the test is possible using the object Emergency operation test start status The operating devices start and stop the automatic tests themselves The Gateway reads out the test status of the operating devices cyclically and in sequence and can thus detect whether an automatic test has taken place and whether a test result is available If this is the case the Gateway also puts the test result on the KNX page Function and continuous operation tests as well as the limited continuous operation test and the battery test can be started manually independently of one another and separately for each single battery operated electronic ballast using the 1 byte object Emergency operation test start status If manual starting of individual tests is to be available then the parameters Activate function test externally Activate continuous operation test externally Activate limited continuous operation test externally and Poll battery charging state directly battery test in the parameter node Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballasts gt Emergency lights single battery operated must all be configured to yes
160. ection of the failure so that the emergency lighting is activated and functioning Emergency operation only comprises DALI lights In this application either all or only individual DALI operating devices are connected to the emergency power supply Figure 17 The KNX system and DALI Gateway are not supplied with emergency power which means that if the mains voltage fails these subsystems will no longer function If there is a fault there is no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway is no longer working Due to the switched off DALI voltage the operating devices supplied with emergency current set the System Failure Level saved in the device at the beginning of emergency operation as the brightness value This brightness value was written by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operating devices after ETS commissioning By default the System Failure Level is defined by the Behaviour in case of bus voltage failure parameter of a group or single device Optionally this value irrespective of the behaviour in case of bus voltage failure can be set to a separate brightness value for emergency operation see page 129 130 AC 230 V AC DC 230 V KNX system DALI gateway emergency lights x x J Figure 17 Example of a central supply Only DALI operating devices integrated into the emergency power supply Page 47 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeieciron ICOOP01DAL Functional description Emergency operation comp
161. ed Consequently with an actively transmitting feedback object no telegram with the same content will be transmitted repeatedly either This setting is recommendable for instance if the brightness value and brightness value feedback objects are linked to an identical group address This is often the case when activating by means of light scene push button sensors recall and storage function Setting the brightness value feedback on bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS If used as an active message object the brightness value feedback state is transmitted to the bus after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS In these cases the feedback telegram can be delayed with the delay being preset globally for all DALI groups together cf Delay after bus mains voltage return Set the parameter Time delay for feedback after bus voltage return in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Dimming or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Dimming to yes Page 91 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QDeeleciron Functional description The brightness value feedback is transmitted after a delay after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS No feedback telegram is transmitted during a running delay even if the brightness value changes during this delay Set the parameter Time delay for feedback telegram aft
162. ed for another scene is entered the ETS plug in will then automatically correct the input value to the next free KNX number li It should be noted that the object value of the extension input is always 1 less than the configured KNX number in accordance with KNX DPT 18 001 Example KNX number 1 gt Value in extension object 0 gt The value 0 recalls the scene with the KNX number 1 The value 1 recalls the scene with the KNX number 2 This applies appropriately for all other scenes and KNX numbers Configuring the group and device assignment of a scene Groups and single devices can be assigned to a scene without restrictions Each group and each single device can be assigned independently by activating the checkbox in front of the group or single device name in the scene configuration Figure 50 Groups and single devices whose checkboxes are not activated are not assigned to the scene Any non created groups or single devices of the DALI Gateway are greyed out and thus cannot be edited M 1 Group s0 of Save Iv 2 Group 100 of Save M 3 Group 4 Group Figure 50 Example of a group assignment to a scene For reasons of clarity all the available groups 1 32 and single devices 1 64 irrespective of the configured addressing type are split up into various pages in the scene function window each of which can be displayed separately 16 groups or single devices are available on any give
163. ed in the ETS We recommend using ETS4 1 7 or a more recent version of ETS for programming and commissioning of this device Programming and commissioning of the device using ETS3 of version d or higher is also possible Additional hardware or software is not required for the configuration and commissioning of the DALI Gateway The identification addressing and assignment of DALI operating devices takes place in the DALI commissioning environment of the ETS plug in Commissioning can be prepared offline in the parameter configuration if necessary Offline commissioning is ideal as the preparation for later complete commissioning if there is no programming connection to the DALI Gateway or the DALI operating devices but group assignment is still to take place This is normally the case when the building planning and thus also the Gateway configuration take place earlier than the commissioning of the DALI Gateway and the DALI system The DALI short addresses are always assigned in the parameter configuration of the single devices and can thus be influenced With the addition of group and device names unique naming of DALI operating devices is possible in this way Through the transmission of the unique names to the KNX building visualisation e g control panels the user is able particularly during error diagnosis to identify the lighting components easily Optionally the assignment of DALI operating devices to programmed groups or single devic
164. ed or disabled by parameter settings in the ETS In manual operation the groups or single devices cannot be controlled via the bus Manual operation is possible only when the mains voltage supply to the Gateway is switched on Manual operation ends in case of bus voltage failure bus voltage return or mains voltage failure Manual operation in broadcast mode unprogrammed DALI Gateway cannot be terminated by a bus voltage failure bus voltage return In manual mode bus operation can be disabled via a telegram Manual control is terminated on activation of the disabling function Further details concerning manual operation especially with respect to the possible parameter settings and the interaction with other functions of the Gateway can be found in chapter Software description of this product documentation EJ fe be Ej el Controls and indicators for manual control 14a 11 12 13 Figure 8 Controls and indicators for manual control 7 Button Activation deactivation of manual control 8 LED amp LED ON indicates permanent manual control 9 Button ON A Brief press Group single device ON Sustained press Increase brightness of group single device 10 Status LED ON A LED ON in manual operation indicates a switched on group single device brightness 1 100 11 Button OFF W Brief press Group single device OFF Sustained press Decrease brightness of group single device
165. ed time When an effect step is recalled the effect controller sets all the brightness values according to the specification and then waits the set time Only then is the next step recalled In the 00 00 0 setting the individual steps are recalled without delay after their processing Assigned single devices are contacted in turn by the effect controller because the devices are addressed individually using their short address This slows down processing of an effect step In addition this influences the processing time of an effect step if the dimming behaviour allows for dimming times other than the standard 0 7 seconds The more groups or single devices are assigned to an effect step the slower the effect step editing will be The Delay until next step is only started when the last assignment of an effect step has been processed Page 126 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description 4 2 4 6 Emergency lighting The DALI Gateway can be integrated into DALI emergency lighting systems It allows interference free operation of operating devices general lighting systems and emergency lighting operating devices of the same DALI system The device is able to integrate standard DALI operating devices for lighting control according to IEC 62386 101 DALI System and IEC 62386 102 Control Gear into centrally supplied emergency lighting systems as an emergency light Alternatively or additionally the DALI G
166. edback emergency operation test Should a test have been cancelled early using the Emergency operation test start status then no new test result is provided In an actively transmitting object the value of the Feedback emergency operation test object is not always transmitted after an ETS programming operation or after mains voltage return on the DALI Gateway The transmission of the object value and thus a new test result only takes place if a test was successfully completed beforehand e g automatic function or continuous operation test H H Page 139 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL 0 Aela ON Functional description 4 2 4 7 DALI commissioning 4 2 4 7 1 Starting DALI commissioning It is easy to configure the devices of the DALI Gateway including the configuration of the DALI groups the single devices the scenes and effects using the plug in embedded in the ETS In addition DALI commissioning via the KNX bus cable can also be performed using the plug in No additional tool and no special programming connection is required i DALI commissioning must be performed after device configuration has been completed all groups and single devices created scenes effects and emergency lights configured all group addresses assigned In addition it is necessary that the DALI Gateway has been programmed with the ETS at least once before DALI commissioning so that the device has a physical address and the applicat
167. eed 90 Dimming process 50 7 40 7 Switch off brightness 30 S lt Delay time i 20 optional i 10 7 eae en AP ER a ee EE as ee OEE n o a sh fe Si D p fo n ke 9 D jae a ee ee ee ee ee ee 0 Time gt A Feedback ON Switching status OFF gt Time gt Figure 37 Dimming and switching behaviour of the automatic switch off function Switching off always takes place without soft OFF function i e jumping The switch off brightness in the dimmable brightness range can be set between the configured maximum and minimum brightness Automatic switch off does not take place if Switch off brightness Minimum brightness is set since the switch off brightness cannot be undershot In the same way the switch off function is always active if the switch off brightness is configured to maximum brightness and the maximum brightness is randomly undershot i The feedback objects for switching state and brightness value are updated by the automatic switch off function after switching off The switch off function can also be combined with other functions of the DALI Gateway It should be noted that the disabling function the forced position function the scene function and the effect function override the switch off function The automatic switch off can only be activated by a dimming procedure initiated via the 4 bit dimming or 1 byte b
168. een disabled via KNX can still be operated in manual operation thereafter At the end of a manual operation the Gateway executes the forced reaction for the affected groups or devices once again if the forced position is still activated at this time In the setting tracked brightness value at the end of the forced position During a forced position the overridden functions of the DALI Gateway switching dimming brightness value continue to be executed internally Consequently newly received bus telegrams are evaluated and time functions are triggered as well At the forced end the tracked states are set A scene or effect recall low polarity is not tracked The current state of the object of the forced position function will be stored in case of bus or mains voltage failure Set the parameter behaviour after bus voltage return to the required behaviour After bus or mains voltage return the configured state is transferred to the Forced position communication object When a forced position is activated the DALI group or the single device is immediately activated and interlocked accordingly by forced control after bus mains voltage return until a forced control takes place via the bus In this case the parameter Behaviour after bus voltage return will not be evaluated In the State before bus voltage failure setting after bus or mains voltage return the last existing and internally forced position state that was stored before t
169. eiiiiseoisssersise 36 DALITeS Tees ens 160 Delay Men nicioni 60 Delivery state siriirsiciinnissniisssinsasa 166 Dimming characteristic cee 93 dimming Speeds cecicccsucssscscreecseseeccoueces 93 E effect run throughs eeen 123 effect StOPS cc ccccccccecceecceecceeeeeeeeeeeeees 55 CIOS ainn a EE 55 Emergency Level ccccssessesteeeneees 50 emergency lighting systems 47 Emergency lights overall status 127 Emergency lights system 2 127 SNOR Stats eee aa aa 62 Error Stat armine 63 ETS programming sessen 82 ETS search paths c cccccccecseeeeeeeees 20 OX POM assino oaa a 56 Appendix G group ASSIQNING MM iacssaces cued ceersscedanrecnate 146 identification function 0 143 144 IMPO aene e e a 56 K KNX UID ST Sse cciectcnanchtnortcserctdersasontaites 56 M mains voltage return 60 manual operation ccccceeceeceeeeeees 75 maximum brightneSs cece 81 minimum brightness ceccc eee 80 O Offline ComMmmMiIssSIOnINng s 157 operating hours counter 008 110 P Performing a DALI device 17 replacement Power on lOVGl sccceicceccstidtecastaccieusnextiasss 84 Print fUNCHO Menaia 59 RMOMUCS pea cate aeens 14 R FRESC E A ent E 144 S Safe state mode cccccccceeccceeeeeeeeecees 23 SCENES irssi ieni kaosna 55 Setting a KNX effect number 122 Setting a KNX scene num
170. en activates emergency operation 1 Mains voltage has failed 0 Mains voltage available To allow telegram transmission and evaluation the KNX system and the mains voltage supply of the DALI Gateway must be integrated in the central emergency power supply This object is only visible if a central emergency power supply is configured Function Emergency lighting Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od 1539 Feedback Failure of supply Emergency 1 bit 1 002 C T R lighting Description Using this 1 bit object the DALI Gateway can inform other bus devices that the general mains voltage supply has failed According to the configuration the Gateway obtains the information for this from the object Failure external supply and or from the internal failure message of the DALI system Other bus devices evaluating this feedback e g other KNX DALI Gateways can then respond appropriately and also activate emergency operation 1 Mains voltage has failed 0 Mains voltage available To allow telegram transmission and evaluation the KNX system and the mains power supplies of the DALI Gateway must be integrated in the central emergency power supply This object is only visible if a central emergency power supply is configured Function Emergency lighting Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od 1540 Emergency operation extern Emergency 1 bit 1 003 C W R msg lighting 1 Description Using this 1 bit object a different KNX bu
171. ently of each other for each DALI group and each single device The time functions affect the communication objects Switching or Central function switching only if the central function is activated for the group or the single device and delay the object value received depending on the telegram polarity Activating switch on delay The switch on delay can be set separately in the plug in of the DALI Gateway for each group and each single device Inthe parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Switch on Switch off behaviour or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Switch on Switch off behaviour set the parameter Selection of time delay to Switch on delay or to switch on delay and switch off delay Configure the desired switch on delay The switch on delay is enabled After reception of an ON telegram via the switching object the configurable time is started Another ON telegram triggers the time only when the parameter Switch on delay retriggerable is set to yes An OFF telegram received during the ON delay will end the delay and sets the switching status to OFF Activating switch off delay The switch off delay can be set separately in the plug in of the DALI Gateway for each group and each single device In the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Switch on Switch off behaviour or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballas
172. er we do not recommend assigning the operating devices to multiple groups on the DALI side It is better to split the devices up into separate non overlapping groups and to create a KNX side link using the group addressing in the ETS Multiple assignment of operating devices as part of offline commissioning creation of new single devices in the tree structure of a group is not possible When editing the short address in the parameter node of a group related electronic ballast no addresses can be entered that have already been entered for electronic ballasts of other groups Procedure for group assignment with set checkbox Hide previously assigned DALI devices standard case In the left hand section of the DALI commissioning environment select the required group to which the operating devices are to be added Figure 63 Configured DALI devices Single devices Groups 1 Group i 11 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group IV Hide previously assigned DALI devices Figure 63 Selecting a group If new single devices are to be created e g in empty groups assign one or more found DALI operating devices using lt or Drag and Drop with the mouse If an assignment is to take place to available free single devices first highlight these in the left pane and then assign them using lt or alternatively using Drag and Drop with the mouse In the right hand section the assigned operating devices disappear from th
173. er bus voltage return to no The brightness value feedback is transmitted immediately after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS The behaviour of a group or a single device after bus voltage return and after an ETS programming operation can be configured in the ETS and set to No change In this case the communication objects of the Gateway are initialised with 0 In this case the brightness value feedback only corresponds to the true brightness state when the group or the single device has been controlled at least once via the bus or by manual operation In this setting feedback objects set as actively transmitting do not transmit a telegram Presetting the cyclical transmission function for the brightness value feedback telegram The brightness value feedback telegram can also be transmitted cyclically via the active message object in addition to the transmission after updating Ey Set the parameter Cyclical transmission of feedback telegram in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Dimming or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Dimming to yes Cyclical transmission is activated Set the parameter Cyclical transmission of feedback telegram to no Cyclical transmission is deactivated so that the feedback telegram is only transmitted to the bus when the brightness value is updated The cycle time is defined centrally for all DALI grou
174. ermines the assignment of the DALI group or the single device to the central function This parameter is visible only if the central function is enabled Od Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Dimming Time for relative dimming 0 100 Dimming behaviour on receipt of a brightness value Time for absolute dimming 0 100 Automatic switch off if a brightness is undershot 00 00 01 00 00 05 05 59 59 hh mm ss dimming to jumping to 00 00 01 00 00 05 23 59 59 hh mm ss yes 0 1 5 100 This parameter sets the relative dimming step time 4 bit dimming The time entered here defines the maximum length for dimming over the entire brightness range of 0 to 100 brightness A parameter is used here to define whether a brightness value received via the bus is instantly jumped to absolute dimming or whether the brightness is dimmed to This parameter sets the absolute dimming step time 1 bit dimming The time entered here defines the maximum length for dimming over the entire brightness range of 0 to 100 brightness This parameter is only visible in the setting Dimming behaviour on receipt of a brightness value Dim to The switch off function permits automatic switching of a DALI group or a single device after a brightness value was dimmed or jumped to and this new brightness value is below a switch off brightness set in the ETS
175. ery operated DALI emergency lights In general centrally supplied emergency lighting systems can be combined with single battery operated emergency lights in a DALI installation This is a coexistence of both systems which do not influence each other are functionally independent and are also controlled and diagnosed separately by the DALI Gateway if possible When both systems are combined we recommend integrating the KNX system and DALI Gateway into the central emergency power supply so that diagnosis and control tasks via KNX remain intact even if there is a failure Figure 21 Page 51 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec ron Functional description AC 230 V AC DC 230 V KNX A z DALI gateway emergency lights V V V Figure 21 Example of a combined application of a centrally supplied emergency lighting system with single battery operated DALI emergency lights Page 52 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eeleciron Functional description 4 2 4 1 3 ETS plug in Program window The setting of all the devices parameter DALI commissioning and also the DALI test are entirely carried out by a plug in embedded in the ETS The plug in is a component part of the product database and is installed automatically when the device is inserted into an ETS project from the product catalogue and is accessed There is no need to install additional software The plug in is started by opening the Parameter view of the DALI Ga
176. es can be supplemented by testing of the DALI device types If testing is enabled the plug in compares during assignment as part of commissioning the device types determined by the operating devices with the specifications by the device type parameters Assignment can only take place if there is agreement This will prevent functional incompatibilities after commissioning The DALI Gateway has a compatibility mode for supporting non DALI conformant operating devices This means that the commissioning process becomes distinctly more tolerant towards specific DALI commissioning parameters which means that operating devices not fully compliant with the DALI specification can be commissioned possibly subject to functional restrictions In addition to this a DALI telegram rate limit can be activated in the ETS plug in meaning that adaptation to non DALI conformant operating devices is possible The DALI Gateway is supplied completely via the mains voltage connection and makes the DALI system voltage typ DC 16 V available The mains voltage must be switched on to control the DALI interface or for programming by the ETS The device is designed for mounting on DIN rails in closed compact boxes or in power distributors in fixed installations in dry rooms Page 5 of 218 Q celectron Installation electrical connection and operation 2 Installation electrical connection and operation 2 1 Safety instructions Electrical equipment may only be i
177. es are recalled with an instant jump or are dimmed to The recall of an effect step can thus be executed independently of the set dimming behaviour of the groups or single devices m In the parameter node Effects gt x Effect name gt y Step x 1 16 y 1 15 set the parameter Behaviour on recalling the effect step to Jump to The brightness values of the appropriate scene are instantly jumped to during a recall m Inthe parameter node Effects gt x Effect name gt y Step x 1 16 y 1 15 set the parameter Behaviour on recalling the effect step to Dim to At the same time define the time required to dim to the brightness values Page 125 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL 0 Aea on Functional description The brightness values of the effect concerned are dimmed to during a recall The dim fading is activated The time in the parameter selection defines the duration of the dimming procedure required to reach the brightness value The brightness value of a group or a single device at which the dimming starts has no significance Thus the dimming procedure in case of an effect recall always requires the exact predefined time for all groups single devices and scenes The configured dimming time for the dim fading of the effect function may deviate from the standard dimming behaviour of a group or a single device The DALI Gateway always works with a standard fading time of 0 7 seconds Thi
178. es will set themselves to the System Failure Level see page 82 83 After return of the mains voltage supply the DALI Gateway once the delay has elapsed then transmits commands to the DALI page in accordance with the configured behaviour Behaviour after bus voltage return or the last KNX specification Page 61 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec aca Functional description 4 2 4 2 2 DALI error messages The DALI Gateway allows feedback of various error states This means that the general feedback of an existing error in the DALI system the feedback of the error status of individual operating devices and messages on the state of the supply voltage and a short circuit on the DALI cable can be configured independently of one another using a KNX telegram Feedback of error status in DALI system The DALI Gateway allows the feedback of the error status of DALI operating devices see page 63 64 If individual evaluation and display of the error status of individual electronic ballasts or DALI groups is not required or is to be supplemented with a feedback function independent of the electronic ballast it is possible to use the general feedback of the Error status in the DALI system This feedback has a separate 1 bit communication object which allows the signalling of a general error in the DALI installation The DALI Gateway sets the object value to 1 ON as soon as it detects an error in a previously commissioned DALI
179. escription Close the plug in to save the DALI configuration in the ETS database Then download the application program again using the ETS The DALI Gateway is ready for operation It is not explicitly necessary to carry out DALI commissioning and reprogram the application program if the DALI Gateway has been integrated into an existing DALI installation e g on replacing an old device and continues to be used with an unchanged DALI configuration same short addresses device types group assignments etc This is the case for example if a device is copied unchanged in the ETS programming or an XML template is imported No ETS programming is possible if no mains voltage supply is connected to the DALI Gateway On closing the ETS plug in indicates whether the ETS must reprogram the application program of the DALI Gateway Page 12 of 218 QOeelectron 2 5 Operation The DALI Gateway offers manual operation to control all the programmed light groups and single devices The button field with 4 function keys and 3 status LEDs on the front panel of the device can be used for setting the following modes of operation Bus control operation from touch sensors or other bus devices Temporary manual control manual control locally with keypad automatic return to bus control Permanent manual control local manual control with keypad Installation electrical connection and operation The operating modes can be enabl
180. escription telegram transmission after an update In this case the object value must be read out The ETS automatically sets the object communication flags required for proper functioning The parameter Feedback brightness value is available separately for each DALI group or each single device in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Dimming or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Dimming Set the parameter to yes feedback object is active signalling object The brightness value feedback object is enabled The brightness value is transmitted once this is updated An automatic telegram transmission of the feedback takes place after bus mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS exception No change Set the parameter to yes feedback object is passive status object The brightness value feedback object is enabled The brightness value will be transmitted in response only if the feedback object is read out from by the bus No automatic telegram transmission of the feedback takes place after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS Presetting update of the brightness value feedback In the ETS you can specify when the Gateway should update the feedback value for the brightness value in case of an actively transmitting communication object The object value updated by the Gateway is then signalled actively to the bus The paramete
181. ess 36 4 2 4 1 1 DALI system and addressing types ccccc sees ceeceencteeeneeeeceenneeee enna 36 4 2 4 1 2 DALI emergency lighting SyStEMs c cette eee eet tiene ee eteeeeeeeeteey 47 4 241 3 ETS MM irra aa aaan A AE AA rR a 53 4 2 4 2 Description of group and device independent functions ccceeeee 60 4 2 4 2 1 DALI communication ssssesssseeeeeeseeeeeitiitttetettititttteessrrrnnnnnsssstrnernnnsnntent 60 4 24 22 DALI error Messages arerioaren ia a atsieis rei ia 62 4 2 4 2 3 Status and feedbacks cecsi onceaascceahuaceactnss bentcecnsatindcancactesebatsaresbacntecenoncais 69 4 2 4 2 4 Global switching status Standby switch off eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 73 4 2 4 2 5 Manual operation sisessrscssnssiecirnres a eninin iinn i reniieni 75 Bee Ace Central TUM MOND silat asacteesnchsaaiactonicnceacdadeesihona dutaras wa muauageatantuapadanntodedastis 79 4 2 4 3 Description of group and device functions ccccecceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeetes 80 4 2 4 3 1 Definition of the brightness range wcciccissseernreresearssenretoeactevinsnndarennanincnars 80 4 2 4 3 2 Response after a device reset 2 0 0 0 ceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeseeeaea 82 4 2 4 3 3 Supplementary function 20 cece cceeeceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeseeteeeeeteess 85 4 2 4 3 4 Feedback functions ssssesssererseesseseosssesnrsonrrnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnennnneteneneeseeeee 88 4 2 4 3 5 Dimming characteristic and dimming behaviour
182. ess is set if necessary first after a switch on delay has elapsed and at the end of a soft ON dimming procedure also after a staircase function after switch off if necessary first after a run on time has elapsed and at the end of a soft OFF dimming procedure also after a staircase function immediately after switching off by means of the automatic switch off function _ if in normal operation the brightness value changes if a brightness value specification exceeds undershoots the maximum minimum brightness as a result of relative or absolute dimming from outside or exceeds the maximum brightness the Gateway updates brightness value feedback according to the maximum brightness or minimum brightness at the start or end of a disabling or forced position function if the brightness value changes as a result on scene recall or effect run through if the brightness value changes as a result always on bus mains voltage return or at the end of an ETS programming operation possibly also delayed exception No change li In the case of enabling function as supplementary function A flashing DALI group or single device is always signalled back as switched on and with switch on brightness Switching status feedbacks are also transmitted for disabled groups or devices when the outputs are readjusted by a manual operation for example Page 88 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL Oeelectron Functional descript
183. ess value central scenes will be rejected After the end of the permanent manual control mode the current brightness state of all the groups and single devices remains unchanged If however a forced position or disabling function was activated via the bus before or during manual operation of emergency operation the Gateway executes these functions of a higher priority again for the groups concerned Set the parameter Behaviour at the end of permanent manual control during bus operation to track outputs During active permanent manual control all incoming telegrams are tracked internally At the end of manual operation the groups and single devices are set to the last tracked brightness states If a forced position or disabling function was activated via the bus before or during manual operation of emergency operation the Gateway executes these functions of a higher priority again for the groups and single devices concerned li The behaviour at the end of the permanent manual control when the bus voltage is off only manual control is permanently set to no change li The control operations triggered in the manual control mode will be transmitted via feedback objects to the bus if enabled and actively transmitting li On failure return of bus voltage or after programming with the ETS an activated manual operation mode will always be terminated In this case the parameterized or predefined behaviour at the end of manual control
184. ess value specified here is also entered into the DALI operating devices as the System Failure Level If the mains voltage supply of the DALI Gateway should fail and consequently the DALI voltage the operating devices affected will also set themselves to this brightness value If the parameter is unavailable parameter Define behaviour at the start of emergency operation set to no the System Failure Level is defined by the Behaviour in case of bus voltage failure parameter of a group or single device This parameter is only visible if the scope of emergency operation also allows for the integration of the DALI Gateway the single device is integrated in emergency light operation and behaviour at the start of emergency operation is to be defined Ol Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Emergency lights single battery operated Od Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Emergency lights single battery operated Brightness with active 0 1 10 100 emergency operation DALI operating devices are automatically integrated into single battery operated emergency operation provided that they are configured to the device type Emergency light single battery operated Single battery operated DALI emergency lights have a special brightness value in the device memory This brightness value defines the brightness of the connected lighting for emergency operation Emergency
185. essing in the programming has special parameters for this purpose These parameters are available in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Emergency lights centrally supplied or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Emergency lights centrally supplied Regardless of whether the scope of emergency operation also includes the Gateway see parameter Scope of emergency operation the behaviour of all the electronic ballasts of a DALI group or all the single devices in emergency operation can be influenced differently Emergency operation only comprises DALI lights Due to the switched off DALI voltage the operating devices supplied with emergency current set the System Failure Level saved in the device at the beginning of emergency operation as the brightness value This brightness value was written by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operating devices after ETS commissioning By default the System Failure Level is defined by the Behaviour in case of bus voltage failure parameter of a group or single device Optionally this value irrespective of the behaviour in case of bus voltage failure can be set to a separate brightness value for emergency operation For this purpose set the parameter Define separate brightness value for emergency operation to yes The parameter Brightness value in emergency operation then available defines the value for the System Failure Leve
186. etting 1 enabled 0 disabled a telegram update 0 must first be carried out after the initialisation until the disabling is activated Page 85 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description iJ iJ i Updates of the disabling object from activated to deactivated do not produce any reaction on the DALI operating devices A group or single device that has been disabled via KNX can still be operated in manual operation thereafter At the end of a manual operation the Gateway executes the disabling reaction for the affected groups or devices once again if disabling is still activated at this time In the setting Tracked brightness value During a disabling function the overridden functions of the DALI Gateway switching dimming brightness value continue to be executed internally Consequently newly received bus telegrams are evaluated and time functions are triggered as well At the end of the disabling the tracked states are set A scene or effect recall low polarity is not tracked Setting forced position function as supplementary function The forced position function can also be combined with other functions of a group or single device With an active forced position the upstream functions are overridden so that the affected group or device is locked The forced position function possesses a separate 2 bit communication object The first bit bit 0 of the object Forced position
187. etween the objects and the actual states of the operating devices Multi device DALI test broadcast As soon as DALI commissioning has taken place and operating devices have thus also be identified and assigned the correct function of these devices can be tested in the multi device DALI test For this purpose the devices can jointly be switched on or off using a broadcast switching command Figure 72 Switch all devices On OFF Figure 72 Multi device DALI test environment i An error on the DALI cable e g short circuit or interrupted cable is not recognised during the multi device DALI test li During the multi device DALI test the commands are forwarded to the operating devices directly using the DALI cable No group assignments or assignments to single addressed devices are taken into account which means that group device objects cannot be tracked during the test and thus differences may occur between the objects and the actual states of the operating devices Testing groups The group orientated DALI test can be carried out as soon as groups have been created and configured in the device configuration and DALI commissioning has been carried out with the group assignment of the operating devices To do this press the button Test DALI groups in the DALI test environment The group orientated test environment then opens Figure 73 Page 161 of 218 QOeelectron Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Function
188. evice is activated by the manual operation or scene function or by using effects The switching status feedback object is updated after the following events Immediately after switch on if necessary first after a switch on delay has elapsed and at the beginning of a soft ON dimming procedure also after a staircase function after switch off if necessary first after a run on time has elapsed and at the end of a soft OFF dimming procedure also after a staircase function immediately after switching off by means of the automatic switch off function Atthe beginning of a dimming operation when dimming on relatively high dimming or brightness value 1 100 Atthe end of a dimming operation when dimming off brightness value 0 Ifthe switching state changes in normal operation therefore not for dimming procedures that do not change the switching state e g from 10 to 50 brightness Atthe start or end of a disabling or forced position function if the switching state changes as a result On scene recall or effect run through always when the switching state changes as a result On bus mains voltage return or at the end of an ETS programming operation possibly also delayed exception No change The brightness value feedback object is updated after the following events Atthe end of a relative 4 bit or absolute 1 byte dimming procedure After switch on if the switch on brightn
189. evice type Ballast for fluorescent lamps Emergency light single battery operations Ballast for discharge lamps Ballast for LV halogen lamps Ballast for Incandescent lamps LED module only switchable ballast Multitype Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters addresses may not appear multiple times in a DALI system The ETS plug in of the DALI Gateway checks the editing of short addresses and checks that they are unique This parameter is only available for planned single devices The presetting is dependent on the selected electronic ballast Optionally the assignment of DALI operating devices to programmed groups or single devices can be supplemented by testing of the DALI device types If testing is enabled Use setting DALI device type parameter under General the plug in compares during assignment as part of commissioning the device types determined by the operating devices with the specifications by the device type parameters Assignment can only take place if there is agreement This will prevent functional incompatibilities after commissioning For integration of emergency lights If emergency lights operated with single batteries is used the ETS plug in of the Gateway checks the DALI device type indicated by the installed operating device electronic ballast found as part of the device assignment during DALI commissioning Only operating devices of the type Single battery operated
190. eway is able to transmit a message telegram to the KNX before stopping operation provided that the bus voltage is uninterrupted Optionally the switch on of the mains voltage supply can also be fed back If the mains voltage supplies of the Gateway and the connected DALI operating devices are connected to the same circuit the operating state of the entire DALI system which is not supplied with emergency current can be monitored on the KNX through the evaluation of the mains voltage feedback The DALI Gateway uses the 1 bit communication object Voltage failure in the DALI system to feed back a voltage failure or return The telegram polarity of this object is fixed Mains voltage available 0 Mains voltage failure 1 Setting feedback for mains voltage supply In the ETS configuration it is possible to specify whether only a failure of the mains voltage supply of the DALI Gateway is fed back to the KNX or whether mains voltage return is also fed back Telegram transmission is always actively transmitting As soon as there is a change of state in the mains voltage a feedback telegram is transmitted once The parameter Feedback DALI Gateway supply voltage failure return in the General gt DALI error messages parameter node defines the behaviour of mains voltage monitoring Set the parameter to Yes only on voltage failure If a mains voltage failure is detected on the DALI Gateway the Gateway will immediately transmit a feedb
191. ference that groups 17 32 are also available Here too groups 17 32 can only be assigned to up to two DALI operating devices In this case too as there are no DALI group addresses DALI addressing takes place using the device short addresses meaning that the operating devices are addressed and thus contacted individually Device control 1 64 This addressing type only allows control of up to 64 single devices DALI group addressing is not possible As with the other addressing types with device control the addressing of the devices takes place individually using the device short addresses The use of this addressing type is advisable if for example all the operating devices are to be controlled individually or there is a whole DALI system made up of single battery emergency lights and as a result group control is not possible or sensible O4 Addressing gt Groups gt x Group Od Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast Name 0 28 characters Here the group or the single device can Group Electronic ballast be assigned a unique name e g Office window side 1 The name is used for better orientation in the plug in It is not programmed into the device Short address 1 64 The device short addresses are assigned here in the parameter configuration of the single devices and can thus be influenced Short addresses must be unique This means that Page 180 of 218 QOeelectron D
192. for each group and each single device Set the parameter Soft OFF function in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Switch on Switch off behaviour or Addressing gt Single devices x gt Switch on switch off behaviour to yes The soft OFF function is enabled The parameter for the dimming time of the soft OFF function becomes visible Configure the parameter Time for soft OFF 0 100 to the required dimming time Page 100 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description 4 2 4 3 8 Staircase function Staircase function The staircase function that can be configured separately can be used for implementing time controlled lighting of a staircase or for function related applications The staircase function must be enabled in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group name gt Staircase function or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Device name gt Staircase function in order for the required communication objects and parameters to be visible The staircase function is activated via the communication object Staircase function start stop and is independent of the switching object In this way parallel operation of time control and normal control is possible whereby the last command received is always executed A telegram to the switching object at the time of an active staircase function aborts the staircase t
193. form Up to 6 separate 4 byte communication objects are available for this depending on the set addressing type Each of these objects can visualise the switching state of up to 16 groups or devices In the yes setting this parameter enables collective feedback Collective feedback can take place in the form of active message objects or passive status objects In the case of active message objects the feedback is transmitted to the bus whenever the status contained therein changes In the Page 172 of 218 eelectron Time delay for feedback no telegram after bus voltage yes return Cyclical transmission of no the feedback yes Updating of the object value for collective feedback after each update of the inputs Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters function as a passive status object there is no automatic telegram transmission In this case the object values must be read out The ETS automatically sets the communication flags of the objects required for proper functioning This parameter is only visible if collective feedback is enabled If used as an active message object the states of the collective feedback are transmitted to the bus after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS In these cases the feedback telegram can be time delayed with the delay being preset globally for all groups and single devices together This parameter is only visible in case of an a
194. form new DALI commissioning A reset should always be carried out with caution and only then when previously commissioned electronic ballasts are integrated into DALI systems at a later date or if there are problems in DALI commissioning due to faulty commissioning steps e g individual parts of the DALI system switched off electronic ballasts removed etc The DALI reset creates a clean DALI environment as the basis for fault free commissioning Press the Delete assignment button if only the assignments of found electronic ballasts to the programmed groups or single devices are to be removed Here only the group assignments in the operating devices and the single device assignments in the configuration of the ETS plug in are deleted Long and short addresses as well as other relevant parameters remain intact in the electronic ballasts i Itis not possible to reset individual or specific electronic ballasts i After a reset of the DALI system or after deletion of assignments it is always necessary to reload the application program into the DALI Gateway after commissioning using the ETS Searching for DALI operating devices During initial commissioning the connected DALI operating devices must be searched for and identified If the DALI Gateway has already been commissioned at least once then the search for operating devices is only required if new devices were added to the DALI system or if the ETS product database was changed and he
195. ft ON and soft function this gives rise to modified continuous lighting behaviour of the staircase function Figure 46 Telegram Stairway func ON Start Stop fi gt Time Output Switch on brightness reduced brightness for permanent lighting gt Time Ton Ton Feedback ON Switching status OFF Time Figure 46 The continuous lighting of the staircase function with soft OFF functions li The brightness of the continuous lighting does not necessarily have to be less than the switch on brightness The brightness of the continuous lighting can always be configured to values between basic minimum brightness and maximum brightness The staircase function must be enabled Inthe parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Staircase function or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Staircase function set the parameter Reaction at the end of the staircase time to Activate reduced permanent lighting The continuous lighting is enabled The Reduced brightness can be set to the desired brightness value Page 106 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description i The configured value for the reduced brightness must be greater than or equal to the minimum brightness if configured or less than or equal to the maximum brightness i An ON telegram to the object Staircase function start stop always starts independently of
196. function activatable via staircase time object to Yes The staircase time can be adapted dynamically by the staircase time factor object In addition the staircase function is started with the new staircase time the staircase function start stop is not necessary after receiving a new factor A factor value 0 is interpreted as an OFF telegram whereby in this case the configured reaction to an OFF telegram is evaluated too A larger staircase with several floors is an example as an application for the time preset via the bus with automatic starting of the staircase time On each floor there is a pushbutton that transmits a factor value to the staircase function The higher the floor the greater the factor value transmitted so that the lighting stays switched on longer if the passing through the staircase needs more time When a person enters a staircase and a pushbutton is pressed the staircase time is now adjusted dynamically to the staircase time and switches on the lighting at the same time too Setting Staircase function activatable via Staircase time object Yes A factor gt 0 received during a warning time triggers the staircase time independently of the parameter staircase time retriggerable always afterwards After a reset bus voltage return or ETS programming the staircase time factor object is always initialised with 1 The staircase function is not started automatically solely as the result of th
197. ge General Otherwise no assignment is possible Set the Parameter Assignment to central function in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group name Switching or Addressing gt Single devices x Device name Switching to yes The group or the single device is assigned to the central function The assigned DALI operating devices can be switched on or off centrally li The switching state set by the central function is tracked in the feedback objects and also transmitted to the bus if these are actively transmitting The switching state set by a central function is not tracked in the switching objects li After a bus mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS the central function is always inactive object value 0 Page 79 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL eelectron Functional description 4 2 4 3 Description of group and device functions 4 2 4 3 1 Definition of the brightness range Settable brightness range The settable brightness range of a DALI group or a single device can be limited by defining a lower and upper brightness value The parameters Minimum brightness and Maximum brightness in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group name x Group number 1 32 or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Device name x Short address 1 64 specify the brightness values which may not be undershot or exceeded when the Gateway is in
198. ger set up communication to an operating device integrated in emergency operation 1 The communication flags are set automatically depending on the configuration T flag for active object R flat for passive object Page 30 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeleciron ICOOP01DAL Object table 4 2 3 4 Objects for general functions Function DALI function monitoring Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od 1524 Feedback Error status in 1 bit 1 002 C T DALI system R Description 1 bit object for global feedback of errors in the DALI system The DALI Gateway polls the error status of all DALI operating devices cyclically If it identifies an error the object value of this object is set to 1 The object value is 0 if all the operating devices are working without errors This allows the central display of the overall error status of a DALI system e g on a KNX visualisation meaning that further analyses e g evaluation of the error status for each DALI operating device can be carried out Function DALI function monitoring Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od 1525 Indication poe failure in 1 bit 1 005 C T R e DALI system Description 1 bit object for signalling a mains voltage failure on the DALI Gateway 0 Mains voltage available 1 Mains voltage failure Function DALI function monitoring Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od 1527 Indication Short circuit in the 1 bit 1 005 C T R DALI sy
199. ghtness value before bus voltage failure After bus mains voltage return the brightness value set most recently before the bus mains voltage failure and saved internally on bus mains voltage failure will be tracked Set the parameter to Brightness value In the selection box configure the necessary brightness value The DALI operating devices are set to the predefined brightness value in the selection box next to the parameter The selection of the settable value is limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness Set the parameter to Start staircase function The staircase function is irrespective of the Switching object activated after bus mains voltage return After mains voltage return the DALI Gateway initialises itself briefly During initialisation 2 is displayed in the 7 segment display on the front panel of the device The Start staircase function setting is only available when the staircase function is enabled for the affected group or the affected single device If this setting was selected and the staircase function was deactivated later the parameter Behaviour after bus voltage return automatically sets itself to the No change setting Setting brightness value as before bus mains voltage failure An ETS programming operation of the application or the parameter resets the internally stored switching state to OFF 0 Page 83 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron F
200. gnment is used Bit 0 5 Number of the DALI operating device 0 63 or of the DALI group 0 15 Bit 6 Address bit 0 Individual operating device addressed 1 Group addressed Bit 7 Transmission request 0 No transmission request Response or spontaneous telegram 1 Transmission request Bit 8 Lamp error 0 No error 1 Error Bit 9 Electronic ballast error 0 No error 1 Error Bit 10 Converter error 0 No error 1 Error When operating as a passive status object this object can always receive telegrams ValueWrite as a transmission request Bit 7 1 A received telegram is answered immediately by this object ValueWrite by transmitting the queried error status as an answer In the query telegram Bits 0 5 must contain the number of the electronic ballast number of electronic ballast error status short address 1 or that of the group number of group error status DALI group number 1 Bit 6 must show whether this is single device addressing or group addressing The states of Bits 8 10 in the transmission request are irrelevant 1 The communication flags are set automatically depending on the configuration T flag for active object S and T flag for passive object 2 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus or by the device will be read Page 35 of 218 Software DALI Gateway QJeelectron ICOOPO1DAL Functional descri
201. group and device assignment of an effect step Groups and single devices can be assigned to an effect step without restrictions In addition it is possible to assign created scenes Each group each single device and each scene can be assigned independently by activating the checkbox in front of the group or single device name or the scene name in the configuration of the effect steps Figure 55 Groups single devices and scenes whose checkboxes are not activated are not assigned to the effect step Any non created groups single devices or scenes of the DALI Gateway are greyed out and thus cannot be edited M 1 Group so of x MV 2 Group 100 Sh M 3 Group M 4 Group Figure 55 Example of a group assignment to an effect step For reasons of clarity all the available groups 1 32 and single devices 1 64 irrespective of the configured addressing type as well as the scenes 1 16 are split up into various pages in the window of an effect step each of which can be displayed separately 16 groups or single devices are available on any given page Scenes also have their own page Pressing the buttons Groups Single devices or Scenes 1 16 in the configuration window of an effect step changes between the page views Effects can also be used for master control broadcast Only one brightness value can ever be assigned to each effect step Activate the checkbox of the DALI groups single devices and sce
202. gt x Group gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast or alternatively using the Rename button in the control panel of the commissioning dialog E This allows clear labelling of the operating devices e g Lamp entrance area or Light strip window south Page 142 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Q eelectron Functional description DALI commissioning Configured DALI devices Single devices Il Groups Existing DALI devices Search devices j Group gt No Adr Electron Ballast for fluoresc lt add new device gt Electron Ballast for fluoresct Electronic ballast Electron Ballast For Fluoresce Electron Ballast For Fluoresce Electron Ballast For fluoresce Electron Ballast For fluoresce Electron Ballast For fluoresce Electron Ballast for Fluorescr Electron Ballast for Fluorescr Electron Ballast for fluoresc Electron Ballast for Fluoresc Electron Ballast For Fluoresc Electron Ballast For Fluoresc Electron Ballast For Fluoresc Electron Ballast For Fluoresc Electron Ballast For Fluoresc Electron Ballast for fluoresc Phe when Priel nb Cer Che omer mm I Compatibility mode for DALI commissioning devices All devices Electron Ballast for Fluoresc On Off Test devices Rename On Off Reset Rone start alae On Off Delete assignment
203. gt ny A ae stat stop ine On Off Delete assignment Cancel Standard Help Figure 58 DALI commissioning environment in the ETS plug in When the commissioning environment is recalled the plug in first tries to communicate with the DALI Gateway via the bus connection of the ETS Figure 59 and checks whether DALI commissioning is possible For this reason the DALI Gateway must be connected to the KNX bus cable and the bus and mains voltage supply must be switched on when DALI Page 140 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Deelectron Functional description commissioning is recalled In addition the ETS must have a functioning communications interface to the bus e g USB or KNXnet IP li In this situation the Gateway does not check the function of the DALI cable If it is not be possible to setup a connection to the DALI Gateway in this situation the plug in will terminate commissioning The commissioning environment will become visible even though the commissioning functions are not available The following section lists the causes for a faulty connection and the appropriate remedies Cause No functioning ETS communication interface to the KNX Remedy Check and if necessary setup the connection in the ETS Cause Physical address and application program not previously programmed by the ETS Remedy Close the plug in and first program the physical address and application program Cause KNX bus v
204. gure the Counting value interval 1 65 535 hrs to the desired value The counter status is transmitted to the bus as soon as it changes by the predefined counting value interval After bus voltage return or after programming in the ETS the object value is transmitted automatically after Delay after bus voltage return has elapsed if the current counter status or a multiple of this corresponds to the counting value interval A counter status 0 is always transmitted in this case Set the parameter Automatic transmission of counting value to Cyclical The counter value is transmitted cyclically The cycle time is defined independent of the channel on the parameter page Status and feedback After bus voltage return or ETS programming the counter status is transmitted to the bus after the configured cycle time has elapsed Page 113 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eelectron Functional description 4 2 4 4 Scene function The DALI Gateway allows the creation of up to 16 of your own scenes Each individual scene can be assigned to the available DALI groups or single devices In addition a scene brightness value can be configured for each assigned group and each assigned single device and thus stored in the DALI Gateway This also allows the integration of various operating devices into scene controls If necessary the individual scenes must be created in the Scenes parameter node Scenes can be created by sele
205. hand pane lists the operating devices found in the DALI system The left hand pane displays the created groups The assignment of the DALI devices to the programmed groups or single devices also takes place there Figure 60 The pane of the programmed DALI devices A displays all the groups and single devices configured in the ETS plug in In the later course of DALI commissioning this area plays host to the assignment to found electronic ballasts of the DALI system Groups can contain multiple electronic ballasts whereby single devices can only ever contain one electronic ballast Select whether the panel displays groups or single devices thus allowing assignments to these elements by pressing the Single devices or Groups buttons in the top area of the pane Single devices added to groups during DALI commissioning or as part of offline commissioning see page 157 158 are also available in the Single devices view This creates the option of detecting all the programmed single devices centrally in just one commissioning window Different columns of the window of the programmed devices show the programmed short addresses of the devices 1 64 the device names optionally the DALI device types if the use of device types is configured and the assignment status of found electronic ballasts not assigned assigned The devices can be assigned individually either in the programming of the single devices under Addressing gt Groups
206. he DALI operating devices and the matching response is within a range of 2 91 ms and 9 15 ms This time period is required by the operating devices and cannot be influenced to any great extent by the Gateway telegrams A 1 5 x 9 15 ms 2 91 9 15 ms ee paN wis gateway gateway gateway ballast gt t Figure 28 Pause times between DALI telegrams Delay time after mains voltage return to DALI After the mains voltage supply is switched on depending on the their type DALI operating devices usually require different lengths of time to initialise themselves and thus to react to commands of the DALI Gateway To ensure that no commands of the Gateway to the operating devices are lost after mains voltage return because they are still initialising it is possible to activate a delay as an option This delay is defined within a range of 0 30 seconds using the parameter Delay time after mains voltage return to DALI which is available in the parameter node General gt DALI communication when a DALI telegram rate limit is activated The delay time after mains voltage return delays the start of the application of the DALI Page 60 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec On Functional description Gateway after the mains voltage supply is switched on as well as after an ETS programming operation and thus delays the execution of the configured behaviour after bus voltage return and all othe
207. he XML file After the import operation no group addresses are connected to objects Alternatively an XML import can also be carried out with the application of the KNX group addresses saved in the XML file Before application the plug in tests all the group addresses of the XML file If there are no group addresses in the ETS project they will be created in the project If object types do not match e g group address 1 1 1 is linked to 1 bit objects in the ETS project and with a 1 byte object in the XML file the addresses concerned will not be imported from the XML file The plug in then displays an information window and lists the group addresses with a data type conflict These conflicts must then be resolved manually by the ETS user if all group addresses are actually applied Page 57 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eeleciron Functional description E JH Import 8 x Import with ETS group addresses All connected group addresses will be checked If group addresses are not present in the ETS project these will be created again IF object types do not match corresponding group addresses will be deleted Import without ETS group addresses All group address connections will be deleted Cancel Figure 26 Import dialog to select an import with or without KNX group addresses After the import of an XML file an ETS programming operation of the application program must take place so that the configuration data
208. he brightness value feedback telegram can also be transmitted cyclically via the active message object in addition to the transmission after updating On yes cyclical transmission is performed The cycle time is generally configured in the parameter node General gt Status and feedback On no cyclical transmission is deactivated so that the feedback telegram is only transmitted when the brightness value is changed or updated This parameter is only visible in case of an actively transmitting feedback object Here you can specify when the Gateway should update the feedback value for the brightness value in case of an actively transmitting communication object The object value updated by the Gateway is then signalled actively to the bus This parameter is only visible in case of an actively transmitting feedback object The Gateway updates the feedback value in the object once a new telegram is received on the input object brightness feedback With an actively transmitting feedback object a new telegram is also then actively transmitted to the bus each time The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarily have to change in the process Hence a corresponding brightness value feedback is also generated on the brightness value feedback object such as in the case of cyclical telegrams for example In addition feedback is transmitted at the beginning or end of a disabling or forced position function and also du
209. he bus or mains voltage failure will be tracked An ETS programming operation deletes the stored state reaction in that case same as with no forced position active If the tracked state corresponds to No forced position active the force independent parameter Behaviour after bus voltage return will be executed on return of bus voltage If forced position is activated the DALI operating devices are switched on to the brightness value predefined by the parameter Switch on brightness for forced position ON After programming the application or parameters with the ETS the forced position function is always deactivated object value 0 Page 87 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL QDeelectron Functional description 4 2 4 3 4 Feedback functions Feedback for switching status and brightness value The DALI Gateway can track the current switching state and brightness value of a DALI group or single device via separate feedback objects and can also transmit them to the bus if the bus voltage is on The following feedback objects can be enabled independently of each other for each DALI group and each configured single device Feedback switching status 1 bit Feedback brightness value 1 byte The Gateway calculates the object value of the feedback objects during each switching or dimming operation The Gateway tracks the switching state or brightness value and updates the feedback objects even when a group or single d
210. he centrally supplied emergency operation are switched to defined brightness states The behaviour at the end of emergency operation is specified globally by the parameter of the same name in the parameter node Emergency lights gt Centrally supplied gt Emergency lights amp KNX system amp DALI Gateway This means that the switching off or the activation of a defined brightness value can be configured Alternatively the brightness value active before emergency operation or the brightness value tracked internally during emergency operation can be set As a final alternative it is possible to retain the current state of all operating devices li Inthe Brightness value setting values in the range 0 1 100 can be configured The minimum and maximum values of the individual DALI groups or single devices are not taken into account here when setting the parameter If brightness values that undershoot the individual minimum values or exceed the maximum values are defined for the behaviour at the end of emergency operation then the groups or single devices concerned are limited to the corresponding limit values Page 132 of 218 ee ec ron ICOOPO1DAL Functional SCription Deactivation of emergency operation and thus the execution of the behaviour at the end of emergency operation can take place after a delay A time delay is advisable in order to give DALI operating devices without an emergency supply sufficient time after the return of mai
211. he disabled group or the single device do not show any reaction The devices remain in the state most recently set by the disabling function In tracked brightness value the set state received during the disabling function or adjusted before the disabling function can be tracked at the end of the disabling with the appropriate brightness Any time functions still in progress will also be taken into account if necessary In the flashing setting the affected devices are switched on and off cyclically after the disabling The flashing time is generally configured in the parameter node General During flashing the logical switching state is fed back as Switched on 1 and the brightness value as Switch on brightness A soft ON OFF function is not executed during flashing The flashing status remains active until another bus command is received or manual operation specifies another brightness value In the Memory value setting the active and internally saved brightness value prior to switching off last time is set via the Switching or Central function switching object This memory value is saved in the volatile memory which means that after a bus mains voltage return or an ETS programming operation the value is predefined to maximum brightness i After a bus failure or mains voltage failure or programming the application or the parameters with the ETS the disabling function is always deactivated object value 0 With the inverted s
212. he mains power supply or after an ETS programming operation If a DALI error is detected in this state the Gateway will immediately transmit an appropriate feedback telegram The only time feedback DALI error status is not sent to the bus automatically is after bus voltage return mains voltage switched on permanently on the DALI Gateway during bus failure Set the parameter Feedback Error status per DALI operating device on the parameter page General gt DALI error messages to Yes feedback object is a passive status object Page 65 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec On Functional description There is no automatic telegram transmission to the KNX when an error is detected To determine the error status of a DALI operating device or a group the communication object Error status for each DALI operating device or KNX error status for each DALI operating device must be described externally with a request telegram ValueWrite Here a distinction is made as to whether the 1 byte or the 2 byte error status is used 1 byte error status Bits 0 5 of the request telegram must contain the number of the electronic ballast from which the status is to be polled Figure 29 Bits 6 and 7 must be set to 1 Otherwise the request telegram is ignored 2 byte KNX error status Bit 7 1 must be set in the request telegram Bit 6 must indicate whether a group 1 or an individual electronic ballast 0 is being ad
213. he popup menu by pressing the right mouse button on the Single devices tree node amp DALI test H AE Emergency lights Cancel Standard Help Figure 69 Assigning an electronic ballast to a group offline commissioning li DALI operating devices can either be integrated just in single addressing or alternatively in group addressing It is not possible to control an operating device with both addressing types li Optionally the assignment of DALI operating devices to programmed groups or single devices can be supplemented by testing of the DALI device types If testing is enabled the plug in within the course of an assignment during online commissioning compares the device types determined by the operating devices with the specifications by the device type parameters of the offline configuration Assignment can only take place if there is agreement This will prevent functional incompatibilities after commissioning li Multiple assignment of operating devices as part of offline commissioning creation of new single devices in the tree structure of a group is not possible When editing the short address in the parameter node of a group related electronic ballast no addresses can be entered that have already been entered for electronic ballasts of other groups Page 157 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL eelectron Functional description i As part of device assignment during DALI commissioning online single battery o
214. he switch on time The reduced brightness is set during the time configured here This parameter is only visible if the staircase function is enabled and the activated pre warning time is activated The staircase function can be extended by the two supplementary functions Time extension and Time specifications via bus which should be used alternatively This parameter enables the desired supplementary function and thereby activates the necessary parameters or objects This parameter is only visible if the staircase function is enabled No supplementary function is enabled The time preset via the bus is activated With this supplementary function the configured switch on time can be multiplied by a factor received via the bus thus it can be adapted dynamically The time extension is activated This function permits retriggering an activated staircase lighting time spann times via the object Staircase function start stop A time preset via the bus can specify here whether the receipt of a new time factor also starts the switch on time setting yes At the same time the object Staircase function start stop is hidden If the setting is no the switch on time can be activated exclusively via the object Staircase function start stop This parameter is visible only if the supplementary function Time preset via the bus is set In case of a time extension retriggering the lighting time n times via the objec
215. hereby changing the sequence of the light scene Created scenes effects and effect steps can be deleted at any time by selecting the appropriate parameter node in the tree structure and executing the Delete command of the context menu In addition a parameter can be used to assign a name to each scene or effect It is possible to change a name at a later date using the parameter configuration or alternatively by using the Rename command in the context menu We recommend labelling each scene or effect clearly by giving it a name e g Scene TV Effect window etc The name may be a maximum of 28 characters and may contain alphanumeric and special characters Each scene and effect receives a unique number 1 16 which is shown in square brackets before the name This number is only a label within the ETS plug in for distinguishing clearly between the individual scenes and effects even if they have the same name In addition scenes and effects have KNX numbers 1 64 These KNX numbers can be used to recall a scene or a scene memory function and to start and stop the effects using the extension objects of these functions Scene and effect numbers do not have to be identical to KNX extension numbers The KNX numbers are configured individually KNX numbers must be unique It is not possible to assign the same KNX numbers to multiple scenes The same applies to the KNX numbers of the effects In the case of effect steps the step number 1
216. hting shuts off automatically Set the parameter Supplementary function for staircase function to time extension and set the maximum desired factor on the parameter maximum time extension The staircase time is retriggered each time an ON telegram is received on the staircase time start stop object after the staircase time has elapsed depending on the number of telegrams received but only as often as pre defined by the configured factor For example the 3 fold time setting means that after the started staircase time has elapsed it can be retriggered automatically a maximum of three additional times The time is therefore extended a maximum of four fold i A time extension can be triggered during the entire staircase time Tein There is no time limit between two telegrams for the time extension Telegrams for the time extension are only evaluated during the staircase time An ON telegram during the pre warning function or continuous lighting triggers the staircase time as a restart which means that a new time extension is possible i Ifa time extension was configured as a supplementary function the parameter Staircase time retriggerable is preset to No because the retriggering takes place by the time extension Page 107 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eelectn on Functional description Setting supplementary function of the staircase function time preset via the bus With the time preset via th
217. htness gt 0 i The dimming operation of a Soft ON function starts at the minimum brightness configured in the ETS plug in If a DALI group or a single device is switched off brightness value 0 and is then switched on the operating devices jump to the configured minimum brightness and start with the Soft ON dimming operation to the switch on brightness i The soft functions also have effects on the switching edges of the staircase function i A DALI group or individual disabled via the bus can also flash depending on the ETS configuration for the disabling function Dimming is not executed with the soft functions during ON and OFF flashing Enabling and setting soft ON function In the plug in of the DALI Gateway the Soft ON function can be set separately for each group and each single device Set the parameter Soft ON function in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Switch on Switch off behaviour or Addressing gt Single devices x gt Switch on switch off behaviour to yes The soft ON function is enabled The parameter for the dimming time of the soft ON function becomes visible Configure the parameter Time for soft ON 0 100 to the required dimming time Page 99 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Oeelectron Functional description Enabling and setting soft OFF function In the plug in of the DALI Gateway the Soft OFF function can be set separately
218. iascnpteauasealauisguadremeadaannntane 12 2 5 Operation scsvscvivasinenneceves vevvevdenswvenagueneruedvds cues KOE EE EER NE EEEE AEE EE EEEE 13 3 Technical data iiisesssinsussosssuousunon ananasai nauan nauenean aiaa adaa a iauna 19 A Software descriptio ss siiisiiisn saaana aian aeria asiaani Kaa aaa aaa aaan 20 4 1 Software specification cece nenne cece cece ee ee ee ee rnaen nann eee eeeeeeteeeeeeedeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 20 4 2 Software DALI Gateway ICOOPO1DAL ssccwsscosrsccsssiessioxces dantedandedentsceaestdvest ace metcaxteetasaeieaeet 4 2 1 Scope Of functions 2 2 c cece cece cece cette eee e eee e ee ee ee ee nett eeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 21 4 2 2 Notes Ol SONY ANS eee vaca careers esd inc EE ocean A 23 42 3 NO table sosiaa eand anaiai fiaa Ee aED iaaa ane EEAS 24 4 2 3 1 Objects for group and single devices sseseeeeeeeeeeeesseritrissssrrrrrrrrsssrrrrrrrnenn 24 4 2 3 2 Objects for scenes and effects saccvcicssicicsscsnnsecaensanueascecntntantecuans sereresanencananeesn 28 4 2 3 3 Object for emergency lighting ssisisisrisisiiriiirisniniseiisiniiiiiiisisiiassssins 29 4 2 3 4 Objects for general TUNCHOMS siisicctcccesszevsutascutncnntadrersdeasuncanidaxaasauoniieneteceasuarens 31 42 4 F nctional description sci vimeccusinensenitdensdesvnaseedecustacesocatvousivbendesiuarsdetuasatiadevsd ah 36 4 2 4 1 Application DASICS cccccccccccecccceecceecceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeceeeceesceeeeeeeseesenesen
219. ic ballast This means that electronic ballasts can be commissioned without accessing long addresses Page 152 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Fev e moval Functional description i The identification of operating devices becomes problematic if devices are added to the DALI installation at a later time which were commissioned previously e g in other systems and thus have already been assigned with valid short addresses Here it may occur that different electronic ballasts have the same short address This state must be avoided when using compatibility mode since short addresses may only occur once ina DALI installation Otherwise communication errors can be expected Page 153 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description 4 2 4 7 3 Exiting DALI commissioning Commissioning can be completed when the necessary DALI operating devices have been assigned to the groups or single devices in the plug in The commissioning parameters are transferred to the DALI Gateway automatically on leaving commissioning In so doing the plug in communicates with the DALI Gateway via the ETS bus connection The DALI Gateway must be connected to the KNX bus cable and the bus and mains voltage supply must be switched on The ETS must have a functioning communications interface to the bus e g USB or KNXnet IP Exiting DALI commissioning The commissioning environment of the plug in must be exited in orde
220. identified as newly found at the beginning of the search operation In addition the Gateway already assigns short addresses in the background during the search process which are then adapted using group and device assignments in the course of commissioning and can thus be overwritten Page 144 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL 0 Aea on Functional description The plug in uses the long addresses to distinguish between the found operating devices being detected for the first time and those devices which were previously detected during commissioning For this the plug in compares the read in long addresses with the entries saved in the ETS database Previously unknown long addresses indicate newly found devices Taking this distinction into account the plug in displays the newly found electronic ballasts in the search progress In the case of first DALI commissioning all the found operating devices are indicated as newly found In later commissioning operations only those electronic ballasts are indicated as newly found which were added to the DALI system i According to the DALI specification all the DALI subscribers must save the long address permanently e g even during mains voltage failures Not all the DALI devices on the market support this requirement If such operating devices are installed compatibility mode should be activated see page 152 153 During a search operation the Gateway then identifies solely by mea
221. ightness before emergency operation tracked brightness value Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters This parameter can be used to define how many devices must be identified as failed for the Gateway to activate emergency operation If the number of failed devices reaches or exceeds the configured limit value then failure of the general mains power supply is assumed If the limit value was not reached the Gateway will remain in normal operation This parameter is only visible if an internal DALI failure message is intended A 1 bit failure telegram can be transmitted to the KNX as feedback either through the internal failure message or alternatively through the external failure message provided that the Gateway has activated emergency operation This allows other bus devices evaluating this feedback e g other KNX DALI Gateways to react and also activate emergency operation Automatic identification of a mains voltage failure is usually not necessary with these devices which means that only one DALI Gateway in the KNX system needs to be integrated actively into mains failure detection The DALI Gateway does not need to monitor its own DALI system or external failure messages itself in order to identify the failure of the general mains voltage supply and thus to activate emergency operation Optionally it can be switched to emergency operation by an external message When using the external message only one
222. ilure messages that the Gateway can produce before switch off feedback of supply voltage failure can be evaluated and processed Emergency lights amp KNX system amp DALI Gateway setting In this application all or individual DALI operating devices the power supply of the KNX system and the mains voltage connection of the DALI Gateway are connected to the emergency power supply If there is a fault DALI voltage will remain since the power supply of the Gateway continues working This application offers the greatest flexibility since the DALI Gateway can continue to control the operating devices In this application the DALI operating devices do not switch automatically to the System Failure Level Instead the Gateway controls selected operating devices at a special brightness value for emergency operation This brightness can be configured in the ETS plug in within the limits of minimum and maximum brightness if necessary Alternatively it is possible to define no special behaviour at the beginning of emergency operation In this case the operating devices assigned to emergency operation remain at the last set brightness value Integration of operating devices The Gateway requires the information of which of the DALI operating devices are integrated into centrally supplied emergency operation Furthermore it is necessary to define the brightness value or the behaviour for emergency operation Each group and device of the single addr
223. ime is started on arrival of a recall telegram The corresponding scene will be recalled and the appropriate scene brightness value set only after this time has elapsed In the parameter node Scenes gt x Scene name set the parameter Delay scene recall to no The delay time is deactivated A scene recall is carried out without a delay immediately after the receipt of a scene recall telegram Each scene recall telegram restarts the delay time and retriggers it If a new scene recall telegram is received while a delay is active scene recall not yet executed the old and not yet recalled scene will be rejected and only the scene last received executed The scene recall delay has no influence on the storage of scene values A scene storage telegram within a scene recall delay terminates the delay and thus the scene recall In case of bus or mains voltage failure all time functions will be stopped Therefore all scene recalls that are still in the delay stage will be aborted A scene recall received shortly before bus or mains voltage failure will then be lost if the corresponding delay has not yet elapsed A delayed scene recall will also be completely aborted for the affected groups or single devices in the case of a function with a higher priority e g manual operation forced position function disable function Scenes can also be included in effect steps In this case the recall delay set for the scene is not effective when
224. ime prematurely and presets the switching state according to the received object value the time delays are also taken into account or scene value Likewise the switching state of the switching object can be overridden by a staircase function Time independent continuous light switching can also be implemented in combination with a disabling function because the disabling function has a higher priority and overrides the switching state of the staircase function see page 85 The staircase function can also be extended by means of a supplementary function At the same time it is possible activate a time extension The time extension permits retriggering of an activated staircase via the object Staircase function Start Stop n times Alternatively the Time preset via the bus can be set With this supplementary function the configured staircase time can be multiplied by a factor received via the bus thus it can be adapted dynamically Furthermore an extension of the staircase function can be implemented by means of a pre warning function During the pre warning the brightness can be reduced The pre warning should warn people in the staircase that the light will soon be switched off As an alternative to the pre warning at the end of the staircase time the actuator can activate reduced continuous lighting In this way for example long dark hallways can have permanent basic lighting Specifying switch on behaviour of the staircase funct
225. imum and maximum brightness The planned brightness value is programmed into the DALI operating devices during the initialisation operation after an ETS programming operation The brightness for emergency operation must be within the limits Emergency Min Level and Emergency Max Level of the emergency light operating devices Otherwise the brightness value is undefined The limit values are usually specified by the manufacturer of the operating devices Please refer to the documentation of the emergency light operating devices in order to correctly determine the brightness value for emergency operation li As part of device assignment during DALI commissioning single battery operated DALI emergency lights must always be assigned to planned single devices single addressing provided that these operating devices are to execute an emergency light function Assignment to group related single devices group addressing is possible but only on condition that these operating devices can only be used for standard lighting control if supported by the operating device and not for emergency lighting applications Behaviour at the end of emergency operation After the return of general supply voltage single battery operated DALI emergency lights automatically deactivate emergency operation and return to normal operation Electronic ballasts of this type normally then switch off the light Deactivation of emergency operation can take place after a delay
226. in the parameter of the same name in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Operating hours counter or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Operating hours counter no setting The operating hours counter is deactivated No communication objects or parameters of the Operating hours counter function are visible i Deactivation of the operating hours counter and subsequent programming with the ETS resets the counter status to 0 Setting the counter type The operating hours counter can optionally be configured as an up counter or down counter Depending on this type of counter a limit or start value can be set optionally whereby for example the operating time of a DALI group or a single device can be monitored by restricting the counter range Up counter After activating the operating hours counter by enabling in the ETS or by restarting the operating hours are counted starting at 0 A maximum of 65 535 hours can be counted after that the counter stops and signals a counter operation via the OHC elapsed object A limiting value can be set optionally in the ETS or can be predefined via the communication object OHC start limiting value In this case the counter operation is signalled to the bus via the OHC elapsed object if the limiting value is reached The counter continues counting if it is not restarted up to the maximum value 65 535 and then stops
227. inated by a bus voltage failure bus voltage return Page 84 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Oeelectron Functional description 4 2 4 3 3 Supplementary function Supplementary function Supplementary functions can be enabled for each DALI group and each single device As a supplementary function a disabling or alternatively a forced position function can be configured In this respect only one of these functions can be enabled for each group or single device The supplementary functions are enabled and configured in the parameter node Groups x Group name x Group number 1 32 or Addressing gt Single device gt x Device name x Short address 1 64 Setting disabling function as supplementary function During an active disabling function the KNX operation of the groups or single devices is overridden and locked Continuous light switching for example can also be overridden Inthe parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast set the parameter Type of supplementary functions to Disabling function The disabling function is enabled The communication object Disabling function and the parameters of the disabling function become visible Set the parameter Polarity disabling object to the desired polarity Set the parameter Behaviour at the beginning of the disabling function to the required behaviour At
228. individually for each single battery operated electronic ballast A time delay is advisable in order to give DALI operating devices without an emergency supply sufficient time after the return of mains voltage to switch on at the operating brightness The delay time means that DALI emergency lights are only switched off or switched to normal operation when the standard lighting is ready for operation The parameter Delay time after return of the general voltage supply in the parameter node Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Emergency lights single battery operated defines the period of time from the identification of the return of mains voltage until Page 134 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description the actual deactivation of emergency operation Prolongation Time In the 0 seconds setting emergency operation is deactivated without a delay Test functions Single battery operated DALI emergency lights are usually able to perform function and continuous operation tests In many countries safety requirements stipulate that such tests be performed for emergency lighting equipment e g IEC 62034 Automatic test systems for battery powered emergency escape lighting The DALI Gateway makes it possible to carry out function and continuous operation tests using external or automatic starts and to make the test results available separately for each DALI operating device vi
229. ing with the ETS If used as an active message object the switching status feedback state is transmitted to the bus after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS In these cases the feedback telegram can be delayed with the delay being preset globally for all DALI groups together cf Delay after bus mains voltage return Set the parameter Time delay for feedback after bus voltage return in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Switching or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Switching to yes The switching status feedback is transmitted after a delay after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS No feedback telegram is transmitted during a running delay even if the switching state changes during this delay Set the parameter Time delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return to no The switching status feedback is transmitted immediately after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS i The behaviour of a group or a single device after bus voltage return and after an ETS programming operation can be configured in the ETS and set to No change In this case the communication objects of the Gateway are initialised with 0 In this case the switching status feedback only corresponds to the true brightness state when the group or the single device has been controlled at least once via the bus or
230. ion An ON telegram to the Staircase function start stop object activates the staircase time Ton the duration of which is defined by the Staircase time parameters The DALI group or the single device switches to switch on brightness At the end of the staircase time the DALI group or the single device shows the reaction at the end of the staircase time configured in the ETS At the same time the DALI group or the single device can switch off optionally activate the pre warning time Tprewarn of the pre warning function see page 104 105 or dim to the reduced continuous lighting application e g long dark hallways Taking into account any possible pre warning function this gives rise to the example switch on behaviour of the staircase function Figure 39 Stairway time can be retriggered Stairway time can be retriggered No i Yes Telegram l Stairway func ON ON i ON ON ON Start Stop Output T Switch on H i brightness Advance warning brightness k SK E k SSK SK gt t gt Time TON T Advance warning TON lt Tadvance w TON T Advance warning Feedback ON Switching status i i OFF i gt Time Figure 39 Switch on behaviour of the staircase function without soft functions In addition switching on can be influenced by the soft functions of the DALI Gateway Taking into account any soft ON and soft OFF function this gives rise to the swit
231. ion li The dimming characteristic is logarithmic as is usual in a DALI system In this way the brightness behaviour of the DALI lamp is adapted to the brightness sensitivity of the human eye during dimming When values are specified the DALI Gateway automatically converts the standard KNX linear dimming curve 0 0 255 100 to a logarithmic one Value feedback to the KNX is also adjusted through conversion On account of the internal calculation process there may be slight deviations between the specified and fed back brightness value e g specification 50 gt Feedback 49 Activate switching status feedback The switching status feedback can be used as an active message object or as a passive status object As an active message object the switching status feedback is also directly transmitted to the bus whenever there is an update As a passive status object there is no telegram transmission after an update In this case the object value must be read out The ETS automatically sets the object communication flags required for proper functioning The parameter Feedback switching status is available separately for each DALI group or each single device in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Switching or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Switching Set the parameter to yes feedback object is active signalling object The Switching status feedback
232. ion program is loaded see page 12 li DALI commissioning is not necessary and thus not available in the ETS plug in if the addressing allows for a master control see page 38 Important note During DALI commissioning ensure that the entire DALI system is switched on and ready for operation It is not possible for example to switch off previously commissioned electronic ballasts or to disconnect them from the DALI cable During the entire commissioning process fault free communication must be guaranteed between the DALI Gateway and all DALI operating devices If the necessary requirements have been fulfilled DALI commissioning can be executed on the parameter page of the same name in the plug in After selecting the commissioning page and successful communication with the DALI Gateway the commissioning environment becomes visible in the right hand pane of the plug in Figure 58 EE coor E f General ag Manual operation DALI commissioning a Addressing Configured DALI devices Single devices Il Groups Existing DALI devices Search devices m Scenes 1 Group x No adr Name Type H Effects a Export Import Print Type Status DALI commissioning lt add new de amp DALI test H A Emergency lights z gt IV Hide previously assigned DALI devices 7 Compatibility mode for DALI commissioning Selected devices All devices On Off Test devices On off Reset Rename Devi Ei
233. iority manual control highest priority 2nd priority Emergency operation 3rd priority Forced position function or disabling function 4th priority Direct bus operation switching amp dimming amp brightness objects scenes effects central function i The priority of the scene and effect function over the disabling or forced position functions of a group or a single device can be configured Thus it is possible for a scene recall or the start of an effect to override a disabling or forced position function Alternatively a scene or an effect can have a lower priority meaning that disabling functions or forced positions cannot be overridden by a scene recall or the start of an effect Switch on brief broadcast manual operation The broadcast manual operation can be used in the unprogrammed state of the DALI Gateway As in this case missing ETS programming means that no group individual configurations are stored in the device the DALI Gateway in manual operation controls the connected DALI operating devices jointly via a broadcast command The DALI Gateway has not yet been programmed by the ETS Press the amp button briefly lt 1 second bc is displayed in the 7 segment display i After 5 seconds without a button being pressed the Gateway deactivates broadcast handling i Broadcast operation is preset in the delivery state It can also be reactivated at any time after a programming operation by the ETS b
234. iour in case of bus voltage return be set on centrally supplied emergency lights to a separate brightness value for emergency operation In these cases it is not the configuration for the Behaviour on bus voltage failure which is applied as the System Failure Level but the brightness defined for emergency operation see page 129 130 In the event of a bus failure or mains voltage failure the current states of the forced positions are also saved so that they can be tracked in the event of bus or mains voltage return if necessary depending on the configuration of the forced positions Active disabling functions or forced position functions are always cancelled by a bus voltage failure and are subsequently inactive in the connection Setting the behaviour after bus voltage return The parameter Behaviour after bus voltage return is available separately for each group or each single device in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast The parameter also defines the behaviour of the DALI Gateway after mains voltage return H Set the parameter to No change After bus mains voltage return the assigned DALI operating devices show no response and remain in the currently set brightness value or are switched off Set the parameter to switch off The DALI operating devices are switched off after bus mains voltage return Set parameter to bri
235. iple effects The structure of the telegram value for the effect extension is orientated to the KNX DPT 18 001 which is also used in the scene extension Figure 54 Page 122 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description bits 7 e 5 l4 3 2 la lo number 0 63 corresponds KNX number 1 64 not used 0 0 start effect 1 stop effect Figure 54 Structure of the object value for the effect extension Inthe parameter node Effects x Effect name in the parameter KNX number of the effect 1 64 set the required extension number It is possible to start and stop an effect via the effect extension object using the specified KNX number If a KNX number already used for another effect is entered then the ETS plug in will automatically correct the input value to the next free KNX number li It should be noted that the object value of the extension input is always 1 less than the configured KNX number in accordance with KNX DPT 18 001 Figure 54 Example KNX number 1 gt Value in extension object 0 gt The value 0 recalls the effect with the KNX number 1 The value 1 starts the effect with the KNX number 2 This applies appropriately for all other effects and KNX numbers Setting the effect priority The priority of the individual effects over the disabling or forced position functions of a group or a single device can be configured for
236. is however The two supplementary functions time extension and time preset via the bus can only be configured alternatively H H H Presetting behaviour of the staircase function after bus or mains voltage return The staircase function can be started automatically after bus or mains voltage return The staircase function must be enabled In the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast set the parameter Behaviour after bus voltage return to Start staircase function Immediately after bus or mains voltage return the staircase time of the staircase function is started Page 108 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eelectron Functional description i The configured behaviour will only be executed if no forced position on bus voltage return is activated Page 109 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eelectron Functional description 4 2 4 3 9 Operating hours counter The operating hours counter determines the switch on time of the DALI group or the single device A group or an electronic ballast is actively on for the operating hours counter if the brightness value is greater than 0 i e when the light is lit The operating hours counter adds up the determined switch on time accurately to the minute for the DALI group or the single device in full hours respectively Figure 48 The totalled ope
237. is not possible the plug in remains permanently in the device search DALI operating devices are not detected if there is a cable break for example i During the device search all the connected DALI operating devices switch to minimum brightness This makes it possible to determine whether the devices are actually functioning and react to the device search Assigning groups After all the operating devices connected to the DALI Gateway have been searched for and identified the devices can be assigned to the programmed groups or single devices The following sections document the individual actions to be taken to create a group assignment in the DALI commissioning environment i The assignment of DALI operating devices to groups is only then possible when the addressing type allows for group control see page 38 Assignment always takes place by moving the devices listed in the right hand section into the left hand section of the selected group Assignment is carried out by pressing the lt button between the two sections or alternatively by drag and drop with the mouse An assignment can be removed again by selecting an assigned operating device and using the gt button or the mouse shifting it back to the list box of available DALI devices It is possible to assign multiple operating devices simultaneously or to remove them from an assignment Each assigned electronic ballast requires a device in the Gateway programming so
238. itching can be evaluated after a time delay By this setting the desired function of the time delay is selected and the additional parameters of the delay enabled This parameter is used for setting the duration of the switch on delay This parameter is only visible if switch on delay or switch on and switch off delay are activated A switch on delay still in progress can be retriggered setting yes by another 1 telegram Alternatively the retriggering time can be suppressed setting no This parameter is only visible if switch on delay or switch on and switch off delay are activated This parameter is used for setting the duration of the switch off delay This parameter is only visible if switch on delay or switch on and switch off delay are activated A switch off delay still in progress can be retriggered setting yes by another 0 telegram Alternatively the retriggering time can be suppressed setting no This parameter is only visible if switch on delay or switch on and switch off delay are activated Page 192 of 218 Q Fev N ae moval Soft ON function Time for soft ON 0 100 Soft OFF function Time for Soft OFF 0 100 no yes 00 00 01 00 00 05 23 59 59 hh mm ss no yes 00 00 01 00 00 05 23 59 59 hh mm ss Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters The soft ON function permits slower switch on If this function setting yes is a
239. ition is activated and forced position state is ON you can define here how the DALI operating devices of the group should behave This parameter is only visible when the forced position function is enabled The group or the single device is set to the predefined brightness value in the selection box next to the parameter The selection of the settable value is limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness Page 186 of 218 QDeelectron no change Memory val brightn bef switch off last time Behaviour at the end of the forced position function no change tracked brightness value O4 Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Switching Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters The DALI operating devices of the group or the single device show no response and remain in the currently set brightness state The active and internally saved brightness value prior to switching off last time is set via the Switching or Central function switching object This memory value is saved in the volatile memory which means that after a bus mains voltage return or an ETS programming operation the value is predefined to maximum brightness The behaviour of the DALI group or single device at the end of the forced position can be configured here This parameter is only visible when the forced position function is enabled At the end of the forced position the DALI operating devices of the gro
240. ive Press the ALL OFF button All groups and single devices are shut off immediately Brightness 0 The groups and single devices are not locked Individual activation is possible again after shutoff i The ALL OFF function is not available in temporary manual operation Disabling bus control of individual groups and devices through manual operation The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS Permanent manual control is active Disabling of the bus control mode must have been enabled in the ETS Select the group or single device Press the button briefly if necessary repeatedly The 7 segment display shows the number of the selected DALI group or the number of the selected single device The Status LEDs ON A 1 100 or OFF W 0 in the button field show the switching state Press the ON A and the OFF buttons simultaneously for at least 5 seconds The appropriate group or single device is disabled no bus operation is possible The 7 segment display flashes li To unlock proceed in the same way li A group or single device that has been disabled in manual operation can thereafter only be operated in permanent manual operation Performing a DALI device replacement After starting the automatic device replacement the DALI Gateway is able to check the completeness of the previously operated DALI operating devices If for example a defective DALI electronic ballast was removed by a
241. ivity simple length DALI cable lengths with 1 5 mm with 1 0 mm with 0 75 mm with 0 5 mm Connection of power supply and DALI Connection mode single stranded finely stranded without conductor sleeve finely stranded with conductor sleeve KNX KNX medium Commissioning mode Rated voltage KNX Power consumption KNX Connection type for bus Technical data KNX EIB VDE 5 45 C 25 70 C 72 mm 4 modules AC 110 240 V 50 60 Hz DC 110 240 V max 6 W max 3 W DC 16 V typical typ 128 mA max 200 mA for short periods max 64 1 2 kbit s EN 62386 Sheathed cable 230 V e g NYM max 8 Q max 4 Q max 300 m max 238 m max 174 m max 116 m Screw terminal 0 5 4 mm 0 5 4 mm 0 5 2 5 mm TP 1 S mode DC 21 32 V SELV typical 150 mW Connection terminal Page 19 of 218 QJeelectron Software specification 4 Software description 4 1 Software specification ETS search paths Illumination Dimmer DALI gateway Configuration S mode standard AST type O0 Hex 0 Dec PEI connector no connector Applications No Short description Name Version from mask version 1 Language variant German DALI Gateway 1 1 for ETS3 SystemB CO00D11 of Versiond 07B0 or higher or ETS4 of Version 4 1 7 or higher Use of ETS4 is recommended 2 Language variant English DALI Gateway 1 2 for ETS3 SystemB C00D12 of Version d 07B0 or higher o
242. ject The dimming behaviour must be configured as Dim to Set the parameter Time for absolute dimming 0 100 in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Dimming or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Dimming to the required dimming time Page 95 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOO0P01DAL Oeelectron Functional description 4 2 4 3 6 Automatic switch off Automatic switch off The switch off function permits automatic switching of a DALI group or a single device after a brightness value was dimmed or jumped to and this new brightness value is below a switch off brightness set in the ETS A delay can be configured optionally until switching off Figure 37 The switch off function is activated after reaching a constant brightness value i e after a completed dimming procedure through absolute or relative dimming A new dimming operation which ends below switch off brightness starts starts any time delay which may be present In the same way the switch off function is interrupted if the switch off brightness is exceed during a dimming operation The automatic switch off function for example not only makes it possible to set the lighting to minimum brightness but to switch off by means of relative dimming as well A further application for example is time controlled Good night switch off of a dimmed children s room lighting lene Brightness value rotation sp
243. l regardless of the behaviour in case of bus voltage failure Page 129 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL eelectron Functional description Emergency operation comprises DALI lights and KNX system Even in this case due to the switched off DALI voltage the operating devices supplied with emergency current set the System Failure Level saved in the device at the beginning of emergency operation As in the application Emergency operation only comprises DALI lights this brightness value was written by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operating devices after ETS commissioning Optionally the value can irrespective of the behaviour in case of bus voltage failure be set to a separate brightness value for emergency operation For this purpose set the parameter Define separate brightness value for emergency operation to yes The parameter Brightness value in emergency operation then available defines the value for the System Failure Level regardless of the behaviour in case of bus voltage failure Emergency operation comprises DALI lights KNX system and DALI Gateway recommended application In this application the DALI operating devices do not switch automatically to the System Failure Level Instead the Gateway controls selected operating devices to the brightness value specified by the parameter Brightness at the start of emergency operation This parameter is available if the parameter Define behaviour a
244. l of the DALI Gateway Up to 16 effects are available here each with up to 16 effect steps Each effect step represents an individual light scene Time controlled toggling of the effect steps makes the overall effect dynamic Brightness sequences can be implemented using one or more DALI groups or also using individual DALI devices or scenes The DALI Gateway can be integrated into DALI emergency lighting systems It allows interference free operation of operating devices general lighting systems and emergency lighting operating devices of the same DALI system The device is able to integrate standard DALI operating devices for lighting control according to IEC 62386 101 DALI System and IEC 62386 102 Control Gear into centrally supplied emergency lighting systems as an emergency light Alternatively or in addition the DALI Gateway permits the control and function monitoring of individual battery operated emergency lighting operating devices according to IEC 62386 202 The DALI Gateway permits the separate feedback of the individual switching and brightness statuses of the DALI groups and single devices to the KNX In addition the general DALI state of operation can be signalled to the KNX error status short circuit status of the supply voltage The function features that are independently adjustable for every light group or each single device by means of the ETS include for example separately configurable brightness ranges extended feedb
245. lasts A name is also displayed in the pane of the found DALI devices If operating devices have not yet been assigned to any groups or single devices the name is set by default to Electronic ballast and cannot be changed Only when assignment has been made does the window display the programmed name of the devices provided that already assigned DALI devices are not hidden Activating the checkbox D allows optional activation of the compatibility mode of the DALI commissioning This means that the commissioning process becomes distinctly more tolerant towards specific DALI commissioning parameters whereby operating devices not fully compliant with the DALI specification can be commissioned possibly subject to functional restrictions see page 152 153 Using the buttons in the control panel E it is possible to identify devices selected in the panes A and B in the DALI system These operating devices can be made to switch on switch off and flash cyclical ON and OFF It is also possible to rename devices In addition a special identification function is available for emergency lights Single battery operated DALI emergency lights are not usually designed for simple lighting operation For this reason such Page 143 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eelectron Functional description lights to not respond to the commands to switch the lighting on and off as used by the buttons On Off and Flash device The commi
246. le to include lights or light groups in the effect control of the DALI Gateway Up to 16 effects are available here each with up to 16 effect steps Each effect step represents an individual light scene Time controlled toggling of the effect steps makes the overall effect dynamic Brightness sequences can be implemented using one or more DALI groups or also using individual DALI devices or scenes Up to 15 effect steps can be created for each effect as necessary The last step of an effect is always the stop step in the configuration This is only executed when the effect is stopped automatically after the number of run throughs ETS parameter has been reached or the user performs the Stop command via communication objects A new effect step can be added by selecting an effect parameter node in the tree view and then executing the New command in the Page 205 of 218 QOeelectron Number of run throughs 0 1 500 1 500 0 infinite Od Effects gt x Effect gt y Step Behaviour when jumping to recalling the effect step dimming to 0 7 s dimming to 1 0 s dimming to 1 4 s dimming to 2 0 s dimming to 2 8 s dimming to 4 0 s dimming to 5 7 s dimming to 8 0 s dimming to 11 3 s dimming to 16 0 s dimming to 22 5s dimming to 32 0 s dimming to 45 3 s dimming to 64 0 s dimming to 90 5 s Delay until next step 00 00 0 00 10 0 59 59 9 mm ss 100ms Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters con
247. li The disabling initiated locally has the highest priority Thus all other functions of the Gateway that can be activated via the bus e g emergency operation forced position or disabling function are overridden Depending on the configuration of the Gateway in the ETS the groups and single devices will be set to the state last adjusted in manual operation or to the state internally tracked direct operation emergency operation forced position disabling when permanent manual operation is disabled and subsequently switched off li Any disabling of the bus control activated locally is not reset in case of bus voltage failure or return A failure of the supply voltage mains voltage failure or an ETS programming operation always deactivates disabling of the bus control DALI device replacement After starting the automatic device replacement the DALI Gateway is able to check the completeness of the previously operated DALI operating devices If for example a defective DALI electronic ballast was removed by an installation engineer and replaced by a new one the DALI Gateway is able to program the new electronic ballast with the programming data of the failed electronic ballast This makes it possible to replace a failed DALI operating device by a simple operation on the device and without any configuration work in the ETS Activation of the automatic device replacement and the steps necessary to perform the replacement operation are descri
248. lically as an option in addition to transmission when the object value changes although this is only possible if the delay times and thus the standby switch off are not used The parameter Cyclical transmission of feedback telegram then specifies if cyclical transmission is enabled or not If enabled the parameter Time for cyclical transmission on the same parameter page will define the cycle time li After a device reset mains voltage failure and return on Gateway ETS programming operation the groups and devices set themselves to the specified behaviour after initialisation parameter Behaviour after bus voltage return or KNX telegram If an active switch off or switch on occurs on a brightness value the Gateway will also transmit global status feedback according to the current state possibly after a delay Page 74 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec ron Functional description 4 2 4 2 5 Manual operation The DALI Gateway offers manual operation for all the available DALI groups and single devices The button field with 4 function keys and 3 status LEDs on the front panel of the device can be used for setting the following modes of operation Bus control operation from touch sensors or other bus devices Temporary manual control manual control locally with keypad automatic return to bus control Permanent manual control local manual control with keypad The operation of the function keys the
249. ling function is not executed again i Automatic device replacement can also be executed when manual operation is disabled Page 78 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Oeelectron Functional description 4 2 4 2 6 Central function Central function The Gateway offers the possibility of linking selected individual or all groups and single devices with a 1 bit central communication object The behaviour in case of activation via the central function is comparable to a central group address linked with all Switching objects The groups and single devices assigned to the central function are activated in accordance with the central object value received The polarity of the central telegram can be configured as inverted The behaviour of the groups and devices is identical to the normal control via the Switch objects same priority last switching command is executed Thus all downstream functions such as timing supplementary functions are also taken into account Enabling the central function Enable the central function on parameter page General by setting the Central function to Yes If a function is active the Central function for groups and devices communication object is visible Assigning groups and single devices to the central function Each DALI group and each planned single device can be assigned to the central function independently The central function must have been enabled on parameter pa
250. llective 4 byte 27 001 C T feedback single R devices33 48 4 byte object for collective feedback of individual switching states The collective feedback summarises the switching status of the DALI single devices 33 48 in just one telegram The object contains bit orientated feedback information of these single devices This object is only visible if the addressing type set in the ETS allows for single Description device control Function Collective feedback Object Function Od 1537 Feedback switching status Name Type DPT Flag Collective 4 byte 27 001 C T feedback single R devices49 64 4 byte object for collective feedback of individual switching states The collective feedback summarises the switching status of the DALI single devices 49 64 in just one telegram The object contains bit orientated feedback information of these single devices This object is only visible if the addressing type set in the ETS allows for single Description device control Function DALI function monitoring Object Function Od 1543 Feedback Description Name Type DPT Flag Error status per 1 byte 238 600 C W T DALI operating R 3 device 1 byte object to transmit and read out the error status of individual DALI operating devices connected to the system The following bit assignment is used Bit 0 5 Number of the DALI operating device 0 63 Bit 6 Lamp error O No error 1 Error Bit 7 Ele
251. ly configured in the parameter node General gt Status and feedback After initialisation the 1 byte error status is generally transmitted without a delay As soon as an error is detected on a DALI operating device during the cyclical status poll the DALI Gateway will transmit a feedback telegram with the appropriate electronic ballast group number to the KNX As soon as the error has been eliminated the DALI Gateway detects the error elimination provided that the operating power supply to the Gateway was not interrupted and accordingly transmits a feedback telegram No error to the KNX Should multiple errors have been identified on various electronic ballasts these will not be retransmitted to the KNX when a device or lamp error is eliminated The transmission of a feedback telegram related to a DALI operating device or a group will thus only take place once after determination of the error In the case of active telegram transmission if an error has been identified only the error status for an individual electronic ballast is generally transmitted and not for a group provided that the appropriate electronic ballast is also assigned to a group An error saved in the DALI Gateway is lost when the mains voltage fails For this reason after an error has been eliminated by switching the mains voltage off on the DALI Gateway and switching it back on again no feedback is transmitted The DALI Gateway initialises after switching on t
252. m brightness During editing of the maximum brightness the ETS plug in checks all the configured brightness values of the group or the single device e g switch on brightness scene values to see if the values exceed the maximum brightness If this is the case the plug in will signal a value conflict and offer the following selection the brightness values can be adjusted to the maximum brightness or the maximum brightness setting is reset to its original value If values are received by the brightness value object and are greater than the configured maximum brightness then the Gateway will set the maximum brightness as the new brightness value for the group or single device concerned Setting the switch on brightness The switch on brightness can be set separately for each DALI group and each single device Set the Switch on brightness parameter in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast to Brightness value In the selection box configure the necessary brightness value The set brightness is set after receipt of an ON telegram via the Switching communication object or after receipt of a central telegram with the polarity Activated by the assigned operating devices Set the parameter Switch on brightness to Memory value brightness before switching off last time On switch on the active and internally saved brightness v
253. manually by the user or after a device reset there are different behaviours after a restart depending on the principle of the value specification Preset as parameter The counter elapses immediately after a counter restart Preset via object A counter restart will be ignored to avoid an undesired reset e g after installation of the devices with hours already being counted by manual operation A limiting or start value greater than 0 must be predefined in order to perform the restart Setting the transmission behaviour The current value of the operating hours counter is always tracked in the communication object OHC value After bus voltage return or after an ETS programming operation the Gateway passively updates the OHC value communication object in each DALI group or single device The object value can be read out if the read flag is set In addition the transmission behaviour of this communication object can be set Page 112 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOO0P01DAL QDeelectron Functional description Enable the Operating hours counter function in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Operating hours counter or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Operating hours in order for the required communication objects and parameters to be visible Set the parameter Automatic transmission of counting value to After change by interval value Confi
254. ment The scene orientated test environment then opens Figure 74 Not only the groups and single devices integrated into the scenes can be tested in the scene test Of more importance is the fact that a scene definition is also possible through reading out and saving scene values Test patracenes i a x Scene 1 Scene Recall scene Save scene KNX number of the scene 1 64 1 Read out brightness values Groups 1 16 Groups 17 32 Single devices 1 16 Single devices 17 32 Single devices 33 48 Single devices 49 64 1 Group Brightness valud 50 x 9 Group Brightness valud 7 2 Group Brightness valu 75 Yo x 10 Group Brightness valud z 3 Group Brightness valud100 Ba 11 Group Brightness valud z 4 Group Brightness vad 2 Grou Brightne alud z 5 Group Brightness v z 13 Grou Brightness dud ov 6 Group Brightness vid z 14 Group Brightness vid zl 7 Group Brightness valud z 15 Grou Brightness valud z 6 Group Brightness valud E ral q e Figure 74 Scene orientated DALI test environment as an example with Scene 1 with three created groups The scene to be tested must first be selected To do this select one of the scenes created in the device configuration in the Scene selection box After selecting the scene the assigned groups and single devices can be edited For reasons of clarity the possible groups 1 32 and single devices 1 64 are spread
255. mergency operation is activated by the Gateway It instigates all the appropriate actions on the KNX and the DALI page Identification of a mains failure as the cause of emergency operation can take place in different ways Either the Gateway automatically identifies whether mains voltage is present or not using the diagnosis of the DALI operating devices This is possible through contacting and reading out all commissioned DALI devices If a number of these devices specified by the programmer do not respond the Gateway will assume that the mains voltage has failed In addition or alternatively a KNX telegram can inform the Gateway that emergency operation is to be activated This is useful for example when a KNX binary input is monitoring the mains voltage and transmits a message telegram if there is a mains failure In this application the DALI cable may not be disconnected or enabled anywhere no use of DALI junctions or similar DALI communication must be possible without interruptions The brightness value for emergency operation which can be set if configurable for each group or each single device in the Gateway is also entered into the DALI operating devices as the System Failure Level If the mains voltage supply of the DALI Gateway should fail and consequently the DALI voltage the operating devices affected will also set themselves to this brightness value Ey Je AC 230 V AC DC 230 V KNX system DALI gateway emerge
256. meter setting Page 75 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eeleciron Functional description Presetting the behaviour at the beginning and at the end of manual control The manual control distinguishes the temporary and permanent manual control The behaviour is different depending on these modes of operation especially at the end of manual control It should be noted that bus operation i e control of the DALI groups and single devices by direct operation switching dimming brightness value scenes central or by the disabling or forced position functions is always disabled during activated manual operation This means that the manual control mode has the highest priority Behaviour at the beginning of manual control The behaviour at the beginning of manual control does not differ for temporary and permanent manual control During activation of the manual operation the brightness statuses of the DALI groups and single devices remain unchanged Flashing feature during disabling function The flashing of a disabling function is interrupted at the beginning of the manual operation The brightness remains at the most recently set flash state ON or OFF The switching status is indicated as ON Active forced position functions or disabling functions can be overridden by manual control These functions are reactivated after deactivation of the manual mode unless they have been cancelled in the meantime Behaviour at the end
257. meterized shutoff brightness and once the brightness has been set to constant the DALI group or the single device switches off or alternatively starts the delay until switching off The parameter selection is restricted to the limits of the minimum and maximum brightness Setting the delay of the switch off function A time delay can be activated before the switch off function switches off automatically after undershooting the switch off brightness at the end of a dimming procedure The time delay can optionally be enabled separately for each DALI group and each single device The switch off function must be enabled Set the parameter Delay until switching off in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Dimming or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Dimming to yes Configure the parameter Delay until switching off to the required time Once a dimming procedure causes a value to fall below the parameterized shutoff brightness and once the brightness has been set to constant the DALI Gateway triggers the delay time The DALI Group or the single device concerned switches off for good once the delay time has elapsed The delay time can be re triggered by further dimming procedures Page 97 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOO0P01DAL QOeelectron Functional description 4 2 4 3 7 Switch on and switch off behaviour Time delays Up to two time functions can be preset independ
258. mped to the dimming procedure on DALI operating devices always takes a very short time as well as when switching without soft ON or soft OFF This dimming procedure is dependent on the system The brightness value jumped to will be dimmed to within 0 7 seconds short fading This time cannot be altered On the DALI Gateway it is possible that the setting of a dimming time for relative dimming or absolute dimming with dimming to the brightness values can take place for the entire brightness range of the system Figure 36 The time entered in the ETS defines the maximum length for the logarithmic dimming usual in the DALI system over the entire brightness range of 0 to 100 The dimming step times can be derived from the configured times Page 93 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description Examples Configured time for relative dimming 10 seconds set brightness value 50 gt relative dimming from 50 to 100 gt the dimming operation takes 5 seconds Configured time for absolute dimming 20 seconds set brightness value 25 gt absolute dimming from 25 to 100 gt the dimming operation takes 15 seconds li When the dimming times are configured the dimming time is always defined for the entire brightness range 0 100 A minimum or maximum brightness configured in the ETS does not limit the dimming times but only specifies the dimmable range 100 90 4 DS Oe a E
259. mplate in XML format Print function to create a configuration report overview of group assignment or entire device configuration Page 22 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ce ec aca ICOOP01DAL Notes on software 4 2 2 Notes on software ETS project design and commissioning We recommend using ETS4 1 7 or a more recent version of ETS for programming and commissioning of this device Programming and commissioning of the device using ETS3 of version d or higher is also possible Each language variant has its own version of the application program for example Version 1 1 German 1 2 English Safe state mode If the device for instance as a result of errors in the project design or during commissioning does not work properly the execution of the loaded application program can be halted by activating the safe state mode The safe state mode does not permit control of the DALI operating devices via the KNX Only broadcast manual operation can be activated The Gateway remains passive in safe state mode since the application program is not being executed state of execution terminated Only the system software is still functional so that the ETS diagnosis functions and also programming of the device continue to be possible Activating the safe state mode Switch off the mains voltage supply Wait about one minute Press and hold down the programming button a Switch on the mains supply Release the programming button o
260. munication objects of the Gateway are initialised with 0 after a programming operation In this case the switching status or brightness value feedback only corresponds to the true brightness state when the group or the single device have been controlled at least once via the bus or by manual operation In this setting feedback objects set as actively transmitting do not transmit a telegram An active manual mode will be terminated by an ETS programming operation After an ETS programming operation the disabling functions and the forced positions are always deactivated After an ETS programming operation the DALI Gateway initialises itself and configures the connected operating devices with the configuration data via the DALI cable For this reason the entire DALI system must be connected and fully switched on after an ETS programming operation If in this situation there is an error on the DALI cable e g short circuit cable break then the DALI configuration cannot be executed The error must then be eliminated and ETS programming restarted During the configuration operation is displayed in the 7 segment display on the front panel of the device If KNX telegrams for groups or single devices are received during Gateway initialisation then the device will perform the most recently specified command and not the configured behaviour after an ETS programming operation E bl Ie be Setting the behaviour in case of bus
261. n configuration of the copied step into another step This function can be used for example to transport existing step configurations into other steps after new steps have been added thereby changing the sequence of the light scene Created effects and effect steps can be deleted at any time by selecting the appropriate parameter node in the tree structure and executing the Delete command of the context menu In addition a parameter can be used to assign a name to each effect It is possible to change a name at a later date using the parameter configuration or alternatively by using the Rename command in the context menu We recommend labelling each effect clearly by giving ita name e g Effect window Effect entrance area etc The name may be a maximum of 28 characters and may contain alphanumeric and special characters Each effect receives a unique number 1 16 which is shown in square brackets before the name This number is only a label within the ETS plug in in order to distinguish clearly between the individual effects even if they have the same name In addition effects possess KNX numbers 1 64 These KNX numbers can be used to start and stop the effects using the extension object Effect numbers do not have to be identical to KNX extension numbers The KNX numbers are configured individually KNX numbers must be unique It is not possible to assign the same KNX numbers to multiple effects In the case of effect ste
262. n Collective feedback Object Function Od 1534 Feedback switching status Name Collective feedback single devices1 16 Type DPT Flag 4byte 27 001 C T R 4 byte object for collective feedback of individual switching states The collective feedback summarises the switching status of the DALI single devices 1 16 in just one telegram The object contains bit orientated feedback information of these single devices This object is only visible if the addressing type set in the ETS allows for single Description device control Function Collective feedback Object Function Od 1535 Feedback switching status Description Name Collective feedback single devices17 32 Type DPT Flag 4 byte 27 001 C T R 4 byte object for collective feedback of individual switching states The collective feedback summarises the switching states of the DALI single devices 17 32 in just one telegram The object contains bit orientated feedback information of these single devices This object is only visible if the addressing type set in the ETS allows for single device control 1 The communication flags are set automatically depending on the configuration T flag for active object R flat for passive object Page 33 of 218 QDeeleciron Function Object Function Od 1536 Feedback switching status Collective feedback Software DALI Gateway ICOOPO1DAL Object table Name Type DPT Flag Co
263. n e g in large DALI systems quickly and without much work Copying and insertion into existing nodes can be performed in the same way for single devices i Itis possible to copy a group and insert it into the parameter node of a single device For this the configuration of the group is applied to the single device It is also possible to copy single devices and insert them onto group nodes Only the parameters supported by the target node are copied Created groups or single devices can be deleted at any time by selecting the appropriate parameter node in the tree structure and executing the Delete command of the context menu Note that at least one group and or single device must always have been created In addition a parameter can be used to assign a name to each group and each single device It is possible to change a name at a later date using the parameter configuration or alternatively by using the Rename command in the context menu We recommend labelling each group and each single device clearly by giving it a name e g Light strip window south Sports office central etc The name may be a maximum of 28 characters and may contain alphanumeric and special characters Each DALI group receives a unique group number 1 32 which is shown in square brackets before the group name In the case of single devices the DALI short address 1 64 is Page 54 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eeleciron Functional des
264. n is available separately for each group or each single device in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast This parameter can be used to configure the brightness behaviour irrespective of the behaviour after a bus or mains voltage return Set the parameter to No change After an ETS programming operation the assigned DALI operating devices show no response and remain in the currently set brightness value or are switched off Set the parameter to switch off The DALI operating devices are switched off by the ETS after a programming operation Set the parameter to Brightness value In the selection box configure the necessary brightness value The DALI operating devices are set to the predefined brightness value in the selection box next to the parameter The selection of the settable value is limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness i The configured behaviour will be executed after every application or parameter download by the ETS A simple download of the physical address alone or partial programming of only the group addresses has the effect that this parameter is disregarded and that the configured Behaviour after bus voltage return will be executed instead An ETS programming operation can only be executed if the mains voltage supply of the DALI Gateway is switched on In the No change setting The com
265. n case of bus voltage failure The group or the single device is switched off The group or the single device is set to the predefined brightness value in the selection box next to the parameter The selection of the settable value is limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness If there is a bus voltage failure the DALI operating devices of the group or the single device show no response and remain in the currently set brightness state The Gateway permits setting of the brightness value after bus or mains voltage return separately for each DALI group The group or the single device is switched off Page 183 of 218 eelectron Supplementary function type Polarity of the disabling object Behaviour at the beginning of the disabling function Brightness value before bus voltage failure no change Start staircase function No supplementary function Disabling function Forced position function 0 enabled 1 disabled 1 enabled 0 disabled switch off Brightness value no change Memory val brightn bef switch off last time Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters The group or the single device is set to the predefined brightness value in the selection box next to the parameter The selection of the settable value is limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness After bus or mains voltage return the brightness value set most recently bef
266. n installation engineer and replaced by a new one the DALI Gateway is able to program the new electronic ballast with the programming data of the Page 17 of 218 eelectron Installation electrical connection and operation failed electronic ballast This offers the option of replacing a failed DALI operating device through simple operation on the device and without configuration work in the ETS The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS Automatic device replacement must be enabled in the ETS Ensure that the bus and mains voltage also to all DALI operating devices is switched on It is important that the DALI system has been fully commissioned with DALI commissioning Only one DALI operating device may fail and be replaced The device must be in bus operation no manual operation active Press the amp and ALL OFF buttons simultaneously for approx 10 seconds Automatic device replacement is activated The length of the operation is dependent on the number of DALI operating devices in the system During device replacement the 7 segment display signals LE Learn The display goes out after a successful replacement operation During device replacement all the other functions of the DALI Gateway are stopped During device replacement the Gateway tracks all the received bus states and evaluates the most recently tracked values switching dimming brightness value scenes effects central function force
267. n page Pressing the buttons Groups Single devices in the scene configuration window changes between the page views Scenes can also be used for a master control broadcast Only one brightness value can ever be assigned to each scene Activate the checkbox of the DALI groups and single devices which are to be assigned to the selected scene The activated groups and single devices are assigned to the scene The parameters of the scene brightness value and the scene memory function are enabled Page 115 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOO0P01DAL Fev N e mova Functional description li DALI groups or single devices integrated in centrally supplied emergency lighting operation or single devices corresponding to the DALI device type Emergency light single battery operated cannot be assigned to any scenes Assignments to scenes are lost if the integration of groups or devices takes place later in emergency operation In these cases the ETS plug in warns of losing assignments Setting scene brightness values For each DALI group integrated in a scene for each integrated single device and for each scene it is necessary to specify which brightness value is to be set when a scene is recalled A group or a single device must be assigned to a scene in order to be able to edit the scene brightness value Inthe parameter node Scenes gt x Scene name specify the necessary scene brightness value for each DALI g
268. n this case identified as elapsed i e if the object value is a 1 an additional telegram will be actively transmitted to the bus as soon as the parameterized transmit delay has elapsed after bus voltage return If the counter has not yet elapsed object value 0 no telegram is transmitted on return of bus mains voltage or after an ETS programming operation li With a limiting or start value preset via object The values received via the object are first validly accepted and permanently saved internally after a restart of the operating hours counter The object is initialised immediately with the value that was last saved before bus voltage return or ETS programming The values received will be lost in the case of a bus voltage failure or by an ETS download if no counter restart was executed before For this reason when specifying a new start or limiting value it is advisable to always execute a counter restart afterwards as well A standard value of 65 535 is predefined provided that no limiting value or start value has been received yet via the object The values received and stored via the object are reset to the standard value if the operating hours counter is deactivated in the parameters of the ETS and an ETS programming operation is being performed li With a limiting or start value predefined via object If the start or limiting value is predefined with 0 the actuator will ignore a counter restart to avoid an undesired reset e g in
269. n through 1 run through 2 shorten step 1 step 2 step 3 step 1 step 2 stop t Figure 53 Example of an effect sequence with manual stop here 3 effect steps run through 2 is stopped early li Retriggering of an effect multiple starting shows no reaction The effect continues normally An effect must first be stopped in order to restart it in a defined manner at Step As i Itis possible to run through multiple effects simultaneously If the same groups single devices or scenes are integrated into effects running simultaneously then the effects influence each other In order to achieve a tidy fault free effect run through always try to avoid running through effects with the same assignments simultaneously The priority of the effect function over the disabling or forced position functions of a group ora single device can be configured separately for each effect Thus it is possible for an effect recall to override a disabling or forced position function An effect can have a lower priority meaning that disabling functions or forced positions cannot be overridden by a effect recall Setting a KNX effect number Just like scenes effects possess KNX numbers 1 64 These KNX numbers can be used to start and also stop individual effects using the extension object of the effect function The KNX numbers are configured individually for each effect KNX numbers must be unique It is not possible to assign the same KNX numbers to mult
270. n time of the staircase function 1 switch on 0 switch off Function Staircase function Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od ee Staircase time Group 1 32 1 byte 5 010 C W R 4494 Factor Single device 2 1 64 Description 1 byte object to specify a time factor for the switch on time of the staircase function value range 0 255 Function Operating hours counter Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Oa PE OHC start limiting value 3 Group 1 32 2 byte 7 007 C W R 4405 Single device 2 1 64 Description 2 byte object for external specification of a limit value starting value of the operating hours counter value range 0 65535 Function Operating hours counter Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Ael ae OHC restart Group 1 32 1 bit 1 015 C W R 1496 Single device 2 1 64 Description 1 bit object for resetting the operating hours counter 1 restart 0 no reaction 1 The communication flags are set automatically depending on the configuration T flag for active object R flat for passive object 2 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus will be read 3 Threshold value object or start value object depending on the configured counter type of the operating hours counter Page 25 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeieciron ICOOP01DAL Object table Function Operating hours counter Object Function Name Type DPT Flag per OHC
271. nce the device is completely reconfigured At the end of DALI commissioning the commissioning parameters identified operating devices with long and short address names of the operating devices group device assignment and device type are written to the ETS database and are thus saved The saved data Is displayed when the commissioning environment is started During initial commissioning no DALI operating devices are displayed in the right hand window area B Figure 60 To continue commissioning the operating devices connected to the DALI cable must first be searched for The DALI system must be fully connected and switched on without interruptions in order for the DALI Gateway to be able to find and identify all the connected DALI operating devices during the device search In addition the mains voltage supply of the DALI Gateway must be switched on Click the Search for devices button in the commissioning environment The DALI Gateway searches for available DALI operating devices In so doing the Gateway scans the DALI cable in stages and identifies the connected devices successively Depending on the number of connected electronic ballasts the search operation may take some time During the search operation the plug in displays the progress of the search Figure 61 i During the search operation the Gateway tells the DALI operating devices to create a random long address internally This only takes place for devices which were
272. ncy lights v vV V Figure 19 Example of a central supply DALI operating devices KNX system and DALI Gateway integrated into the emergency power supply Page 49 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOO0PO1DAL eeleciron Functional description Single battery operated DALI emergency lights Single battery operated DALI emergency lights are independently functioning lights with integrated supply battery and DALI ballast If there is fault free mains operation the light is supply by mains voltage and the battery charged permanently If the mains fails the ballast switches to the battery supply As a result the battery then assumes the supply of the light for a specific time at maximum battery power and charging usually between 1 and 3 hours depending on the type There are different types of DALI emergency lights with single battery supply This means that there are operating devices intended solely for emergency light applications when the mains voltage fails and which thus switch on the light only during faults readiness This type of emergency light is described by the DALI device type Emergency light single battery operated and is not suitable for standard lighting applications Other single battery operated emergency lights contain two DALI ballasts Here one ballast together with a battery performs the emergency light function The other ballast is intended for standard lighting operation when mains voltage is pre
273. ndependently of the parameter Staircase time retriggerable the staircase time anew Even during the pre warning time the parameter reaction to OFF telegram is evaluated so that a pre warning in progress can be terminated early by switching off i Using the automatic switch off function The reduced brightness of the pre warning does not start the switch off function after reaching or undershooting the switch off brightness Setting continuous lighting of the staircase function At the end of the switch on time of the staircase function the Gateway shows the Reaction at the end of the staircase time configured in the ETS for the appropriate DALI group or the single device The DALI group or the single device can be set to switch off immediately alternatively to execute a pre warning function or to dim to the reduced continuous lighting The reduction of the lighting to continuous lighting after the staircase time has elapsed is appropriate for example if a certain degree of artificial light should be switched on permanently in long dark hallways Switching to switch on brightness by activating the staircase function normally takes place by additional presence detectors or motion detectors when people are present in the hallway If the parameter Reaction at the end of the staircase time is configured to Activate reduced continuous lighting the brightness for the continuous lighting can be configured The continuous brightness is n
274. nent manual control Permanent manual control is active Press amp button for at least 5 seconds or Switch the mains power supply off or reset the bus bas voltage return Permanent manual operation is terminated The Status LED amp and the 7 segment display goes out Page 16 of 218 Qeeleciron Installation electrical connection and operation i Depending on the configuration of the Gateway in the ETS the groups and single devices will be set to the state last adjusted in the manual mode or to the brightness value internally tracked direct operation forced position disabling function when the permanent manual mode is shut off Operating DALI groups or single devices in manual mode The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS Manual control permanent or temporary is activated Select the desired group Press the button briefly if necessary repeatedly The 7 segment display shows the number of the selected DALI group or the number of the selected single device The Status LEDs ON A 1 100 or OFF W 0 in the button field show the switching state Operate the group or single device by pressing the ON A button or OFF button Short switch on off Long dim brighter darker Long and release Stop dimming The selected DALI group or the single device executes the corresponding commands immediately Switch off all groups and single devices Permanent manual control is act
275. nes which are to be assigned to the selected effect step The activated groups single devices and scenes are assigned to the effect step The parameters of the brightness values are enabled li Assigned single devices are contacted in turn by the effect controller because the devices are addressed individually using their short address This slows down processing of an effect step In addition this influences the processing time of an effect step if the dimming behaviour allows for dimming times other than the standard 0 7 seconds The more groups or single devices are assigned to an effect step the slower the effect step editing will be The Delay until next step is only started when the last assignment of an effect step has been processed When a scene is recalled the slowing effect from the addressing type does not noticeably occur For this reason we recommend integrating devices if at all possible into scenes and assigning them to the effect controller Only groups single devices or scenes whose brightness value are to be changed by an effect step should ever be assigned to that step Page 124 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description i If several identical DALI operating devices are integrated into an effect step for example due to redundant integration via groups and scenes the brightness commands are evaluated and set using a fixed priority The group brightness value specified
276. network through suitable KNX components 1 Emergency operation active 0 Emergency operation inactive To allow telegram transmission and evaluation the KNX system and the mains power supplies of the DALI Gateway must be integrated in the central emergency power supply This object is only visible if a central emergency power supply is configured Function Emergency lighting Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od 1542 Feedback emerg lights Emergency 1 bit 1 002 C T overall lighting R Description The DALI Gateway uses this 1 bit object to signalise the complete status of all DALI lights integrated into emergency operation single battery operated or centrally supplied If the Gateway only detects a malfunction of only one operating device or of multiple operating devices it will set the object value to 1 Otherwise error free system the object value is set to 0 This allows the central display of the complete status of a DALI emergency lighting system e g on a KNX visualisation meaning that further analyses e g evaluation of the error statuses or the test results can be carried out The test result of the function continuous operation and battery tests is used to identify an error for single battery operated emergency lights The identification is supplemented by the evaluation of the DALI error status always for centrally supplied DALI operating devices An error is also present when the Gateway can no lon
277. ng A group or a single device must be assigned to a scene in order to be able to edit the scene saving behaviour Inthe parameter node Scenes gt x Scene name activate the Save checkbox for the DALI groups and single devices which are to react to the memory function Figure 50 The memory function is activated for the affected DALI group or single device The current brightness value is stored internally via the extension object on receipt of a storage telegram Inthe parameter node Scenes gt x Scene name deactivate the Save checkbox for the DALI groups and single devices which are not to react to the memory function The memory function is deactivated for the affected DALI group or single device A storage telegram received via the extension object will be rejected i During a save operation scene brightness values are saved to internal non volatile memory in the DALI Gateway thus overwriting the value of a group or single device most recently programmed by the ETS The brightness values configured in the ETS are only applied again to the DALI Gateway during an ETS programming operation when the parameter Overwrite scene values during ETS download is set to yes Page 116 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description i Irrespective of the set priority for the entire scene no new scene values are ever saved if disabling or a forced position is active for individual group
278. ng Interface lighting system The DALI Gateway allows the switching and dimming of a maximum of 64 lights with a DALI operating device e g electronic ballast Up to 6 different addressing types of the DALI Gateway allow group orientated and individually address control of DALI lights via KNX telegrams This allows the integration of room specific light control for example of open plan offices multipurpose spaces production facilities training and presentation rooms or showcases into the higher level KNX building management Depending on the configuration up to 32 independent DALI groups are available for group addressing For alternative control these can be supplemented with 64 individually addressable DALI device channels as necessary Optionally master control of all connected DALI components is possible broadcast This means that there is no need to commission DALI meaning that lighting systems with few functions can be started up quickly and easily simplified configuration without DALI commissioning Lights or light groups can optionally be integrated in up to 16 scenes meaning that preprogrammed static light scenes can be recalled If necessary the brightness values of the scenes can be individually adapted and saved during device operation allowing the user to replace the presettings of the ETS In particular for the implementation of dynamic light scenes it is possible to include lights or light groups in the effect contro
279. ngs are lost In addition previously set DALI commissioning parameters are not applied to the ETS database However previously performed DALI commissioning remains in the DALI operating devices This can lead to cancellation operations or data incompatibility An information message warns the ETS user preventing mistaken program cancellations When pressed the Standard button resets all the parameters of the DALI Gateway to the standard values supplied by the manufacturer in the product database Any changes to the parameter settings deviating from the standard specifications are lost Any created groups and devices will be deleted The DALI commissioning parameters are also affected Assignments of DALI operating devices to groups or single devices are lost However previously performed DALI commissioning remains in the DALI operating devices For this reason when resetting to standard parameters also perform a reset of the connected DALI subscribers or commissioning with a new group assignment When pressed the Help button opens this product documentation of the DALI Gateway as online help Page 53 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec ron Functional description Creating DALI groups or single devices Depending on the addressing type configuration up to 32 DALI groups are available for group addressing For alternative control these can be supplemented with 64 individually addressable DALI device channels as necessary DAL
280. nication objects If the soft ON function is activated a dimming procedure is executed until the switch on brightness when switching on This also occurs if the DALI group of the single device is already switched on to a brightness value smaller than switch on brightness Likewise with the soft OFF function a dimming procedure is executed to 0 brightness after receipt of an OFF telegram Figure 38 Page 98 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description The dimming speeds can be configured separately in the ETS plug in for the soft ON and soft OFF function Just as with relative or absolute dimming the dimming time is specified for the entire brightness range and thus for a brightness change from 0 to 100 The DALI Gateway uses the stated dimming time to calculate the dimming speed for a dimming step of the soft functions The soft ON or soft OFF functions are not retriggerable by the receipt of further switching telegrams while maintaining the switching status The soft functions can be activated and configured separately in the ETS plug in J 100 Brigh lue cis Laas gh OFF Switch on brightness 90 7 Switch on rotation speed Ue pee BA Se eu ape ee Ai cate ee ae i 50 7 40 30 7 20 7 Soft OFF 10 7 0 Time gt Feedback ON Switching status OFF gt Time gt Figure 38 Dimming behaviour of the soft ON OFF functions with minimum brig
281. nly after the programming LED starts flashing slowly The safe state mode is activated The safe state mode can be terminated by switching off the mains voltage supply again wait approx one minute or by programming with the ETS The bus voltage does not have to be switched on to activate safe state mode Even in safe state mode a brief press of the programming button can switch the programming mode on and off as usual The programming LED then stops flashing even though safe state mode is still active Safe state mode must also first be exited in order to restore normal operation of the DALI Gateway H Hie Unloading the application program The application program can be unloaded with the ETS In this case only broadcast manual operation of the connected DALI operating devices is possible Page 23 of 218 QOeelectron 4 2 3 Object table Number of communication objects Number of addresses max Number of assignments max Software DALI Gateway ICOOPO1DAL Object table 1544 1544 1544 4 2 3 1 Objects for group and single devices Function Switching Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od doz Switching Group 1 32 1 bit 1 001 C W R 4488 Single device 1 1 64 Description 1 bit object for switching on or off 1 switch on 0 switch off Function Output relative dimming Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od aes Dimming Group 1 32 4 bit 3 007 C W R 1489 Single device 1 1 6
282. ns voltage to switch on at the operating brightness The delay time means that DALI emergency lights are only switched off or switched to normal operation when the standard lighting is ready for operation The parameter Delay time at the end of emergency operation defines the period of time from the identification of the return of mains voltage until the actual deactivation of emergency operation In the 00 00 setting emergency operation is deactivated without a delay li If the mains voltage fails again during a delay or an external message telegram forces the Gateway into emergency operation emergency operation will remain activated without interruption Feedback emergency operation The DALI Gateway is able to make the state of emergency operation available on the KNX in the form of 1 bit feedback via the object Feedback emergency operation status This allows other KNX bus devices to be informed about emergency operation in order to control displays for users e g in a visualisation or to carry out further actions e g remote forwarding via the telephone or IP data network through suitable KNX components If emergency operation is activated the Gateway sets the object value to 1 Otherwise emergency operation deactivated the object value is set to 0 If the feedback function is to be used it must be enabled in the parameter node Emergency lights gt Centrally supplied gt Emergency lights amp KNX system amp DALI
283. ns of the DALI short address 1 64 contained in the devices This means that electronic ballasts can be commissioned without accessing long addresses After completion of the search operation all the identified operating devices both old and new are listed in the right hand pane of the commissioning environment Figure 62 Search devices S Number of electronic ballasts Found 36 Of these newly found 0 GHGGEREoE Figure 61 Example of search progress during a DALI operating device search Existing DALI devices Search devices ae Electron Ballast for fluorescen _ Electron Ballast for Fluorescen Electron Ballast for Fluorescen Electron Ballast for Fluorescen Electron Ballast for Fluorescen Electron Ballast for Fluorescen Electron Ballast for Fluorescen Electron Ballast for Fluorescen Electron Ballast for Fluorescen Electron Ballast for Fluorescen Electron Ballast for Fluorescen Electron Ballast For Fluorescen Electron Emergency light singl J Compatibility mode for DALI commissioning Figure 62 Example of a device list after a search operation Page 145 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eelectron Functional description li An error on the DALI cable is not detected by the DALI Gateway during a device search In the case of a short circuit for example the Gateway attempts cyclically to set up DALI communication As this
284. ns voltage supply of all the DALI operating devices If the global switching status in this application is 0 the delayed telegram to the actuator will disconnect all the DALI operating devices not the DALI Gateway from the network saving electrical energy Page 175 of 218 Fev N e mov Delay time 00 00 00 05 59 59 mm ss Delay until restart of the no DALI devices yes Delay time 00 10 59 ss Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters This parameter is only visible if feedback of the global switching status is enabled The delay time for the transmission of an object value 0 OFF after a state change of the feedback is defined here This parameter is only visible when until activation of the standby switch off sending the feedback is enabled When using feedback for standby switch off the mains voltage is switched on automatically with the feedback telegram 1 ON as soon as the Gateway is to switch on at least one operating device by DALI command The time between the transmission of this feedback switching on the mains voltage and the transmission of the DALI command can be delayed optionally using this parameter This gives the DALI operating devices sufficient time after the return of the mains voltage to initialise themselves in order to be able to react properly to the commands of the Gateway This parameter is only visible if feedback of the global switching status is ena
285. nstalled and fitted by electrically skilled persons The applicable accident prevention regulations must be observed Failure to observe the instructions may cause damage to the device and result in fire and other hazards Before working on the device or exchanging the connected DALI operating devices disconnect it from the power supply switch off the miniature circuit breaker otherwise there is the risk of an electric shock The device is not suitable for disconnection from supply voltage The DALI control voltage is a functional extra low voltage FELV On installing ensure safe isolation between KNX and DALI and mains voltage A minimum distance of at least 4 mm must be maintained between bus conductors and DALI mains voltage cores The device may not be opened or operated outside the technical specifications Page 6 of 218 QDeelectron 2 2 Device components Installation electrical connection and operation 3 a eo i i ONA OFF W aiD 6 o0 Oo K NX Figure 1 Device components 1 KNX connection 2 Programming button and LED red 3 Button field for manual control with status LEDs 4 DALI output dat da 5 Connection of mains voltage supply L N 6 7 segment display to show the DALI group or the single device selected by manual operation Disabled in bus operation In addition to display additional information Signals DALI commissioning phase after an
286. nt addressing types allow group orientated and individually address control of DALI lights via KNX telegrams Depending on the configuration up to 32 independent DALI groups are available for group addressing For alternative control these can be supplemented with 64 individually addressable DALI device channels as necessary Master control With master control all the connected DALI components are controlled by a broadcast command Figure 10 This means that there is no need to commission DALI meaning that lighting systems with few functions can be started up quickly and easily simplified configuration without DALI commissioning With central addressing some functions are not available no emergency lights can be contacted no error status read out no collective feedback ____ MH Figure 10 Example of a master control broadcast Only one group Page 38 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ee ec CON ICOOPO1DAL Functional description Group control 1 16 During DALI commissioning see page 140 141 or offline configuration see page 157 158 the max 64 DALI operating devices are assigned to any different groups of the P For this any number of DALI operating devices can be assigned to each group 1 16 On the DALI side addressing takes place using group addresses which the Gateway configures invisibly for the user and manages on its own During DALI commissioning the operating device
287. ntrol is then either enabled or completely disabled After return of bus voltage a disabled state that was active beforehand is always inactive when the polarity of the disabling object is non inverted i Inthe event of failure of the supply voltage mains voltage failure disabling is deactivated via the disabling object i When an active manual control is terminated by a disable the actuator will also transmit a Manual control inactive status telegram to the bus if the status messaging function is enabled i The Automatic device replacement function is not influenced by the disabling function of the manual operation Presetting the status message function for the manual control mode The DALI Gateway can transmit a status message to the bus via a separate object when the manual operation is activated or deactivated The status telegram can only be transmitted when the bus voltage is switched on The polarity of the status telegram can be parameterised The manual control mode during bus operation must be enabled Set the parameter Status manual control on parameter page Manual control to yes The status messaging function of manual control is enabled and the status object is visible Specify in the parameter Status object function and polarity whether the status telegram is generally a 1 telegram whenever the manual control mode is activated or only in those cases where the permanent manual mode is activated
288. ntrol mode no feedback telegrams are sent to the bus Other functions of the Gateway are deactivated The device can be programmed and put into operation via the ETS if the bus and mains voltage supply are connected and switched on The physical address is preset to 15 15 255 Furthermore the device has been configured at the factory with the following characteristics Manual operation broadcast Dimming speed manual operation 0 100 3 5 seconds Minimum brightness 0 1 Maximum brightness 100 Response to bus voltage failure No reaction Response to bus voltage return No reaction Response after return of the mains voltage supply on the DALI Gateway No reaction from the DALI Gateway On the return of mains voltage the DALI operating devices usually initialise themselves to the most recently programmed Power On Level i The delivery state broadcast manual operation can be restored at any time by unloading the application program using the ETS Page 166 of 218 Q eelectron 4 2 5 Parameters 4 2 5 1 General parameters Description Od General Enable DALI device replacement through manual operation Blinking rate Central function Central object polarity Use setting DALI device type Values no yes 1 sec 2 sec 5 sec 10 sec no yes 0 deactivated 1 activated 1 deactivated 0 activated no yes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL
289. o the feedback yes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters operated emergency operation is evaluated provided that these systems are intended in the configuration If the Gateway only detects a malfunction of only one operating device or of multiple operating devices it will set the object value to 1 Otherwise error free system the object value is set to 0 In the yes setting this parameter enables the complete status feedback The complete status feedback can be used as an active message object or as a passive status object As an active message object the feedback information is also directly transmitted to the bus whenever there is an update As a passive status object there is no telegram transmission after an update In this case the object value must be read out The ETS automatically sets the object communication flags required for proper functioning This parameter is only visible if complete status feedback is enabled If used as an active message object the complete status feedback state is transmitted to the bus after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS should an error be present In these cases the feedback telegram can be time delayed with the delay being preset globally for all device feedback together If a time delay is required this parameter must be set to yes Otherwise no setting transmission of the active message telegram takes place immediatel
290. o install the cap Slide the cap over the bus connecting terminal until it is heard to engage To remove the cap Remove the cap by pressing the sides slightly and by pulling it out to the front A Figure 7 Installing removing the protective cap Page 11 of 218 QOeelectron Installation electrical connection and operation 2 4 Commissioning The device can be put into operation after mounting of the device Gateway and connection of the bus line the mains supply and the DALI cables The following procedure is generally recommended A DANGER Electrical shock when live parts are touched Electrical shocks can be fatal Before working on the device disconnect the power supply and cover up live parts in the working environment Commissioning the device H Switch on the mains supply of the Gateway Switch on the bus voltage Voltage check When the programming button is pressed the red programming LED must light up Configure and program the physical address with the help of the ETS The DALI Gateway is configured using a plug in embedded in the ETS database Start the plug in open the Parameter view and configure the KNX groups cf Chapter 4 Software Description Do not carry out any DALI commissioning yet Close the plug in and download the application program using the ETS Restart the plug in open the Parameter view and carry out DALI commissioning cf Chapter 4 Software D
291. o this select one of the effects created in the device configuration in the Effect selection box After effect selection the selected effect can be started or stopped by pressing the appropriate buttons in the test dialog An effect started using the test dialog runs according to its configuration The steps are recalled in sequence starting with step 1 The number of effect run throughs the dimming behaviour when an effect step is recalled and the delay until the next step are all maintained The stop step is recalled when an effect is stopped using the DALI test The Single step button can be pressed to test individual effect steps Here the Gateway switches exactly one step forward from the current stop of an effect We recommend only using the single step function for stopped effects This allows free switching of entire effect run throughs When the single step function is used a stopped effect starts with the first step of the effect The subsequent effect steps are then recalled continuously according to their number The stop step last step of an effect can also be recalled using the single step function The test dialog provides status information on the current step and the current run through of an effect In addition the total number of all steps and run throughs is displayed In the display box Step current total the left hand number signals the number of the effect step currently set Page 164 of 218 Software DALI Ga
292. of single devices to groups also without programming connection to the device The DALI short addresses can be influenced individually With the addition of group and device names unique naming of DALI operating devices is possible in this way Optional testing of the DALI device types when assigning DALI operating devices to programmed groups or single devices If testing is enabled the plug in compares during assignment as part of commissioning the device types determined by the operating devices with the specifications by the device type parameters Assignment can only take place is there is agreement This will prevent functional incompatibilities after commissioning Compatibility mode to support non DALI conformant operating devices This means that the commissioning process becomes distinctly more tolerant towards specific DALI commissioning parameters which means that operating devices not fully compliant with the DALI specification can be commissioned possibly subject to functional restrictions In addition to this a DALI telegram rate limit can be activated in the ETS plug in meaning that adaptation to non DALI conformant operating devices is possible Test function of all created DALI groups or individual DALI operating devices Central switching ON OFF single device test ON OFF brightness specifications device status individual group test switching dimming and scene and effect test Export and import of a configuration te
293. oltage on the DALI Gateway or the local data interface not connected or switched on Remedy Connect and switch on the bus voltage Cause Mains voltage supply on the DALI Gateway not switched on Remedy Switch on the mains supply on the Gateway i DALI commissioning can only be carried out if the application program programmed in the ETS is also available in the Gateway i e was loaded into the device in a previous ETS programming operation For this purpose the application number and the application version in the device are tested If this data does not match the specifications of the ETS project the ETS plug in will not offer any further commissioning functions Here the application program configured in the ETS must first be loaded into the Gateway This information must particularly be observed in the case of different language variants each variant has a different application version DALI commissioning Establish bus connection to the DALI Gateway Figure 59 Setting up a bus connection to the DALI Gateway for DALI commissioning Next DALI commissioning can be carried out for example by assigning the DALI operating devices to the configured groups or single devices Page 141 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description 4 2 4 7 2 Performing DALI commissioning During DALI commissioning the max 64 DALI operating devices of a DALI system are assigned to the programmed groups or
294. on In the deactivated setting no automatic function tests are carried out Here only manual starting of the test is possible using the object Emergency operation test start status Function and continuous tests can either be activated automatically cyclically within configurable repeat times and additionally or alternatively with a user command via KNX telegram Automatic execution of the test function is optional Page 200 of 218 Fev N e mov Activate function test externally Activate continuous operation test externally Activate limited continuous operation test externally no yes no yes no yes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters and defined by the scope of functions of the single battery operated operating devices Here it is possible to specify in which time intervals the automatic continuous operation is to be executed by the electronic ballast This parameter individually specifies the repeat time for the continuous operation test The parameter setting is programmed into the operating device during the initialisation of the Gateway after an ETS programming operation In the deactivated setting no automatic continuous operation is carried out Here only manual starting of the test is possible using the object Emergency operation test start status The function test can be started manually separately for each single battery operated electronic ballast
295. on and relative dimming increments can be predefined in the dimming telegram or dimming procedures can also be stopped In relative dimming by local manual operation on the DALI Gateway a dimming procedure is executed whilst the appropriate button is pressed The dimming process ends when the button is released or when the maximum brightness or minimum brightness is reached In the plug in of the DALI Gateway the dimming speed for relative dimming can be configured separately for each group and each single device absolute dimming Absolute dimming is triggered by specifying a brightness value This value can be predefined by the 1 byte Brightness value communication object of the KNX which is available separately in each group or single device In addition brightness values can also be set by a disabling or forced position function or by the effect function Absolute dimming can also be activated even in case of bus voltage failure after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS by specifying brightness values When predefining a brightness value via the object by a scene recall or by an effect step it is possible to configure Separately for each in the ETS plug in whether the value is jumped to directly or alternatively whether it is dimmed to using a dimming time In the case of all other absolute dimming functions the brightness values are always instantly jumped to li Even if brightness values are instantly ju
296. onfigured as an up counter or down counter The setting here influences the visibility of the other parameters and objects of the operating hours counter This parameter defines whether the start or limiting value can be set via a separate parameter or adapted individually by a communication object from the bus The No setting deactivates the limiting value i If the up counter is used a limiting value can optionally be predefined i If the down counter is used a start value can optionally be predefined The limiting value of the up counter or the start value of the down counter is set here Once the limiting value is reached a 1 telegram is transmitted via the object OHC elapsed The up counter itself continues until the maximum counter status 65535 is reached and then stops After the initialisation the down counter starts counting down the predefined value by the hour until the value 0 If this end value is reached a 1 telegram is transmitted via the object OHC elapsed This parameter is only visible if the parameter Start limiting value Page 196 of 218 eelectron Automatic transmitting of the counter value cyclical after change by interval value Counting value interval 1 65535 1 65525 h Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters specification is set to Yes like the parameter The current counter status of the operating hours counter can be transmitted
297. only if the feedback value changes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters The feedback telegram can be transmitted to the bus with a delay after bus voltage return or after programming with the ETS Setting yes activates the delay time of the feedback in case of bus voltage return The delay time is generally configured in the parameter node General gt Status and feedback This parameter is only visible in case of an actively transmitting feedback object The switching status feedback telegram can also be transmitted cyclically via the active message object in addition to the transmission after updating On yes cyclical transmission is performed The cycle time is generally configured in the parameter node General gt Status and feedback On no cyclical transmission is deactivated so that the feedback telegram is only transmitted when the switching status is changed or updated This parameter is only visible in case of an actively transmitting feedback object Here you can specify when the Gateway should update the feedback value for the switching status in case of an actively transmitting communication object The object value updated by the Gateway is then signalled actively to the bus This parameter is only visible in case of an actively transmitting feedback object The Gateway updates the feedback value in the object once a new telegram is received on the input objects Switching or Central
298. operated electronic ballast using the 1 byte object Emergency operation test start status If manual starting of this test function is to be possible this parameter must be configured as yes If no is set the battery test cannot be activated using the object Emergency operation test start status Page 202 of 218 Q eelectron 4 2 5 4 Parameters for scenes and effects Description Values Od Scenes gt x Scene x 1 16 Name KNX number of the scene 1 64 Priority Scene to disabling forced position Overwrite scene values during ETS download 0 28 characters Scene low high no yes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters Comment Here the scene can be assigned a unique name e g Presentation Large meeting The name planned here is displayed in the node of the scene in the left hand plug in window The name is used for better orientation in the plug in It is not programmed into the device Scenes possess KNX numbers 1 64 These KNX numbers can be used to recall a scene or a scene memory function using the scene extension object The KNX numbers are configured individually for each scene here KNX numbers must be unique It is not possible to assign the same KNX numbers to multiple scenes The standard setting is dependent on the selected scene As the scene function is activated for different groups and devices and can have a simultaneous im
299. ore the bus or mains voltage failure and saved internally on bus mains voltage failure will be tracked After bus mains voltage return the DALI operating devices of the group or the single device show no response and remain in the currently set brightness value or are switched off The staircase function is irrespective of the Switching object activated after bus mains voltage return This setting is only available when the staircase function is enabled The supplementary function can be defined and enabled here The disabling function is only configurable as an alternative to the forced position function This parameter defines the polarity of the disabling object It is visible only if the disabling function is enabled The behaviour of the DALI group or single device at the start of disabling can be configured This parameter is visible only if the disabling function is enabled At the start of disabling the group or the single device is switched off and locked At the start of disabling the group or the single device is set to the predefined brightness value in the selection box next to the parameter The selection of the settable value is limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness At the start of disabling the DALI operating devices of the group or the single device show no response and remain in the currently set brightness state or are switched off Bus operation is then locked At
300. ormally reduced in the brightness value compared to the switch on brightness Figure 45 The continuous lighting remains permanently active after the staircase time has elapsed Only when an ON telegram is received again via the object Staircase function start stop does the DALI Gateway switch back to the switch on brightness and start counting the staircase time again The receipt of an OFF telegram via the object Staircase function start stop only switches the continuous lighting off if the parameter Reaction to OFF telegram is configured to Switch off i A DALI group or a single device can always be switched on and off via the Switching object independently of the Staircase function Consequently continuous lighting will also be overridden if telegrams arrive via the Switching object If permanent continuous lighting is desired which cannot be influenced by the Switching object nor by the object of the staircase function the disabling function should be used Page 105 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description Telegram Stairway func ON Start Stop ji gt Time Output Switch on brightness reduced brightness for permanent lighting Feedback ON Switching status i OFF Time Figure 45 The continuous lighting of the staircase function without soft functions Additionally the continuous lighting can also be extended by the soft function Taking into account any so
301. ost However the single devices remain in the appropriate groups of the programming indicated by Only the assignment to the found electronic ballasts of the DALI system is removed Such single devices in the programming can then be linked again to another electronic ballast This electronic ballast then receives the multiple assignment again Even devices that have the indication for a multiple assignment can be deleted from the left hand section of the commissioning window using Delete on the keyboard In doing so only the single device is lost in the programming of the appropriate group but not the other assignments in other groups however This means that it is easy to correct a multiple assignment if this was created by mistake for example Carry out assignments for other groups as described if necessary Multiple operating devices can be assigned to Groups 1 16 Only up to two DALI operating devices can be assigned to Groups 17 32 Page 149 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description i DALI operating devices assigned to multiple groups always set themselves to the most recent status set using one of the assigned groups In this case feedback of the switching status or the brightness value of a group may not always be clear Example 1 Group 2 is set to 10 brightness After this Group 3 is dimmed to 20 brightness The lights of Group 3 assume the most recently recalled brightness val
302. ower supply is switched on the DALI Gateway transmits feedback to the KNX when the feedback function for DALI short circuits is enabled The DALI Gateway uses the 1 bit communication object Short circuit in the DALI system to feed back a DALI short circuit The telegram polarity of this object is fixed No short circuit 0 Short circuit 1 Setting feedback for DALI short circuit In the ETS configuration it is possible to specify whether DALI short circuit feedback is to be transmitted to the KNX When enabled telegram transmission is always actively transmitting As soon as a short circuit has been detected and eliminated the Gateway will transmit one feedback telegram without a delay The parameter Feedback DALI short circuit in the General gt DALI error messages parameter node defines the behaviour of mains voltage monitoring Set the parameter to yes The DALI short circuit feedback is activated and the communication object enabled Set the parameter to no The DALI short circuit feedback is deactivated The communication object is hidden li The connected DALI operating devices also react to a short circuit in the DALI cable The devices set themselves to the specified System Failure Level By default this brightness value is defined by the Behaviour in case of bus voltage failure parameter of a group or a single device Optionally this value can irrespective of the behaviour in case of bus voltage return
303. p or any single device during DALI commissioning if device type testing is activated li For integration of emergency lights If emergency lights operated with single batteries is used the ETS plug in of the Gateway checks the DALI device type indicated by the installed operating device electronic ballast found as part of the device assignment during DALI commissioning Only operating devices of the type Single battery operated emergency light can be integrated into the emergency lighting function for single battery emergency lights Testing of the DALI device type is essential and can in consequence not be switched off in a single battery operated emergency lighting system in the ETS plug in This avoids incorrect assignments Some DALI operating devices have the device type Multitype Such devices can be integrated into the emergency light function for single battery emergency lights provided that these are enabled for this application The ETS plug in identifies this by reading out specific properties during DALI commissioning Multitype can normally be used for general lighting tasks and emergency lighting applications There are however some multitypes which are unsuitable for single battery operated emergency lighting applications Page 46 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ee ec ron ICOOPO1DAL Functional description 4 2 4 1 2 DALI emergency lighting systems The DALI Gateway can be integrated into DALI emergency lighting systems
304. pact on multiple groups or single devices priority must be given to the disabling or forced position functions The scene has a lower priority to the supplementary functions of the assigned groups or the assigned single devices It is not possible to call up or save the scene if a supplementary functions is only activated for one group or one single device The scene has a higher priority to the supplementary functions of the assigned groups or the assigned single devices Scenes are only ever called up or saved when a scene extension unit is received During storage of a scene the scene values are stored internally to non volatile memory in the device To prevent the stored values from being replaced during ETS programming of the application or of the parameters by the originally programmed scene brightness values the DALI Gateway can inhibit overwriting of the scene values setting no As an alternative the original values can be reloaded into the device during each ETS Page 203 of 218 QDeelectron Behaviour when recalling a scene Delay scene recall Delay time hh mm ss Od Effects gt x Effect Name jumping to dimming to 0 7 s dimming to 1 0 s dimming to 1 4 s dimming to 2 0 s dimming to 2 8 s dimming to 4 0 s dimming to 5 7 s dimming to 8 0 s dimming to 11 3 s dimming to 16 0 s dimming to 22 5 s dimming to 32 0 s dimming to 45 3 s dimming to 64 0 s dimming to 90 5 s yes 00 00 01
305. perated DALI emergency lights must always be assigned to planned single devices single addressing provided that these operating devices are to execute an emergency light function Assignment to group related single devices group addressing of offline commissioning is possible however only with the limitation that these operating devices can only be used for standard lighting control if supported by the operating device and not for emergency lighting applications i The DALI short addresses are always assigned in the parameter configuration of the single devices and can thus be influenced With the addition of group and device names unique naming of DALI operating devices is possible in this way Through the transmission of the unique names to the KNX building visualisation e g control panels the user is able particularly during error diagnosis to identify the lighting components easily Page 158 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eelectron Functional description 4 2 4 8 DALI test Starting DALI test The plug in of the DALI Gateway offers various options for carrying out a comprehensive test of the DALI installation This means that after DALI commissioning it is possible to control individual operating devices in a device orientated test to switch them and to read out or specify brightness values The individual device status can also be displayed In the group orientated test it is possible to switch all the
306. perating devices Optionally to reduce the telegram load for the DALI operating devices and thus reduce the likelihood of errors on the part of some electronic ballasts it is possible to increase the pause time between telegrams of the DALI Gateway to the operation device by a multiple of the minimum pause time This produces a telegram rate limit which can adjusted individually using this parameter in the range 1 5 in steps of 0 5 Extending the pause time between the telegrams gives the operating devices more time to react to the commands of the DALI Gateway However this also delays the reaction time of the overall DALI system when controlled by KNX telegrams and also during DALI commissioning or a DALI test As a result large time factors should be avoided in the delay time parameter unless explicitly required This parameter is only visible if the DALI telegram rate limit is enabled After the mains voltage supply is switched on depending on the their type DALI operating devices usually require different lengths of time to initialise themselves and thus to react to commands of the DALI Gateway To ensure that after mains voltage return no commands of the Gateway to the operating devices are lost because they are still initialising it is possible to activate a delay as an option here The delay time after mains voltage return delays the start of the application of the DALI Gateway after the mains voltage supply is
307. peration of emergency operation the Gateway executes these functions of a higher priority again for the groups concerned During active permanent manual control all incoming telegrams are tracked internally At the end of manual operation the groups and single devices are set to the last tracked brightness states If a forced position or disabling function was activated via the bus before or during manual operation of emergency operation the Gateway executes these functions of a higher priority again for the groups and single devices concerned Individual DALI groups and single devices can be disabled locally so that the disabled DALI operating devices can no longer be controlled via the KNX Such disabling of the bus operation is initiated by local operation in permanent manual operation and is indicated by flashing of the group or single device number in the 7 segment display The disabled groups and single devices can then only be activated in permanent manual operation Disabling by means of manual operation is only permitted if this parameter is set Page 178 of 218 QDeelectron Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters 4 2 5 3 Parameters for groups and single devices Description Values O4 Addressing Addressing Central control Group control 1 16 Group control 1 32 Comment A DALI system can address a maximum of 64 operating devices although the Gateway itself does not count as an operating de
308. peration test 1 test is running 0 test completed not started battery test 1 start test status battery test 1 test is running 0 test completed not started Figure 56 Structure of the 1 byte object Emergency operation test start status The status information of the object Emergency operation test start status can either be actively transmitting or can be read out passively The parameter Transmit test status of the emergency lights in the parameter branch Emergency lights gt Single battery operated provides a global definition for all programmed single battery operated emergency lights of the Gateway as to whether the electronic ballast objects actively transmit the individual status automatically when there is a change to the object value or whether the values can only be read out passively with a read telegram The object value changes occurs after completion of a manually initiated or automatically executed function or continuous operation test or after a completed battery test or a limited continuous operation test i The execution of a function test or a continuous operation also limited by the controlled electronic ballast after the start command to the object Emergency operation test start status takes place after a delay if start conditions are not yet fulfilled e g sufficient battery charging In some cases e g close to mains voltage return the execution of a test can thus by delaye
309. peration will not be activated In addition active emergency operation will be terminated as soon as a failure message becomes inactive again li After a device reset mains voltage failure and return on the Gateway ETS programming operation emergency operation is always deactivated Message Failure general supply A 1 bit failure telegram can be transmitted to the KNX as feedback either through the internal failure message or alternatively through the external failure message provided that the Gateway has activated emergency operation This allows other bus devices evaluating this feedback e g other KNX DALI Gateways to react and also activate emergency operation Automatic identification of a mains voltage failure is usually not necessary with these devices which means that only one DALI Gateway in the KNX system needs to be integrated actively into mains failure detection If necessary the object Feedback supply failure is enabled by the parameter Message general supply failure in the parameter node Emergency lights gt Centrally supplied gt Emergency lights amp KNX system amp DALI Gateway This object causes telegram transmission Page 131 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICO0P01DAL Q eelectron Functional description as soon as the Gateway activates 1 telegram mains voltage failed or deactivates 0 telegram mains voltage available again emergency operation i After a device reset mains voltag
310. position At the end of the supplementary functions a scene recall received during the function will not be tracked In the Priority High setting A scene recall does not statically lock the lower level functions of a group or a single device The higher priority solely specifies that the scene brightness value is set at the moment of the scene recall and the previously specified brightness value is overridden After scene recall it is possible that the scene brightness value will be changed by other functions of the Gateway e g on terminating an additional function or by switching or dimming li Scenes can also be included in effect steps In this case the scene priority is not evaluated when an effect is recalled The configured priority of the appropriate effect is of more importance H H Setting the ETS programming behaviour for the scene function During storage of a scene the scene values are stored internally to non volatile memory in the device To prevent the stored values from being replaced during ETS programming of the application or of the parameters by the originally programmed scene brightness values the DALI Gateway can inhibit overwriting of the scene values As an alternative the original values can be reloaded into the device during each programming run of the ETS The ETS programming behaviour can be configured separately for each scene m Inthe parameter node Scenes gt x Scene name set the p
311. ps the step number 1 15 is displayed in square brackets This labels the step sequence of an effect run through directly Starting and stopping effects effect run through Effect steps can control DALI groups single devices and scenes As soon as it is started an effect runs in the background Each new effect step overrides the previous effect step or the most recently specified brightness state of an integrated DALI group or an assigned single device In contrast to the control of groups and devices via the objects Switching Dimming Brightness value and Central function for groups and devices effects always have the same priority The last specification determines the brightness value With regard to the time sequences time between effect steps dimming behaviour an effect only ever works with the parameters of the effect steps Parameters of the DALI groups individual devices or the scenes are irrelevant for the effect function To ensure that time functions of the groups and devices e g staircase function time delays and the effect function do not influence each other parallel operation of these functions i e the execution of an effect and control using group or device functions should be avoided if possible An effect always starts at effect step 1 The steps are processed in sequence according to their number When all the brightness values of an effect step have been set the effect controller waits for the set
312. ps and single devices in the parameter node General gt Status and feedback During an active delay no feedback telegram will be transmitted even if a brightness value changes Page 92 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL QDeeleciron Functional description 4 2 4 3 5 Dimming characteristic and dimming behaviour Dimming characteristic and dimming speeds The brightness of operating devices of a DALI group or a configured single device can be changed by a dimming operation The limits of a brightness range settable using a dimming operation are defined by the maximum and minimum brightness specified in the ETS Figure 35 brightness value 100 non settable brightness range Maximum brightness e g 90 Switch on Switch on brightness 6 9 70 pss2ss ssSseSsssa5aSSSeesssese reese SSSspea a settable brightness range relative or absolute dimming Minimum brightness e g 10 non settable brightness range Switch off OFF 0 Figure 35 Settable brightness range when dimming example A DALI group or single device can be dimmed by relative dimming Relative dimming can either be triggered by the 4 bit dimming communication object available for each group or single device or by a long button press of the manual operation The data format of the dimming object complies as is normal with dimming actuators with the KNX standard DPT 3 007 which means that the dimming directi
313. ption 4 2 4 Functional description 4 2 4 1 Application basics 4 2 4 1 1 DALI system and addressing types DALI system The DALI Gateway forms the interface between a KNX building installation and a DALI Digital Addressable Lighting Interface lighting system Usually DALI systems are room orientated and cover high functional light management requirements for example in offices training or conference rooms With these applications it is often necessary also to integrate the room orientated DALI system into the multi building KNX device technology In this way not only the control of the DALI light system using KNX sensor components becomes possible but also the integration of the building side blind heating and air conditioning systems into the light management Within the system the DALI Gateway functions as a master control component master controller which also guarantees the power supply of the DALI interface The DALI operating devices e g DALI electronic ballasts work as command receivers slaves which only return states or status messages to the master on request It is the sole task of the DALI Gateway to transmit control commands received from the KNX onto the DALI cable and to check the operating devices The use of additional DALI control components in multimaster operation for example an additional DALI central unit a DALI potentiometer or push buttons switching mains voltage is superfluous and can individual cases
314. r ETS4 of Version 4 1 7 or higher Use of ETS4 is recommended Page 20 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ee ec On ICOOPO1DAL Scope of functions 4 2 Software DALI Gateway ICOO0P01DAL 4 2 1 Scope of functions General Switching and dimming of a maximum of 64 lights with a DALI operating device e g electronic ballast Up to 6 different addressing types allow group orientated and individually address control of DALI lights via KNX telegrams Up to 32 independent DALI groups are available for group addressing For alternative control these can be supplemented with 64 individually addressable DALI device channels as necessary Optional master control of all connected DALI components is possible broadcast This means that there is no need to commission DALI meaning that lighting systems with few functions can be started up quickly and easily simplified configuration without DALI commissioning Manual operation of the groups independently of the bus also building site operation possible with broadcast control Feedback of DALI error status 1 byte or 2 byte according to the KNX standard or DALI short circuit and message that the supply voltage has failed Central switching function Collective feedback of all switching states possible Incorporation of the groups and single devices into up to 16 light scenes Integration of lights or light groups in the effect control for the implementation of dynamic light scenes Up to
315. r Updating the object value for brightness value feedback is created separately for each DALI group or each single device in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Dimming or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Dimming The brightness value feedback must be configured to actively transmitting Set the parameter to After each update of the inputs The Gateway updates the feedback value in the object once a new telegram is received on the input object brightness feedback With an actively transmitting feedback object a new telegram is also then actively transmitted to the bus each time The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarily have to change in the process Hence a corresponding brightness value feedback is also generated on the brightness value feedback object such as in the case of cyclical telegrams for example In addition feedback is transmitted at the beginning or end of a disabling or forced position function and also during an effect run through even if the feedback value does not change Set the parameter to Only if the feedback value changes The Gateway only updates the feedback value in the object if the telegram value e g 0 to 100 also changes If the telegram value of the feedback does not change e g in the case of cyclical telegrams to the brightness value object with the same telegram value the feedback then remains unchang
316. r automatic reactions e g feedback messages after a device reset No DALI telegrams are transmitted by the Gateway in this state is displayed on the 7 segment display on the front panel of the device in order to signal that the device is not yet ready for operation KNX communication is also possible during the delay time This allows control of groups and single devices as well as of scenes and effects and the specification of commands However these are only executed once the delay time on the DALI page has elapsed Only the last command relative to a group a single device a scene or an effect is ever executed i i If KNX telegrams for groups or single devices are received during Gateway initialisation the device will perform the most recently specified command and not the configured behaviour after bus voltage return The delay time after mains voltage return to DALI is not required if the initialisation time of the DALI operating devices is shorter than that of the DALI Gateway In this case the parameter should be set to the value 0 If the operating devices initialise more quickly than the Gateway they will activate the programmed Power On Level see page 83 84 before the Gateway transmits other brightness commands After mains voltage return this allows the observation of short time changes to the brightness states in the DALI system Should only the mains voltage supply of the Gateway fail the operating devic
317. r the mains voltage supply is switched on after connection of the device to the bus line or after programming with the ETS it is possible to delay all actively transmitted feedback telegrams of the Gateway To do this a delay time can be specified for multiple functions parameter Time delay for feedbacks after bus return for groups and devices in the parameter node General gt Status and feedback Only after the configured time elapses are feedback telegrams for initialisation transmitted to the bus It is possible to configure separately which of the feedback telegrams are actually delayed for each feedback function G The delay has no effect on the behaviour of the individual groups or single devices and not on other functions of the device either Only the feedback telegrams are delayed Groups and single devices can also be activated during the delay after bus voltage return i A setting of 0 for the delay after bus voltage return deactivates the delaying function altogether In this case all feedback telegrams if actively transmitted will be transmitted to the bus without any delay i The messages Error status in DALI system Error status per DALI operating device only 1 byte Short circuit in the DALI system or Voltage failure in the DALI system are always transmitted without a time delay Delaying feedback Only feedbacks that are enabled and set as actively transmitting can be configured with regard to
318. r to transfer the commissioning parameters to the DALI Gateway and the operating devices To do this select a different parameter page in the tree node view of the plug in and exit the plug in by pressing the button OK The commissioning adjustment is executed The adjustment operation can take some time and is dependent on the number of groups and single devices created and the DALI operating devices connected Firstly the plug in programs the Gateway with the programmed short addresses The plug in displays the progress of this adaptation Figure 67 After the short addresses have been updated in the DALI Gateway the connected DALI operating devices are also updated in this regard To do this the Gateway communications with the connected operating devices via the DALI cable and programs them fully automatically Figure 68 After the short addresses have been programmed the group assignments are updated This takes place in two steps Firstly the group assignments are programmed into the DALI Gateway Then they are programmed into the electronic ballasts via the DALI cable The ETS plug in always performs DALI commissioning in a time optimised manner and only programs the necessary changes into the Gateway and the DALI operating devices For this reason some or all of the individual commissioning steps programming of group assignments or short addresses may not be necessary Should commissioning be terminated in an incomplete state due
319. ral gt DALI error messages to Only 2 byte KNX object In accordance with KNX DPT 237 600 only the 2 byte object is available This object can be used both actively and passively request telegram and should preferably be used in accordance with KNX specification Set the parameter Data format of feedback to Only 1 byte object In accordance with KNX DPT 238 600 only the 1 byte object is available This object can be used both actively and passively request telegram Set the parameter Data format of feedback to 1 byte and 2 byte KNX object The 2 byte object is available in accordance with KNX DPT 237 600 and the 1 byte object is also available in accordance with KNX DPT 238 600 Both objects can be used both actively and passively request telegram In the ETS configuration it is possible to specify whether the feedback of the error status to the KNX is actively transmitting telegram transmission on status change or passive telegram transmission only as a response to a request telegram H H H Set the parameter Feedback Error status per DALI operating device on the parameter page General gt DALI error messages to Yes feedback object is active signalling object Optionally the parameter Time delay for feedback after initialisation can be used to activate a delay of the 2 byte feedback after Gateway initialisation ETS programming operation mains voltage return The delay time is global
320. rameters included If no operating device was assigned to the groups during DALI commissioning there will be no visible reaction in the DALI system Page 162 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QDeelectron Functional description i DALI operating devices assigned to multiple groups always set themselves to the most recent status set using one of the assigned groups In this case feedback of the switching status or the brightness value of a group may not always be clear Example 1 Group 2 is set to 10 brightness After this Group 3 is dimmed to 20 brightness The lights of Group 3 assume the most recently recalled brightness value 20 The feedback of Group 2 remains at 10 even though some of the operating devices belonging to the group were set to 20 brightness Example 2 Group 2 is switched on and sets itself to the brightness value 100 The status of Group 3 internally in the DALI Gateway remains at 0 brightness OFF Now Group 3 is made brighter The lights of Group 3 adopt the dimming behaviour becoming brighter from minimum brightness even though these lights have already been switched on by Group 2 Testing scenes The scene orientated DALI test can be carried out once scenes have been created and configured in the device configuration and DALI commissioning has been carried out with the group device assignment of the operating devices To do this press the button Test DALI scenes in the DALI test environ
321. rating hours are added in a 2 byte counter and stored permanently in the device The current counter status can be transmitted cyclically to the bus by the OHC value communication object or when there is a change in an interval value A ON r r Dimming output 20 mins 20 mins 20 mins 60 mins 5 mins OFF H F gt Time Minutes A Counter reading h 2 1 OR eee ttt Time 10 20 30 40 50 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 Minutes Figure 48 Function of the operating hours counter using the example of an up counter In the as delivered state the operating hour values of all DALI groups and single devices of the Gateway is 0 If the operating hours counter is not enabled in the configuration of a DALI group or a single device no operating hours will be counted for the DALI group or single device concerned Once the operating hours counter is enabled however the operating hours will be determined and added up by the ETS immediately after commissioning the DALI Gateway If the operating hours counter is subsequently disabled again in the parameters and the Gateway is programmed with this disabling function all operating hours previously counted for the DALI group or the single device concerned will be deleted When enabled again the counter status of the operating hours counter is always on 0 The operating hours values full hours stored in the device will not be lost in case of a bus mains
322. re 57 Structure of the 3 byte object Feedback emergency operation test The value of the object Feedback emergency operation test can either be actively transmitting or can be read out passively The parameter Transmit test result of the emergency lights in the parameter branch Emergency lights gt Single battery operated provides a global definition for all programmed single battery operated emergency lights of the Gateway as to whether the electronic ballast objects actively transmit the individual test results automatically when there is a change to the object value or whether the values can only be read out passively with a read telegram The object value changes when there is a new test result This is the case after completion of a manually initiated or automatically executed function or continuous operation test A completed battery test also produces a new test result In addition at the beginning of a restricted continuous operation test the current battery charging state is tracked in the test result li The test result provided in the object always contains the most recent result of the most recently started and ended test function In general the test functions also include error states identified as part of the evaluation of the DALI error status e g device errors converter errors emergency lamp errors A new test must be performed for these errors detected during a DALI error status to be integrated into the object Fe
323. reat extent The DALI telegram rate limit is activated and configured in the parameter node General gt DALI communication Time delay between two DALI telegrams In accordance with the valid DALI standard IEC 82386 101 102 Ed 1 pauses of at least 9 15 ms must be maintained between the transmissions of individual DALI telegrams to the operating devices To optionally reduce the telegram load for the DALI operating devices and thus reduce the likelihood of errors on the part of some electronic ballasts it is possible to increase the pause time between telegrams of the DALI Gateway to the operation device by a multiple of the minimum pause time Figure 28 This produces a telegram rate limit which can adjusted individually using the parameter Minimum delay time between two DALI telegrams in the parameter node General gt DALI communication in the range 1 5 in steps of 0 5 For this parameter to be visible the DALI telegram rate limit must be active on the same parameter page Extending the pause time between the telegrams gives the operating devices more time to react to the commands of the DALI Gateway However this also delays the reaction time of the overall DALI system when controlled by KNX telegrams and also during DALI commissioning or a DALI test As a result large time factors should be avoided in the delay time parameter unless explicitly required i The approved pause time between telegrams from the DALI Gateway to t
324. rightness Thus it may occur that only a limited brightness range can be set in the group orientated DALI test Similarly the currently set brightness value of the group can be polled by pressing the Read button The read out value is displayed in the selection box alongside Due to rounding the displayed value may deviate slightly from that most recently specified In addition the operating devices of the group can be dimmed relatively Pressing the Start button initiates a relative dimming operation of the group The dimming operation takes place within the brightness range specified for the group using the configured dimming speed starting with the currently set brightness value A relative dimming operation can be stopped by pressing the Stop button Reactivation of a dimming operation using the Start button causes dimming to take place in the reverse direction Relative dimming to 0 brightness OFF is not possible i An error on the DALI cable e g short circuit or interrupted cable is not recognised during the group orientated DALI test li Inthe group orientated DALI test all the actions are implemented internally using the appropriate KNX objects of the groups and individual devices Thus the internal object values can be read out for example when the brightness values are read out and the switching object described internally when a group is switched on Here feedback is also generated and the appropriate DALI group pa
325. rightness value communication object If the switch off function is overridden the DALI Gateway terminates the processing of the delay time and the evaluation of the switch off brightness Switching on switch on brightness using the communication object Switching does not activate the switch off function HJE Page 96 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Oeelectron Functional description Enabling automatic switch off function In the plug in of the DALI Gateway the automatic switch off function can be set separately for each group and each single device Set the parameter Automatic switch off when undershooting a brightness in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Dimming or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Dimming to yes The automatic switch off function is enabled Additional parameters become visible Setting the switch off brightness The switch off brightness must be defined for the switch off function The switch off function is set separately for each DALI device and each single device The switch off function must be enabled Set the parameter Switch off when brightness value less than in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups x Group gt Dimming or Addressing gt Single devices x Electronic ballast gt Dimming to the required brightness value Once a dimming procedure causes a value to fall below the para
326. ring an effect run through even if the feedback state does not change The Gateway only updates the feedback value in the object if the telegram value e g 0 to 100 also changes If the telegram value of the feedback does not change e g in the case of cyclical telegrams to the brightness value Page 191 of 218 QDeelectron Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters object with the same telegram value the feedback then remains unchanged Consequently with an actively transmitting feedback object no telegram with the same content will be transmitted repeatedly either This setting is recommendable for instance if the brightness value and brightness value feedback objects are linked to an identical group address This is often the case when activating by means of light scene push button sensors recall and storage function O4 Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Switch on switch off behaviour Od Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Switch on switch off behaviour Selection of time delay Switch on delay time Switch on delay retriggerable Switch off delay time Switch off delay retriggerable none Switch on delay Switch off delay ON delay and OFF delay 00 00 01 00 00 30 23 59 59 hh mm ss no yes 00 00 01 00 00 30 23 59 59 hh mm ss no yes The communication objects Switching and Central function sw
327. rises DALI lights and KNX system In this application all or individual DALI operating devices and also the power supply of the KNX system are connected to the emergency power supply Figure 18 The DALI Gateway is not supplied with emergency power which means that it will no longer function if the mains voltage fails If there is a fault there is no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway is no longer working Due to the switched off DALI voltage the operating devices supplied with emergency current set the System Failure Level saved in the device at the beginning of emergency operation as the brightness value This brightness value was written by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operating devices after ETS commissioning By default the System Failure Level is defined by the Behaviour in case of bus voltage failure parameter of a group or single device Optionally this value irrespective of the behaviour in case of bus voltage failure can be set to a separate brightness value for emergency operation see page 129 130 Since the KNX system continues working without interruption if the mains power fails mains failure messages that the Gateway can produce before switch off feedback of supply voltage failure can be evaluated and processed AC 230 V AC DC 230 V KNX system DALI gateway emergency lights vV amp X v Figure 18 Example of a central supply DALI operating devices and KNX system integra
328. rk according to their function but possibly do not comply or only partially comply with DALI Please contact the manufacturer of the electronic ballasts concerned to clarify any functional incompatibilities lil When the commissioning environment is exited the commissioning parameters identified operating devices with long and short address names of the operating devices group device assignment and device type are written to the ETS database and are thus saved The saved data is displayed the next time the commissioning environment is started li If just assignments of programmed devices of the single addressing i e no group assignments are removed and no short addresses are changed during a commissioning session then no adjustment will be performed between the ETS plug in the Gateway and the operating devices when the commissioning environment is exited This means that the most recently programmed short addresses are retained in the electronic ballast unused short addresses In the case of a new commissioning operation however the affected electronic ballasts can again be assigned and commissioned normally Page 155 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP0O1DAL QDeeleciron Functional description li Pressing the Delete assignment button at the bottom edge of the commissioning environment allows deletion of all the assignments between the DALI operating devices and the various groups and single devices Not only are the assignment
329. ronic ballast The long address is unique thus allowing individual identification of operating devices According to the DALI specification all the DALI subscribers must save the long address permanently e g even during mains voltage failures Not all the DALI devices on the market support this requirement which is why difficulties may occur during the commissioning process If long addresses are lost the Gateway will no longer be able to identify clearly whether found electronic ballasts are known i e already commissioned in previous commissioning operations or whether they are newly installed and are thus newly found electronic ballasts In these cases operating devices are simply identified as newly found As a result during the remainder of the commissioning process the affected electronic ballasts are treated like unprogrammed devices Amongst other things all the assignments to groups or single devices are removed If operating devices are installed in the DALI system which do not comply with the DALI specification as described and do not save the long address correctly compatibility mode should be activated During a search operation the Gateway then identifies solely by means of the DALI short address 1 64 contained in the devices This address was either programmed during a previous commissioning operation by the Gateway in accordance with programming or was assigned automatically during a search operation new electron
330. ronic ballast is set to 20 as Group 2 has the higher group number Page 45 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ce eC aca ICOOPO1DAL Functional description DALI device type Optionally the assignment of DALI operating devices to programmed groups or single devices can be supplemented by testing of the DALI device types If testing is enabled the plug in compares during assignment as part of commissioning the device types determined by the operating devices with the specifications by the device type parameters Assignment can only take place if there is agreement This will prevent functional incompatibilities after commissioning The function for testing the DALI device types is enabled by the Use DALI device type setting parameter in the General parameter node when it is set to yes This ETS plug in allows testing and assignment of the DALI device types listed in the following table Number of DALI device type Name Ballast for fluorescent lamps Emergency light single battery operations Ballast for discharge lamps Ballast for LV halogen lamps Ballast for Incandescent lamps LED module only switchable ballast 255 Multitype NIOJ BR WwW M gt O Supported DALI device types for enabled testing Device types not contained in the above table e g types 8 Colour control or 9 Sequence are identified by the DALI Gateway although they cannot be assigned to a grou
331. roup 1 overlaps with Group 2 and Group 17 i DALI operating devices assigned to multiple groups always set themselves to the most recent status set using one of the assigned groups In this case feedback of the switching status or the brightness value of a group may not always be clear The following examples explain this behaviour Figure 16 Example 1 Group 1 is set to 10 brightness After this Group 2 is dimmed to 20 brightness The lights of Group 2 assume the most recently recalled brightness value 20 The feedback of Group 1 remains at 10 although some of the operating devices belonging to the group were set to 20 brightness Example 2 Group 1 is switched on and sets itself to the brightness value 100 The status of Group 2 internally in the DALI Gateway remains at 0 brightness OFF Now Group 2 is made brighter The lights of Group 2 adopt the dimming behaviour becoming brighter from minimum brightness although these lights have already been switched on by Group 1 i If DALI operating devices are assigned to multiple groups and these groups were assigned to a shared scene then all the operating devices will adjust to the brightness value specified by the group with the highest number Example An electronic ballast was assigned to Groups 1 and 2 Both groups are assigned to Scene 1 When the scene is recalled Group 1 is to set itself to 10 and Group 2 to 20 brightness When Scene 1 is recalled the elect
332. roup assigned to the scene and each assigned single device Figure 50 During a scene recall the appropriate configured brightness value is set on the operating devices i The configured brightness values are adopted in the DALI Gateway during programming with the ETS only if the parameter Overwrite scene values during ETS download is set to yes i The selection of the scene brightness value is restricted by the limits configured minimum and maximum brightness in the ETS plug in G During DALI commissioning it is possible to assign multiple identical DALI operating devices to different groups multiple assignment e g Electronic ballast 1 is located in Group A and Group B If groups e g A amp B have now been assigned to a scene and these groups contain the same operating devices e g electronic ballast 1 then there will be a conflict on account of the differing scene brightness values In this case the operating devices assigned multiple times are set to the scene brightness value of the group with the highest number Presetting the storage behaviour for the scene function The current brightness values of all the DALI groups and single devices assigned to as scene can be saved using the scene extension using when a save telegram is received In so doing the brightness values to be saved can be influenced by all the functions of the individual groups and devices e g switching dimming manual operation before savi
333. rs can be enabled here This parameter is used for programming the duration of the switch on time for a scene recall This parameter is only visible if the staircase function is enabled An active switch on time can be retriggered setting yes Alternatively Page 193 of 218 eelectron no yes Reaction to OFF telegram ignore switch off Reaction atthe end of switch off the staircase time Activate pre warning time Activate reduced continuous lighting Reduced brightness 0 1 10 100 Pre warning time Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters the retriggering time can be suppressed setting no This parameter is only visible if the staircase function is enabled An active switch on time can be aborted prematurely by switching off the staircase function This parameter is only visible if the staircase function is enabled OFF telegrams received via the object Staircase function start stop during the ON phase of the staircase function are rejected The staircase time will be executed completely to the end with the configured behaviour at the end of the staircase time Once an OFF telegram is received via the object Staircase function start stop during the ON phase of the staircase time the operating devices switch off immediately If the staircase time is stopped prematurely by such a telegram there is no pre warning i e the pre warning time is not started It is also no
334. ructure 1 byte error status Bit 6 is set when the appropriate electronic ballast signals a lamp error e g defective light cable break to lamp socket In an error free lamp state this bit is deleted 0 Bit 7 is set when the electronic ballast signals a general error e g internal electronic ballast error In an error free device state this bit is deleted 0 Bits 6 and 7 are set when the appropriate device could not be contacted by the DALI Gateway e g device disconnected from the DALI cable mains voltage on the electronic ballast switched off Page 63 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec CON Functional description 2 byte error status In this data format too Bits 0 5 use the electronic ballast number to indicate to which device the signalled error relates The electronic ballast numbers of the error status are derived directly from the short addresses of the DALI subscribers An electronic ballast number 0 63 corresponds to a short address 1 64 minus 1 example Short address 1 gt Electronic ballast number in the error status telegram 0 Alternatively the 2 byte error status can be used to display the collective error state of all the operating devices of a DALI group For this the error bits of the individual electronic ballast are collected and evaluated by the Gateway If any error bit is set in at least one electronic ballast of the group then the same error bit will also be set in th
335. s Group control 1 16 and group control 1 64 In this addressing type the operating devices in groups 1 16 are controlled using DALI group addresses as described above for group control In addition other DALI operating devices can be addressed individually as single devices The addressing of these devices takes place individually using the device short addresses In the planning example Figure 13 each of the lights shown has a DALI operating device In the right hand and middle areas of the room are two groups Here use of groups 1 16 is advisable In another area of the room two more lights are installed each of which is to be controlled separately Here use of single addressing is advisable i DALI operating devices can either be integrated only in single device addressing or alternatively in group addressing It is not possible to control an operating device with both addressing types Operating devices integrated in group control can no longer be addressed as a single device The reverse case applies in the same manner li In particular in large systems with multiple individual subscribers the reaction time is slower than with pure group control as addressing takes place individually and in sequence If multiple DALI operating devices are to react identically to KNX commands simultaneous switch on or switch off identical brightness specifications then if possible group addressing or scene control see page
336. s Even if this parameter is set to no it is possible to configure device types for individual devices provided that the integration of emergency lights is possible This allows the Gateway to identify which devices are intended for single battery operated emergency operation irrespective of the DALI commissioning i Some DALI operating devices have the device type Multitype Such devices can be integrated into the emergency light function for single battery emergency lights provided that these are enabled for this application The ETS plug in identifies this by reading out specific properties during DALI commissioning Multitype can normally be used for general lighting tasks and emergency lighting applications There are however some multitypes which are unsuitable for single battery operated emergency lighting applications Single battery operated DALI emergency lights have a special brightness value in the device memory This brightness value defines the brightness of the connected lighting for emergency operation Emergency Level and is defined separately for each emergency light in the ETS plug in using the parameter Brightness for active emergency lighting in the parameter node Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballasts gt Emergency lights single battery operated i The brightness for emergency operation can be set in the ETS plug in between the limits 0 1 100 regardless of the configured min
337. s concerned are automatically programmed accordingly Through the use of group addresses multicast the reaction time of the DALI subscribers in this type of addressing is short particularly in large scale systems In the planning example Figure 11 each of the lights shown has a DALI operating device Four lights are in the same group The lights combined in this way can be controlled jointly using the KNX PRAES il RLR Figure 11 Example of group control with three groups all lights with group addressing Page 39 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ee ec CoN ICOOPO1DAL Functional description Group control 1 32 In this addressing type too during DALI commissioning or offline configuration the max 64 DALI operating devices are assigned to different groups of the Gateway For this any number of DALI operating devices can be assigned to groups 1 16 On the DALI side addressing takes place using group addresses meaning that the reaction time of the DALI subscribers in groups 1 16 is short In contrast only up to two DALI operating devices can be assigned to groups 17 32 Since there are no DALI group addresses for these groups DALI addressing takes place using the device short addresses which means that the operating devices are addressed and thus contacted individually In particular in large systems with multiple subscribers addressed by short address the re
338. s device e g another DALI Gateway link to the object Feedback supply failure can inform the DALI Gateway that emergency operation has been activated Through this the Gateway then activates emergency operation without having to identify the failure of the general mains voltage supply itself 1 Mains voltage has failed Activate emergency operation 0 Mains voltage available Deactivate emergency operation To allow telegram transmission and evaluation the KNX system and the mains voltage supply of the DALI Gateway must be integrated in the central emergency power supply This object is only visible if a central emergency power supply is configured 1 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus will be read 2 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus or by the device will be read Page 29 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeieciron ICOOP01DAL Object table Function Emergency lighting Object Function Name Type DPT Flag m 1541 Feedbk emerg operation Emergency 1 bit 1 002 C T status lighting R Description The DALI Gateway uses this 1 bit object to signal that emergency operation has been activated This allows other KNX bus devices to be informed about emergency operation in order to control displays for users e g in a visualisation or to carry out further actions e g remote forwarding via the telephone or IP data
339. s for the set Delay until the next step Then the next step is recalled In the 00 00 0 setting the individual Page 206 of 218 ee ec aca ICOOP01DAL Parameters steps are recalled without delay after their processing The Delay until next step is only started when the last assignment of an effect step has been processed This parameter is not available for a stop step Page 207 of 218 eelectron 4 2 5 5 Parameters for emergency lights Description Values Od Emergency lights Emergency lights system centrally supplied single battery operations single battery operations amp centrally supplied Feedback Emergency no lights overall status yes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters Comment This parameter specifies which system is used to implement emergency light operation From this it is possible to pelle which DALI operating devices are used No emergency lights with special DALI operating devices are used in an emergency lighting system supplied by group or central battery systems Instead standard devices are used according to the basic DALI standards These devices which are primarily intended to control general DALI lighting systems usually only possess one mains voltage connection and do not possess a battery for self supply should the mains voltage fail Single battery operated DALI emergency lights are independently functioning lights with integrated supply bat
340. s limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness At the end of disabling the DALI operating devices of the group or the single device show no response and remain in the currently set brightness state or are switched off Bus operation is enabled again At the end of disabling the active and internally saved brightness value prior to switching off last time is set via the Switching or Central function switching object This memory value is saved in the volatile memory meaning that after a bus voltage return or an ETS programming operation the value is predefined to maximum brightness Bus operation is enabled again The DALI operating devices of the group or the single device are always enabled again for the bus control at the end of the disabling and flash on and off The flashing time is generally configured in the parameter node General During the flashing the logical switching state is on 1 and the switch on brightness is signalled back as brightness A soft ON Page 185 of 218 QDeeleciron Behaviour after bus voltage return Brightness for forced position active ON tracked brightness value no forced position active Forced position active switch on Forced position active switch off State before bus voltage failure Brightness value Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters OFF function is ignored during flashing The flashing status remains active until another bus
341. s only visible if the feedback Emergency operation status is enabled and the message object is actively transmitting Optionally the Emergency operation status feedback in its function as an active signalling object can also be transmitted cyclically in addition to transmission on an update This parameter specifies whether cyclical transmission is enabled or not If enabled the parameter Time for cyclical transmission on the same parameter page will define the cycle time This parameter is only visible if the feedback Emergency operation status is enabled and the message object is actively transmitting This parameter defines the time for the cyclical transmission of the Emergency operation status feedback It is only visible if feedback is enabled and the message object is actively transmitting The status information of the electronic ballast objects Emergency operation test start status can either be actively transmitting or can be read out Page 214 of 218 eelectron Transmit the test result of the emergency lights Test length of a limited continuous operation test automatic at end of test after read request 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 20 minutes 30 minutes 45 minutes 60 minutes Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters passively The parameter Transmit test status of the emergency lights provides a global definition for all programmed single battery operated emergenc
342. s or devices Setting the scene priority The priority of the scene function over the disabling or forced position functions of a group or a single device can be configured for each scene Thus it is possible for a scene recall to override a disabling or forced position function Alternatively a scene can have a lower priority which means that disabling functions or forced positions cannot be overridden by a scene recall The scene priority can be configured separately for each created scene Inthe parameter node Scenes gt x Scene name configure the parameter Priority scene to be disabled forced position to low The scene has a lower priority to the supplementary functions of the assigned groups or the assigned single devices It is not possible to call up or save a scene if a supplementary functions is only activated for one group or one single device In the parameter node Scenes gt x Scene name configure the parameter Priority scene to be disabled forced position to high The scene has a higher priority to the supplementary functions of the assigned groups or the assigned single devices Scenes are only ever called up or saved when a scene extension unit is received i Irrespective of the set priority for the entire scene no new scene values are ever saved if disabling or a forced position is active for individual groups or devices In the Tracked brightness value setting at the end of disabling forced
343. s reset in the plug in but there is also an adjustment of the commissioning parameters of the DALI Gateway For this purpose the plug in sets up communication to the DALI Gateway via the bus connection of the ETS and deletes all the assignments in the device memory there The operation may take some time The progress is displayed during the Delete operation If the bus communication is faulty the plug in terminates the operation without deleting the assignments in the programming or in the device Previously identified DALI operating devices remain intact but without group device assignments Page 156 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eelectron Functional description 4 2 4 7 4 Offline commissioning The identification addressing and assignment of DALI operating devices takes place in the DALI commissioning environment of the ETS plug in Commissioning can be prepared offline in the parameter configuration if necessary Offline commissioning is ideal as the preparation for later complete commissioning if there is no programming connection to the DALI Gateway or the DALI operating devices but group assignment is still to take place This is normally the case when the building planning and thus also the Gateway configuration take place earlier than the commissioning of the DALI Gateway and the DALI system The offline assignment of an electronic ballast to a group takes place in the plug in in the tree node Addressing gt Gro
344. s value is automatically programmed into DALI operating devices during initialisation If the dimming behaviour of an effect step now allows for another fading time the Gateway will reprogram all the assigned DALI operating devices to the dimming time of the effect step directly after recall After the configured brightness value has been specified the Gateway immediately reprograms the fading time back to the original value This reprogramming takes place separately for each group each single device and each scene integrated into the effect step in sequence via the DALI cable As a result the processing of an effect step becomes longer the more groups single devices or scenes are assigned to it The Delay until next step is only started when the last assignment of an effect step has been processed If scenes are integrated in an effect step the dimming behaviour set for the scene is not effective when an effect is recalled The configured dimming behaviour of an effect is of more importance Setting a delay between effect steps During an effect run through effect steps are processed in sequence according to their number When all the brightness values of an effect step have been set the effect controller waits for the set Delay until the next step Then the next step is recalled In the parameter node Effects gt x Effect name gt y Step x 1 16 y 1 15 configure the parameter Delay until next step to the requir
345. scription Scene function Function Name Type DPT Flag Extension input Scene 1 byte 18 001 C W R 1 byte object for recalling scenes Bit 7 deleted or for storing new scene values Bit 7 set Bits 0 6 carry the configurable KNX scene number 0 63 gt KNX scene number 1 64 Effect control Function Name Type DPT Flag Start Stop Effect 1 16 1 bit 1 010 C W R 1 bit object to start and stop individual effects 1 Start effect 0 Stop effect Effects can run simultaneously and also influence each other provided that the same groups single devices or scenes are integrated in the effect steps Effect control Function Name Type DPT Flag Extension input Effects 1 byte 18 001 C W R 1 bit object to start Bit 7 deleted and stop Bit 7 set individual effects Bits 0 6 carry the configurable KNX effect number 0 63 gt KNX effect number 1 64 1 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus will be read Page 28 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeieciron ICOOP01DAL Object table 4 2 3 3 Object for emergency lighting Function Emergency lighting Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od 1538 Failure of external supply Emergency 1 bit 1 002 C W R lighting 1 Description Using this 1 bit object a different KNX bus device e g binary input can inform the DALI Gateway that the general mains voltage supply has failed With this the Gateway th
346. sent In functional terms these light types are two independent DALI resources although they are integrated in a shared light housing For this reason with the DALI gateway such lights should be regarded as two independent DALI subscribers and commissioned accordingly Single battery operated DALI emergency lights have a special brightness value in the device memory This brightness value defines the brightness of the connected lighting for emergency operation Emergency Level and is defined separately for each emergency light in the ETS plug in using a parameter Often single battery operated emergency lights are used when a central power supply is not essential or not possible Only the DALI lights used for emergency lighting are equipped with a suitable ballast including a battery In such cases the KNX system and the DALI Gateway are not supplied with emergency current Figure 20 meaning that KNX diagnosis and control of the emergency lighting system are not possible i Depending on the configured minimum and maximum brightness the brightness for emergency operation can be set in the ETS plug in between the limits 0 1 100 The planned brightness value is programmed into the DALI operating devices during the initialisation operation after an ETS programming operation The brightness for emergency operation must be within the limits Emergency Min Level and Emergency Max Level of the emergency light operating devices Otherwis
347. separate brightness value is to be defined for emergency operation If the scope of emergency operation also allows for the integration of the Gateway the Gateway requires the information of which of the DALI operating devices are integrated into centrally supplied emergency operation Furthermore it is necessary to define the brightness value or the behaviour for emergency operation Here it is possible to define whether the single device is integrated in the centrally supply emergency operation This parameter is only visible if the scope of emergency operation also allows for the integration of the DALI Gateway Here it is possible to define which reaction the single device shows at the beginning of emergency operation In the yes setting that parameter Brightness at the beginning of emergency operation becomes visible which directly specifies the brightness value to be set In the no setting the electronic ballast remains on the last set brightness value in normal operation This parameter is only visible if the scope of emergency operation also allows for the integration of the DALI Gateway the single device is integrated in emergency light operation Page 198 of 218 QDeelectron Brightness at the 0 1 10 100 beginning of emergency operation Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters The Gateway controls the electronic ballast to the brightness value specified by this parameter The brightn
348. sible The object value is 1 if at least one DALI group or one DALI single device is switched on brightness value gt 0 The object value is 0 if all the DALI groups or DALI single devices are switched off brightness value 0 Here it is not important what switched a group or individual on or off AKNX command to objects in the groups or devices recall of a scene or the start of an effect affect the updating of the global switching status feedback i When the global switching status is evaluated the logical switching status of a DALI group or a single device is evaluated It is irrelevant whether all or individual planned groups or devices were assigned electronic ballasts during DALI commissioning or whether assigned electronic ballasts can be contacted The object value 0 OFF of the feedback can optionally be sent to the bus after a delay using the parameter Delay until activation of the standby switch off transmit the feedback If the delay time is used the feedback telegram can be used for standby switch off of the DALI system For this for example an output of a KNX switching actuator used as an NO contact should be connected to the feedback object of the DALI Gateway The output of the switching actuator switches the mains voltage supply of all the DALI operating devices Figure 32 If the global switching status in this application is 0 the delayed telegram to the actuator will disconnect all the DALI operating
349. signment can only take place if there is agreement This will prevent functional incompatibilities after commissioning The testing of the device types is influenced by the Use DALI device type setting parameter in the parameter node General Compatibility mode The DALI Gateway has a compatibility mode for supporting non DALI conformant operating devices This means that the commissioning process becomes distinctly more tolerant towards specific DALI commissioning parameters which means that operating devices not fully compliant with the DALI specification can be commissioned possibly subject to functional restrictions Compatibility mode relates solely to DALI commissioning and explicitly to the operation to search for devices Compatibility mode is activated when the checkbox Compatibility mode for DALI commissioning D is selected in the DALI commissioning window of the ETS plug in Figure 60 When compatibility mode is active DALI operating devices in the system are no longer identified using their previously programmed long address Normally when compatibility mode is deactivated the Gateway uses the DALI long address to check if found operating devices were previously commissioned in a search operation known device or whether this is a newly found electronic ballast When the Gateway carries out a search operation for DALI operating devices the long address is automatically assigned randomly and is programmed into the elect
350. smitted yes cyclically as an option in addition to transmission when the object value changes although this is only possible if the delay times and thus the standby switch off are not used The parameter Cyclical transmission of feedback telegram then specifies if cyclical transmission is enabled or not If enabled the parameter Time for cyclical transmission on the same parameter page will define the cycle time This parameter is only visible if feedback of the global switching status is enabled and only when there is an active signalling object Updating of the object only if the feedback value The update of the feedback of the global value changes switching status will always take place whenever the feedback value changes This means that the update behaviour cannot be configured here This parameter is only visible if feedback of the global switching status is enabled and only when there is an active signalling object Delay until activation of no Using this parameter the object value the standby switch off 0 OFF of the feedback can optionally sending the feedback yes be transmitted to the bus after a delay If the delay time is used the feedback telegram can be used for standby switch off of the DALI system For this for example an output of a KNX switching actuator used as an NO contact should be connected to the feedback object of the DALI Gateway The output of the switching actuator switches the mai
351. ssioning dialog in the control panel E has two additional buttons to allow control of single battery emergency lights for identification purposes Pressing the buttons Emergency lights on and Emergency lights off causes the Gateway to transmit special commands to the selected devices causing the controlled emergency lights to control their individual identification display This display is device dependent and is usually a status LED or an acoustic signal encoder The buttons Emergency lights On and Emergency lights Off are only available if single battery operated emergency lights were selected in the ETS plug in Other DALI lights that are optionally integrated in centrally supplied emergency lighting operation can be controlled using the standard identification switch lighting By using buttons in the control panel F it is possible to switch all the operating devices in the DALI system broadcast on and off centrally In addition it is possible to reset all the devices of the DALI installation to the delivery states defined by the manufacturers by using the Reset button In this operation all the assignments to groups and single devices in the electronic ballasts are removed Furthermore the long and short addresses in the operating devices are deleted After the reset command has been executed the pane of the found devices B no longer displays any electronic ballasts A new search operation must then be restarted to be able to per
352. stem Set the parameter to Active signalling object The general error status is transmitted as soon as the state changes li A general error saved in the DALI Gateway is lost when the mains voltage fails For this reason after all the errors have been eliminated by switching the mains voltage off on the DALI Gateway and switching it back on again no feedback is transmitted i The DALI Gateway initialises after switching on the mains power supply or after an ETS programming operation If a DALI error is detected in this state the Gateway will immediately transmit an appropriate feedback telegram The only time feedback is not sent to the bus automatically is after bus voltage return mains voltage switched on permanently on the DALI Gateway during bus failure Set the parameter to Passive status object The general error status will be transmitted in response only if the feedback object is read out by the bus Optionally the general error status can be transmitted repeatedly if after a previously identified DALI error further errors are detected on the same or other operating devices The parameter Telegram repetition on new error in DALI system in the parameter node General gt DALI error messages specifies the behaviour of the general error status feedback for new errors Set the parameter to yes Page 62 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eeleciron Functional description The general error stat
353. stem Description 1 bit object for signalling a short circuit on the DALI cable 0 No short circuit 1 Short circuit Function Central function Object Function Name Type DPT Flag De 1528 Switching Central function for 1 bit 1 001 C W R groups and 2 devices Description 1 bit object for central switching of assigned DALI groups and channels The telegram polarity can be configured 1 The communication flags are set automatically depending on the configuration T flag for active object R flat for passive object 2 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus or by the device will be read 3 For reading the R flag must be set The last value written to the object via the bus will be read Page 31 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeieciron ICOOP01DAL Object table Function Manual operation Object Function Name Type DPT Flag an 1529 Disabling Manual operation 11 bit 1 003 C W R Description 1 bit object for disabling the buttons for manual control on the device The telegram polarity can be configured Function Manual operation Object Function Name Type DPT Flag Od 1530 Status Manual operation 1 bit 1 002 C T R Description 1 bit object for manual control status transmission The object is 0 when manual control is deactivated bus control The object is 1 when manual control is being activated You can configure whether the temporary or the
354. t Staircase function start stop the parameterized staircase lighting time will be extended by the value programmed in this parameter 1 fold time means that after the started staircase time has elapsed it can be retriggered a maximum of one more time The time is therefore extended two fold The other settings behave in a similar manner This parameter is visible only if the supplementary function time extension is set Page 195 of 218 eelectron Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters Ol Addressing gt Groups gt x Group gt Operating hours counter Ol Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Operating hours counter Operating hours counter Type of counter Start Limiting value presetting Start limiting value 0 65535 hrs no yes Up counter Down counter no yes as received via object yes as specified in parameter 0 65535 The operating hours counter can be disabled or enabled here When the function is enabled the corresponding parameters will be displayed under x Device name Operating hours counter and the necessary object enabled li If the operating hours counter is disabled any operating hours that may have been counted previously will be deleted and any limiting or start values predefined for the affected DALI group and the affected single device via the object will be reset The operating hours counter can be c
355. t gt Switch on Switch off behaviour set the parameter selection of time delay to switch off delay or to switch on delay and switch off delay Configure the desired switch off delay The switch off delay is enabled After reception of an OFF telegram via the switching object the configurable time is started Another OFF telegram triggers the time only when the parameter switch off delay retriggerable is set to yes An ON telegram received during the OFF delay will end the delay and sets the switching status to ON li Feedback If a time delay has been preset and if the switching state is changed via the Switching object the time delay must have elapsed before feedback telegrams will be transmitted i Atthe end of a disabling function or forced position function the brightness state received during the function or adjusted before the function can be tracked Residual times of time functions are also tracked if these had not yet fully elapsed at the time of the reactivation or forced control The time delays do not influence the staircase function if this is enabled A time delay still in progress will be fully aborted by a reset of the actuator bus mains voltage failure or ETS programming e4 fe Soft ON OFF function The soft functions permit a DALI group or a single device to be switched on or off at reduced speed when a switching command is received via the Switching or Central switching function commu
356. t Microsoft XML Parser 3 0 or higher must be installed on the PC msxml3 dll in order to export an XML file An appropriate installation can be downloaded from the Microsoft website www microsoft com downloads for Windows 98 operating systems or higher search term msxml MSXML 3 0 Service Pack 4 or a later version is required as the appropriate program package If the program package is not installed the plug in of the DALI Gateway will display an error message when the Export command is executed More recent operating systems usually have the package preinstalled Pressing the Import button can download a previously exported XML file to the device configuration It should be noted that during an import operation the current configuration of the plug in in the ETS including all the commissioning parameters of the DALI operating devices is always overwritten For this reason the plug in issues a warning of this characteristic before the process is executed Figure 25 CI a During the import the existing parameterisation including the DALI commissioning parameters will be deleted Carry out import Figure 25 Note before an import operation After confirmation of the import the plug in asks whether the import should take place with or without KNX group addresses In the case of an import without group addresses the plug in does not apply any associations between the communication objects and the group addresses of t
357. t dimmed to a reduced continuous lighting It is also possible to switch off prematurely during a dimming procedure of a soft function or during a pre warning or reduced continuous lighting At the end of the switch on time of the staircase function the DALI group or the single device shows the behaviour configured here The DALI group or the single device can be set to switch off immediately alternatively to dim to the reduced continuous lighting application e g long dark hallways or to execute the pre warning function This parameter defines the reduced brightness that is set for pre warning or continuous lighting The selection of the settable value is limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness The standard setting adapts itself accordingly This parameter is only visible if the staircase function is enabled and the pre warning time or continuous lighting is activated This parameter is used for setting the duration of the pre warning time The Page 194 of 218 QOeelectron Supplementary function for staircase function Staircase function can be activated via Staircase time factor object Maximum time extension 00 00 01 00 00 30 23 59 59 hh mm ss No supplementary function Time preset via the bus time extension no yes 1 fold time 2 fold time 3 fold time 4 fold time 5 fold time Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters pre warning time is added to t
358. t switched on Remedy Switch on the mains supply on the Gateway Device orientated DALI test As soon as DALI commissioning has taken place and operating devices have thus also be identified and assigned the correct function of these devices can be tested in the device orientated DALI test The device orientated test environment is used for this Figure 71 M Singe device Device 1 Electronic ballast Switching On Read out devices status off Devices status Ok Lamp status Ok Switching state On Reset No Brightness value o voltage Failure No Set value Read out valu PED EE Figure 71 Device orientated DALI test environment The operating device to be tested must first be selected in the Device selection box This contains all the identified and assigned DALI operating devices indicated by the individual short address in square brackets and the device name Only one device can be tested at a time The selected operating device can then be switched on or off independently In addition it is possible to specify an absolute brightness value Pressing the Set value button transmits the brightness value selected in the selection box to the appropriate operating device which should then set itself immediately to this brightness value The settable brightness value is independent of a group configuration for minimum or maximum brightness The whole brightness range can thus
359. t the start of emergency operation is configured to yes Otherwise no setting the operating devices assigned to emergency operation remain at the last set brightness values The brightness value specified by the parameter Brightness at the start of emergency operation is also entered into the DALI operating devices as the System Failure Level If the mains voltage supply of the DALI Gateway should fail and consequently the DALI voltage the operating devices affected will also set themselves to this brightness value If the parameter is unavailable parameter Define behaviour at the start of emergency operation set to no the System Failure Level is defined by the Behaviour in case of bus voltage failure parameter of a group or single device i DALI groups or single devices integrated in centrally supplied emergency lighting operation or single devices corresponding to the DALI device type Emergency light single battery operated cannot be assigned to any scenes or effects Assignments to scenes and effects are lost if the integration of groups or devices takes place later in emergency operation In these cases the ETS plug in warns of losing assignments Monitoring power supply failure If the scope of emergency operation also allows for the integration of the DALI Gateway the Gateway will activate emergency operation It instigates all the appropriate actions on the KNX and the DALI page Identification of a mains failur
360. ted into the emergency power supply Page 48 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eeleciron Functional description Emergency operation comprises DALI lights KNX system and DALI Gateway recommended application In this application all or individual DALI operating devices the power supply of the KNX system and the mains voltage connection of the DALI Gateway are connected to the emergency power supply Figure 19 If there is a fault DALI voltage will remain since the power supply of the Gateway continues working In this application the DALI operating devices do not switch automatically to the System Failure Level Instead the Gateway controls selected operating devices at a special brightness value for emergency operation This brightness can be configured in the ETS plug in within the limits of minimum and maximum brightness if necessary Alternatively it is possible to define no special behaviour at the beginning of emergency operation In this case the operating devices assigned to emergency operation remain at the last set brightness value As if the mains power fails the KNX system and the Gateway continue working without interruption mains failure messages and all status and feedback functions can continue to be used The Gateway is also able to evaluate all the KNX commands coming in during emergency operation and to save them so that they can be tracked at the end of emergency operation In this application e
361. ter is only available for planned single devices The minimum brightness is set here The configured value is not undershot in any state of operation of the Gateway i The upper limit of the selection of the value settable here is limited by the configured maximum brightness minimum brightness lt maximum brightness li During editing of the minimum brightness the ETS plug in checks all the configured brightness values of the group or the single device e g switch on brightness scene values to see if the values undershoot the minimum brightness If this is the case the plug in will signal a value conflict and offer adjustments The maximum brightness is set here The configured value is not exceeded in any state of operation of the Gateway li The lower limit of the selection of the value settable here is limited by the configured minimum brightness minimum brightness lt maximum brightness li During editing of the maximum brightness the ETS plug in checks all the configured brightness values of the group or the single device e g switch on brightness scene values to see if the values exceed the maximum brightness If this is the case the plug in will signal a value conflict and offer adjustments This parameter specifies the brightness value to which the group or the single device is set to whenever switching on via the Switching or Central function switching object On switching on the
362. tery and DALI ballast If there is fault free mains operation the light is supply by mains voltage and the battery charged permanently If the mains fails the ballast switches to the battery supply As a result the battery then assumes the supply of the light for a specific time In general centrally supplied emergency lighting systems can be combined with single battery operated emergency lights in a DALI installation This is a coexistence of both systems which do not influence each other are functionally independent and are also controlled and diagnosed separately by the DALI Gateway if possible When both systems are combined we recommend integrating the KNX system and DALI Gateway into the central emergency power supply so that diagnosis and control tasks via KNX remain intact even if there is a failure The DALI Gateway is able to evaluate the operating status of all the DALI operating devices integrated into the emergency operation in accordance with the transferred error status and to make them available collectively to other KNX devices in the form of 1 bit feedback via the object Feedback emergency lights complete The status of all the electronic ballasts integrated into centrally supplied and single battery Page 208 of 218 QOeelectron Type of feedback active signalling object passive status object Time delay for feedback no telegram after bus voltage yes return Cyclical transmission of n
363. teway Then the ETS used will see the program window of the plug in Figure 22 1 1 1 DALI Gateway COOD12 J Ioj x General kal DALI communication Z DALI error messages Enable DALI device replacement by manual operation no fF Status and feedbacks fF Standby switch off of DALI devices Blinking rate 2 sec x X Manual operation a Ci function E ga Addressing entral Function no X E Scenes H Effects a Export Import Print Use Setting DALI device type yes X DALI commissioning DALI test Integration of emergency lights yes X E E Emergency lights Cancel Standard Help Figure 22 Program window of the ETS plug in The program window is primarily divided up into two areas The left hand pane contains all the parameter pages of the group related device related and multi channel parameters in a tree structure Configuration pages for commissioning the import export function and the DALI test are also available in this window The individual pages can be selected and opened by clicking the mouse or navigating with the keyboard The parameters and operating elements assigned to the parameter page then become visible in the right hand pane There are 4 buttons in the lower area of the window The OK button exits the plug in and saves the set parameters and configurations to the ETS database The Cancel button exits the plug in without saving the data to the ETS database Any changes to the parameter setti
364. teway ICOOP01DAL Q ecelectron Functional description The right hand number provides information on the maximum number of steps available in the effect including the stop step When an effect step is recalled using the single step function is displayed behind the right hand number The display goes out if the controller has set all the required brightness values of the manually recalled effect on the DALI operating devices The delay until the next effect step specified in the configuration is irrelevant In the display box Run through current total the left hand number shows the number of the current effect run through The right hand number signals the maximum number of all effect run throughs according to the configuration the number 0 means that the run through is set as infinite li It should be noted that the status information in the display boxes during automatic control are only updated cyclically approx every 3 seconds With rapid effect run throughs it may occur that individual steps or even entire run throughs are skipped in the display The run through of a running effect can optionally be accelerated in the DALI test An Accelerate run through button and an input box whose setting specifies the acceleration factor 1x to 10x are provided for this purpose With this function it is also possible to test slow effect run throughs without having to wait for the real time effect step transitions When the button Acceler
365. text menu This parameter shows the number of effect steps in the effect It cannot be edited An effect always starts at effect step 1 The steps are processed in sequence according to their number An effect run through corresponds to calling up all the steps created in the effect The number of run throughs can be specified individually here between 1 500 An effect stops automatically when the configured number of run throughs has been reached Otherwise the effect starts again with the first step after processing of the last effect step In the configuration of an effect step it is possible to specify whether the brightness values for the assigned groups single devices or scenes are recalled with an instant jump or are dimmed to The recall of an effect step can thus be executed independently of the set dimming behaviour of the groups or single devices On dimming the fading time can also be specified DALI specific This time guarantees that when a scene is recalled all the DALI groups and devices reach the specified brightness values at the same time Example In the setting Dim to 0 7 s a dimming operation to set a brightness takes exactly 0 7 seconds irrespective of the brightness before the dimming operation takes place During an effect run through effect steps are processed in sequence according to their number When all the brightness values of an effect step have been set the effect controller wait
366. the feedback function is enabled Optionally this parameter can be used to activate a delay of the 2 byte feedback after Gateway initialisation ETS programming operation mains voltage return The delay time is globally configured in the parameter node General gt Status and feedback After initialisation the 1 byte error status is generally transmitted without a delay This parameter is only visible in case of an enabled feedback function and actively transmitting feedback The DALI Gateway can monitor its supply voltage mains voltage connection and if there is a failure transmit a message telegram to the bus before shutting down operation The yes setting activates the message function and disconnects the appropriate object In addition there is the specification of whether the message is only to be transmitted when the supply voltage fails or if it should additionally be transmitted when the supply voltage returns Page 171 of 218 QOeelectron Feedback DALI short no circuit yes Ci General gt Status and feedbacks 00 00 10 00 00 20 23 59 59 hh mm ss Time for cyclical transmission of the feedbacks for groups and devices Time delay for 00 00 00 05 59 59 feedbacks after bus volt mmi ss return for groups and devices Collective feedback no switching status yes Collective feedback type active signalling object passive status object Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL
367. the parameter to Passive status object Collective feedback will only be transmitted in response if the appropriate object is read out from the bus No automatic telegram transmission of the collective feedback takes place after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS Setting collective feedback after bus mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS If used as an active message object the states of the collective feedback are transmitted to the bus after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS In these cases the feedback telegram can be time delayed with the delay being preset globally for all groups and single devices together see page 69 Collective feedback must be enabled and the feedback type set to Active message object Page 71 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL ee ec ron Functional description Set the parameter Time delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return to Yes The collective feedback objects are transmitted with a delay after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS No feedback telegram is transmitted during a running delay even if a switching state changes during this delay Set the parameter Time delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return to no The collective feedback is transmitted immediately after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS Setting cyclic transmission of the
368. the test result Battery error Furthermore the Gateway signals whether the maximum time of the continuous operation test has elapsed the electronic ballast could not perform the test within the time prescribed by the electronic ballast manufacturer A continuous operation test is considered as having failed if the determined battery operating length was too short Amongst other things the Gateway makes the length of the successful or failed test operation available in the range 2 510 minutes Should errors be detected on an electronic ballast during the continuous operation test the Gateway will also set the error bit Electronic ballast error of the DALI error status see page 62 Consequently errors in single battery operated electronic ballasts can also be identified independently for the diagnosis of DALI emergency lights A continuous operation test can either be activated automatically cyclically within configurable repeat times or additionally by a user command via KNX telegram Continuous operation tests are usually performed on an annual basis depending on national directives li The length of a continuous operation test and thus the time until the test result is made available by the Gateway after the start of a test is dependent on the charging level of the battery and the specifications of the electronic ballast manufacturer The electronic ballast to be tested normally assumes a high or full charging capacity depending on typ
369. the transmitting behaviour after bus voltage return Set the parameter Time delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return to yes The parameter is on the parameter page of the corresponding switching status or brightness value feedback of a group or a single device In this case after bus voltage return the feedback telegram is first transmitted to the bus after the end of the delay time Alternatively setting No a feedback telegram is transmitted to the bus without time delay immediately after bus voltage return Collective feedback After central commands or after bus mains voltage return a KNX line is generally heavily loaded by data traffic as many bus devices are transmitting the state of their communication objects by means of feedback telegrams This effect occurs particularly when using visualisations Collective feedback of the Gateway can be used to keep the telegram load low during initialisation The collective feedback summarises the switching states of the DALI groups and single devices in bit orientated form Figure 31 Up to 6 separate 4 byte communication objects according to KNX DPT 27 001 are available for this depending on the set addressing type Each of these objects can visualise the switching state of up to 16 groups or devices Page 69 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL 0 eelectron Functional description byte 4 byte 3 byte 2 byte 1 olol IM
370. therwise reset the parameter to no In the yes as specified in parameter setting specify the required limit value 1 65 535 hrs The counter counts the operating hours forwards starting from 0 If the monitoring of the limiting value is activated the Gateway transmits a 1 telegram via the object OHC elapsed as soon as the predefined limiting value is reached Otherwise the counter operation is first transmitted when the maximum value 65 535 is reached Set the parameter Counter type to Down counter Set the parameter Start limiting value specification to yes as received via object or yes as parameter if it is necessary to monitor the start value Otherwise reset the parameter to no In the yes as specified in parameter setting specify the required start value 1 65 535 hrs The counter counts the operating hours down to 0 after a restart With a start value preset the start value is counted down otherwise the counting operation starts at the maximum value 65 535 The Gateway transmits a 1 telegram via the object OHC elapsed for the dimming channel concerned once the value 0 is reached Page 111 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Oeelectron Functional description i The value of the communication object OHC elapsed is stored permanently The object is initialised immediately with the value that was saved before bus voltage return or ETS programming If an operating hours counter is i
371. tion the assigned operating devices disappear from the list box and appear in the left hand section for the selected group Carry out assignments for other groups as described if necessary Procedure for group assignment with deactivated checkbox Hide previously assigned DALI devices Special case n the left hand section of the DALI commissioning environment select the required group to which the operating devices are to be added Assign one or more available DALI operation devices to the group as described above The assigned operating devices remain visible in the right hand section and also appear in the left hand section for the selected group Figure 65 In the right hand area these electronic ballasts receive the short address of the assignment Page 148 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Aea on Functional description i i i Configured DALI devices Single devices Groups Existing DALI devices Search devices 1 Group 1 Electronic ballast Type Status 2 2 Electronic ballast Ballast f lt add new device gt 3 Electronic ballast Ballast f 2 Electronic ballast Ballast f assigned 4 Electronic ballast Ballast f 4 Electronic ballast Ballast f assigned 5 Electronic ballast Ballast f 6 Electronic ballast Ballast f uy 7 Electronic ballast Ballast f 8 Electronic ballast Ballast f 9 Electronic ballast Ballast f 10 Electronic ballast Ballast f
372. tive message object or as a passive status object As an active message object the feedback information is also directly transmitted to the bus whenever there is Page 213 of 218 QDeeleciron Time delay for feedback no telegram after bus voltage yes return Cyclical transmission of no the feedback yes Time for cyclical 00 00 15 00 59 59 transmission mm ss OJ Emergency lights gt single battery operated Transmit test status of automatic on status change the emergency lights after read request Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters an update As a passive status object there is no telegram transmission after an update In this case the object value must be read out The ETS automatically sets the object communication flags required for proper functioning This parameter is only visible if the feedback Emergency operation status is enabled If used as an active message object the status feedback state is transmitted to the bus after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS provided that emergency operation is activated In these cases the feedback telegram can be time delayed with the delay being preset globally for all device feedback together If a time delay is required this parameter must be set to yes Otherwise no setting transmission of the active message telegram takes place immediately after a device reset and if there is an error This parameter i
373. tively as a passive status object As an active message object the feedback information is also directly transmitted to the bus whenever there is an update As a passive status object there is no telegram transmission after an update In this case the object value must be read out The ETS automatically sets the object communication flags required for proper functioning This parameter is only visible if feedback of the global switching status is enabled If used as an active message object the feedback status is transmitted to the bus after bus mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS if switch on or switch off takes place after a device reset If feedback is not used for standby switch off the telegram can be transmitted after a delay after bus mains voltage return whereby the delay time is set jointly and globally for all the Page 174 of 218 oy Software DALI Gateway eeleciron ICOOPO1DAL Parameters feedback of the device If a time delay is required this parameter must be set to yes Otherwise no setting transmission of the active message telegram takes place immediately after a device reset and thus generally when the standby switch off is used This parameter is only visible if feedback of the global switching status is enabled and only when there is an active signalling object Cyclical transmission of no Feedback in its function as an active the feedback signalling object can also be tran
374. to communication or device errors the ETS plug in will perform a complete programming operation during a subsequent commissioning adjustment Here too the adjustment of DALI commissioning must be initiated manually in the ETS plug in as described DALI commissioning Write short addresses in the Gateway Cancel Figure 67 Adjustment of the commissioning parameters between the plug in and the DALI Gateway Here Programming the short addresses Page 154 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Oeelectron Functional description DALI commissioning al Write short addresses in the electronic ballast 6 Electronic ballast Cancel Figure 68 Adjustment of the commissioning parameters between the Gateway and the DALI operating devices Here Programming the short addresses For the full completion of commissioning and to apply all the necessary parameter settings close the plug in and then program the application of the DALI Gateway using the ETS see page 12 li The Gateway checks the function of the DALI cable during the programming of the commissioning parameters into the DALI operating devices Should no communication be possible the plug in will terminate the incomplete operation with an error message In this case the error on the DALI cable e g electronic ballast disconnected mains voltage switched off cable break must be eliminated and the commissioning environment of the plug in opened and exited ag
375. to switch off immediately alternatively to dim to the reduced continuous lighting application e g long dark hallways or to execute the pre warning function If the parameter is configured to activate pre warning time the pre warning time Tvorwam and pre warning brightness can be configured in the ETS plug in The pre warning should warn people still on the staircase that the light will soon be switched off As a pre warning the operating devices can be set to a pre warning brightness before they switch off permanently The pre warning brightness is normally reduced in the brightness value compared to the switch on brightness The pre warning time Tprewamn and the pre warning brightness can be configured separately Figure 43 The pre warning time is added to the staircase time Tein The pre warning time influences the values of the feedback objects so that the switching state OFF and the value 0 are first tracked after the pre warning time in the feedback objects has elapsed Output Switch on brightness reduced brightness during the advance warning Advance warning brightness Time Ton T Advance warning Feedback ON Switching status OFF Time Figure 43 The pre warning function of the staircase function without soft OFF function Additionally the pre warning function can also be extended by the soft OFF function Taking into account any soft ON and soft OFF function this gives rise to the switch off beh
376. ts the status information of only one DALI operating device As the master in the DALI system the DALI Gateway as soon as it is ready for operation polls the status of the commissioned electronic ballasts slaves cyclically every second A system with a maximum of 64 DALI devices can identify an error after 63 seconds at the latest Once an error has occurred in the operating device it must be eliminated switch off the mains voltage to the appropriate DALI subscriber and observe the manufacturer s information The DALI Gateway detects an eliminated error automatically after commissioning of the repaired device and resets the error state in the feedback 1 byte error status Bits 0 5 of the 1 byte error status telegram use the electronic ballast number to indicate to which device the signalled error relates The electronic ballast numbers of the error status are derived directly from the short addresses of the DALI subscribers An electronic ballast number 0 63 corresponds to a short address 1 64 minus 1 example Short address 1 gt Electronic ballast number in the error status telegram 0 li When an error status is displayed it is irrelevant whether the electronic ballast was assigned to a single device or a group during programming number electronic ballast 0 63 0 no lamp errpor 1 lamp error 0 no electronic ballast error 1 electronic ballast error Figure 29 Telegram st
377. ue 20 The feedback of Group 2 remains at 10 even though some of the operating devices belonging to the group were set to 20 brightness Example 2 Group 2 is switched on and sets itself to the brightness value 100 The status of Group 3 internally in the DALI Gateway remains at 0 brightness OFF Now Group 3 is made brighter The lights of Group 3 adopt the dimming behaviour becoming brighter from minimum brightness even though these lights have already been switched on by Group 2 li Each group can be configured independently in the plug in During an ETS programming operation the individual DALI operating devices are programmed with the configuration data of the assigned groups In so doing all the operating devices assigned to a DALI group are commissioned identically If however DALI operating devices are assigned to multiple groups these devices will then receive the planning of the group with the highest group number li Pressing the Delete assignment button at the bottom edge of the commissioning environment allows deletion of all the assignments between the DALI operating devices and the various groups Not only are the assignments reset in the plug in but there is also an adjustment of the commissioning parameters of the DALI Gateway For this purpose the plug in sets up communication to the DALI Gateway via the bus connection of the ETS and deletes all the assignments in the device memory there The operation may t
378. unctional description i Ej le In the No change setting The communication objects of the Gateway are initialised with 0 after bus mains voltage return In this case the switching status or brightness value feedback only corresponds to the true brightness state when the group or the single device have been controlled at least once via the bus or by manual operation In this setting feedback objects set as actively transmitting do not transmit a telegram If mains voltage is only switched on the connected DALI operating devices e g supply from an external mains conductor the operating devices set themselves to the brightness specified in their Power on level After an ETS programming operation this value is programmed into the operating devices by the DALI Gateway and corresponds to the setting of the parameter Behaviour after bus voltage return In the settings Brightness value before bus voltage failure and Start staircase function the command No change is programmed into the operating devices as the power on level If the mains voltage of the DALI Gateway is switched on the device only executes the parameter Behaviour after bus voltage return after initialisation It may occur that the DALI operating devices react more quickly after bus voltage return and set themselves to the power on level before the Gateway can transmit individual commands on the DALI cable This may result in short brightness jumps If KNX telegr
379. up or the single device show no response and remain in the currently set brightness state or are switched off Bus operation is enabled again At the end of a forced position the state received during the forced position function or adjusted before the function can be tracked with the appropriate brightness value Any time functions still in progress will also be taken into account if necessary Bus operation is enabled again Ol Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast gt Switching Feedback switching status no yes feedback object is active signalling object yes feedback object is passive status object The current switching state of the DALI group or the single device can be reported back separately to the bus No feedback object available for the group or the single device Feedback deactivated Feedback and the object are activated The state is not transmitted inverted The object transmits actively telegram transmission after change update or possibly cyclically Feedback and the object are activated The state is not transmitted inverted The object is passive telegram transmission only as a response to Read request Page 187 of 218 eelectron Time delay for feedback no telegram after bus voltage yes return Cyclical transmission of no the feedback yes Updating the object value for switching status feedback after each update of the inputs
380. ups gt Group gt Single devices by clicking the right mouse button and executing the New command Figure 69 This creates a new electronic ballast in the selected tree node This electronic ballast is then assigned to the group addressing of the selected group Additional parameters can be configured for each operating device created and assigned in this way name short address and optionally the device type Single devices assigned to a group do not have their own communication objects On the KNX side these devices are only controlled by the objects of the group Only single devices assigned during programming of the single addressing device control can be controlled autonomously using separate objects i The assignment of DALI operating devices to groups is only then possible when the addressing type allows for group control 1 1 1 DALI Gateway COOD12 ioj xj f General DALI communication DALI error messages Z Status and feedbacks 1 Group Single devices Standby switch off of DALI devices bg Manual operation Addressing S Groups 1 32 E Tg 1 Group i Switching a Dimming it Switch on switch off behaviour ai Staircase Function i Operating hours counter ai Emergency lights centrally supplied a Single devices re Vy 2 Group H Ya 3 Group El Ya 4 Group E Baj Single devices 1 64 Ej g Scenes El g Effects a Export Import Print Y DALI commissioning Note Create new single device via t
381. us is transmitted as 1 ON for each new error Set the parameter to no The general error status is transmitted repeatedly for new errors Telegrams are only transmitted again via the object Error status in the DALI system when no more errors are present Feedback Error status per DALI operating device The DALI Gateway allows the feedback of the individual error status of DALI operating devices in up to two different data formats To use this feedback function the parameter Feedback Error status per DALI operating device in the General gt DALI error messages parameter node must be set to the setting Yes konfiguriert werden Here it is possible to define whether the feedback is an active transmitter or is passive error status must be polled The parameter Feedback data format determines whether only a 1 byte object according to KNX DPT 238 600 a 2 byte object according to KNX DPT 237 600 or a combination of both objects is used The status information Lamp error Error in operating device e g electronic ballast error or Converter error for emergency lighting operating devices is transmitted to the Gateway by the DALI components if there is an error and is saved there The DALI Gateway makes all the status information about the KNX side error status objects available The object values are evaluated in bit orientated fashion according to the selected data format A feedback telegram always transmi
382. ust individual DALI operating devices are connected to the emergency power supply The KNX system and DALI Gateway are not supplied with emergency power which means that if the mains voltage fails these subsystems will no longer function If there is a fault there is no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway is no longer working In this application all or individual DALI operating devices as well as the power supply of the KNX system are connected to the emergency power supply The DALI Gateway is not supplied with emergency power which means that it will no longer function if the mains voltage fails If there is a fault there is no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway is no longer working Since the KNX system continues working without interruption if the mains power fails mains failure messages that the Gateway can produce before switch off feedback of supply voltage failure can be evaluated and processed In this application all or individual DALI operating devices the power supply of the KNX system and the mains voltage connection of the DALI Gateway are connected to the emergency power supply If there is a fault DALI voltage will remain since the power supply of the Gateway continues working This application offers the greatest flexibility since the DALI Gateway can continue to control the operating devices In this application the DALI operating devices do not switch automatically
383. value Group 1 32 2 byte 7 007 C T RY 1497 Single device 1 64 Description 2 byte object to transmit or read out the current counter level of the operating hours counter If the bus voltage should fail the value of the communication object is not lost and is actively transmitted to the bus after bus voltage return or an ETS programming operation In the as delivered state the value is 0 Function Operating hours counter Object Function Name Type DPT Flag 1er OHC elapsed Group 1 32 1 bit 1 002 C T RY 1498 Single device 1 64 Description 1 bit object to sign that the operating hours counter has elapsed forwards counter limit value reached backwards counter value 0 reached With a message the object value is actively transmitted to the bus 1 message active 0 message inactive If the bus voltage should fail the value of the communication object is not lost and is actively transmitted to the bus after bus voltage return or an ETS programming operation Function Disabling function Object Function Name Type DPT Flag oe Disabling Group 1 32 1 bit 1 003 C W R 1501 Single device 2 1 64 Description 1 bit object for activation and deactivation of the disabling function polarity configurable Function Forced position function Object Function Name Type DPT Flag in Forced position Group 1 32 2 bit 2 001 C W R 1502 Single device 2 1 64 Description 2 bit object for
384. vation of the disabling or the forced position takes place after the effect starts i If scenes are integrated in an effect step then the scene priority is not evaluated when an effect is recalled The configured priority of the appropriate effect is of more importance Setting the number of effect run throughs An effect always starts at effect step 1 The steps are processed in sequence according to their number An effect run through corresponds to calling up all the steps created in the effect The number of run throughs can be specified individually between 1 500 using a parameter An effect stops automatically when the configured number of run throughs has been reached Otherwise the effect starts again with the first step after processing of the last effect step Page 123 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description Inthe parameter node Effects gt x Effect name set the parameter Number of run throughs to the desired value 0 500 The effect repeats the set number of times Then the effect stops automatically In the 0 setting the effect repeats cyclically until a manual Stop command is received via the communication objects li A manual stop command via the communication objects terminates the effect immediately after the processing of the current step and subsequent execution of the stop step without recalling other effect steps or waiting for delay times Configuring the
385. ve message object or as a passive status object As an active message object the feedback information is also directly transmitted to the bus whenever there is an update As a passive status object there is no telegram transmission after an update In this case the object value must be read out The ETS automatically sets the object communication flags required for proper functioning If used as an active message object the complete status feedback state is transmitted to the bus after bus or mains voltage return or after programming with the ETS should an error be present In these cases the feedback telegram can be time delayed with the delay being preset globally for all device feedback together see page 69 If a time delay is required the parameter Time delay for feedback after bus voltage return must be set to yes Otherwise no setting transmission of the active message telegram takes place immediately after a device reset and if there is an error Optionally the complete status feedback in its function as an active signalling object can also be transmitted cyclically in addition to transmission on an update The parameter Cyclical transmission of feedback telegram specifies whether cyclical transmission is enabled or not If enabled the parameter Time for cyclical transmission on the same parameter page will define the cycle time Page 128 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL QOeelectron Functional description
386. vice Up to 6 different addressing types allow group orientated and individually address control of DALI lights via KNX telegrams Depending on the configuration up to 32 independent DALI groups are available for group addressing For alternative control these can be supplemented with 64 individually addressable DALI device channels as necessary With master control all the connected DALI components are controlled by a broadcast command This means that there is no need to commission DALI meaning that lighting systems with few functions can be started up quickly and easily simplified configuration without DALI commissioning With central addressing some functions are not available no emergency lights can be contacted no error status read out no collective feedback During DALI commissioning or offline configuration the max 64 DALI operating devices are assigned to any different groups of the Gateway For this any number of DALI operating devices can be assigned to each group 1 16 On the DALI side addressing takes place using group addresses which the Gateway configures invisibly for the user and manages on its own During DALI commissioning the operating devices concerned are automatically programmed accordingly Through the use of group addresses multicast the reaction time of the DALI subscribers in this type of addressing is short particularly in large scale systems In this addressing type too during
387. vironment li The assignment of DALI operating devices to single devices is only then possible when the addressing type allows for device control see page 38 Assignment also takes place for single addressed devices by moving the devices listed in the right hand section into the left hand section view of all single devices Assignment is carried out by pressing the lt button between the two sections or alternatively by drag and drop with the mouse An assignment can be removed again by selecting an assigned operating device and using the gt button or the mouse shifting it back to the list box of available DALI devices In contrast to the assignment of electronic ballasts to groups it is not possible to assign multiple operating devices simultaneously or to remove them from an assignment Each electronic ballast to be assigned requires a created single device in the Gateway programming so that the device name the short address and optionally the DALI device type can be configured In order to create an assignment a created single device not previously assigned status Not assigned must first be highlighted After this a found electronic ballast can be assigned to this Page 150 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL 0 Aea on Functional description single device using lt Alternatively assignment with the drag and drop function using the mouse is possible Single devices can be deleted using the Del ke
388. voltage failure The parameter Behaviour on bus voltage failure is available separately for each group or each single device in the parameter node Addressing gt Groups gt x Group or Addressing gt Single devices gt x Electronic ballast Set the parameter to No change If there is a bus voltage failure the assigned DALI operating devices show no response and remain in the currently set brightness value or are switched off Set the parameter to switch off Page 82 of 218 Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL eelectron Functional description The DALI operating devices are switched off when there is a bus voltage failure Set the parameter to Brightness value In the selection box configure the necessary brightness value The DALI operating devices are set to the predefined brightness value in the selection box next to the parameter The selection of the settable value is limited by the configured minimum and maximum brightness If there is a voltage failure on the DALI cable e g due to short circuit cable break mains voltage failure on on DALI Gateway then the assigned DALI operating devices will also show the configured behaviour when the bus voltage fails This is guaranteed because the parameter setting in the DALI operating devices is applied as the System Failure Level after an ETS programming operation Exception Optionally the System Failure Level can irrespective of the behav
389. y lights of the Gateway as to whether the electronic ballast objects actively transmit the individual status automatically when there is a change to the object value or whether the values can only be read out passively with a read telegram The object value changes occurs after completion of a manually initiated or automatically executed function or continuous operation test or after a completed battery test or a limited continuous operation test The value of the object Feedback emergency operation test can either be actively transmitting or can be read out passively The parameter Transmit test result of the emergency lights provides a global definition for all programmed single battery operated emergency lights of the Gateway as to whether the electronic ballast objects actively transmit the individual test results automatically when there is a change to the object value or whether the values can only be read out passively with a read telegram The object value changes when there is a new valid test result This is the case after the successful completion of a manually initiated or automatically executed function or continuous operation test A completed battery test also produces a new test result In addition at the beginning of a restricted continuous operation test the current battery charging state is tracked in the test result The limited continuous operation test primarily works like the continuous operation
390. y after a device reset and if there is an error This parameter is only visible if complete status feedback is enabled and the message object is actively transmitting Optionally the complete status feedback in its function as an active signalling object can also be transmitted cyclically in addition to transmission on an update This parameter specifies whether cyclical transmission is enabled or not If enabled the parameter Time for cyclical transmission on the same parameter page will define the cycle time This parameter is only visible if complete status feedback is enabled and the message object is actively transmitting Page 209 of 218 QOeelectron Time for cyclical 00 00 15 00 59 59 transmission mm ss Od Emergency lights gt Centrally supplied Scope of emergency operation Emergency lights Emergency lights amp KNX system Emergency lights amp KNX system amp DALI Gateway Software DALI Gateway ICOOP01DAL Parameters This parameter defines the time for the cyclical transmission of the complete status feedback It is only visible if overall feedback is enabled and the message object is actively transmitting In centrally supplied emergency lighting systems a distinction is made as to which parts of the electrical building installation are supplied by the emergency power supply The parameter defines the version of the emergency lighting system In this application either all or j
391. y lighting systems The DALI Gateway is able to integrate standard DALI operating devices for lighting control according to IEC 62386 101 DALI System and IEC 62386 102 Control Gear into centrally supplied emergency lighting systems as an emergency light Alternatively or additionally the DALI Gateway permits the control and function monitoring of individual battery operated emergency lighting operating devices according to IEC 62386 202 Scope of the centrally supplied emergency operation can be configured only emergency supply of the DALI system or additionally of the KNX system or additionally of the DALI Gateway For central supply Monitoring for the failure of the general power supply For central supply Behaviour at the end of emergency operation can be set Page 21 of 218 Software DALI Gateway eeleciron ICOOP01DAL Scope of functions For central supply and single battery operated operating devices Brightness can be set separately when emergency operation is active For single battery operated operating devices Individual function and continuous operation test and transmission of test status and test result for each device Polling of the battery charging status ETS plug in Easy DALI commissioning without additional software components The identification addressing and assignment of DALI operating devices takes place in the DALI commissioning environment of the ETS plug in Offline DALI configuration Assignment
392. y lights gt Centrally supplied gt Emergency lights amp KNX system amp DALI Gateway Using this 1 bit object a different KNX bus device e g another DALI Gateway gt link to the object Feedback supply failure can inform the DALI Gateway that emergency operation has been activated Through this the Gateway then activates emergency operation without having to identify the failure of the general mains voltage supply itself The telegram polarity is fixed 1 Mains voltage has failed Activate emergency operation 0 Mains voltage available Deactivate emergency operation i In special cases it is possible to combine the monitoring for failures in the mains voltage supply through an internal and or external failure message with the reaction to an external message This is useful for example when the Gateway is to monitor the existence of mains voltage independently and in addition it must be possible to execute the forced activation and deactivation of emergency operation for example for servicing purposes Emergency operation can be controlled independently using the object Emergency operation external message to monitor for failures in the general mains voltage supply Behaviour at the end of emergency operation If the Gateway deactivates emergency operation due to internal or external failure monitoring of the mains voltage or an external message telegram all the DALI groups or single devices integrated in t
393. y on the PC keyboard and are thus removed from the Gateway programming The assignments to found electronic ballasts are also lost as a result The same applies if a single device is deleted in the configuration independently of the DALI commissioning dialog In both cases the plug in warns of losing assignments i DALI operating devices can either be integrated only in single device addressing or alternatively in group addressing It is not possible to control an operating device with both addressing types Operating devices integrated in group control can no longer be addressed as a single device The reverse case applies in the same manner Inthe left hand section of the DALI commissioning environment open the single device view and highlight the single device to be added to a found operating device Then assign a found electronic ballast using lt or alternatively by drag and drop function using the mouse In the right hand section the assigned operating devices disappear from the list box The status of the selected single device in the left hand subarea switches to Assigned Figure 66 The right hand pane contains only the remaining not yet assigned operating devices i If the checkbox Hide previously assigned DALI devices has been deselected in the Commissioning dialog of the plug in assigned electronic ballasts remain visible in the right hand pane Electronic ballasts assigned to programmed devices of the singl
394. y unloading the application program using the ETS Page 14 of 218 Qeeleciron Installation electrical connection and operation Switch off brief broadcast manual operation The DALI Gateway has not yet been programmed by the ETS Temporary broadcast manual operation was activated No button press for 5 seconds or Press amp button or Switch off the mains voltage supply Temporary broadcast manual operation is terminated The 7 segment display goes out i The state set via manual operation is not changed when broadcast manual operation is switched off Switching on permanent broadcast manual operation The DALI Gateway has not yet been programmed by the ETS No broadcast manual operation or temporary broadcast manual operation is activated Press the amp button for at least 5 seconds The status LED is illuminated be is displayed in the 7 segment display Permanent broadcast manual operation is active Switching off permanent broadcast manual operation Permanent broadcast manual operation was active Press A button for at least 5 seconds or m Switch off the mains voltage supply Permanent broadcast manual operation is terminated The Status LED amp and the 7 segment display goes out i The state set via manual operation is not changed when permanent broadcast manual operation is switched off Operating DALI operating devices in broadcast manual operation The DALI Gateway has not yet been

Product documentation

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents